3 2044 105 174 361
Library
Arnold Arboretum
of
Harvard University
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2015
https://archive.org/details/journalofwashing5319wash
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 1
JANUARY 1963
jt o A t /
C) <?y U / /
, yj (j
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Editors
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Margaret D. Foster, Geological Survey
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy have been taken in charge by the
Johnson Reprint Corporation of New York City, which will handle sales on a commission basis.
This firm expects to be set up early in 1963 for the direct handling of orders for back numbers.
Meanwhile, requests for back numbers should continue to be addressed to the Academy Office at
1530 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect:
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
Lore Alford Rogers,
Pioneer Dairy Scientist
Donald H. Williams
Dairy Industries Supply Association , W ashington
As a prominent scientist in the Depart-
ment of Agriculture from 1902 to 1942,
Lore A. Rogers has many friends in the
Washington area who remember him
warmly. A bright star on USDA’s scien-
tific horizon before World War II, Dr.
Rogers for the past two decades has been
living in Maine, in productive and stimulat-
ing retirement. Son of a Maine lumber
operator who was prominent in the Penob-
scot country, he was educated at the Univer-
sity of Maine, and shortly after the turn
of the century came to the Department as
a bacteriologist and “dairy expert,” as men
of his training were then called.
For the young discipline of dairy science
in the early 1900’s, Dr. Rogers was born
at the right time. There were a myriad of
dairy product problems that needed to be
approached by fundamental investigation.
The great State extension organizations
of today were in their infancy, and the
State experiment stations were rather small
and inadequate, particularly with respect
to dairy research. Industry looked to USDA
for help, and dairy science as an organized
research discipline took shape in the De-
partment with Dr. Rogers, later a name
to conjure with, as its leader.
Over the years Dr. Rogers assembled a
research staff in dairy science, as a divi-
sion within the old Bureau of Animal
Industry, which came to be recognized
internationally. Later, the Dairy Division
achieved status of its own as the Bureau
of Dairy Industry, and it was here that
Dr. Rogers became chief of the Dairy Re-
search Laboratories, a unit which embraced
investigations of dairy products, nutrition,
and technology. The product investiga-
tions involved problems on butter, con-
centrated milk, ice cream, and other dairy
products. Vast contributions to the litera-
ture of dairy science took place under Dr.
Rogers’ leadership, as he encouraged
academic freedom among his staff in pur-
suing lines of research into the fundamental
bacteriology, chemistry, and technology of
dairy processes.
As stated in a recent tribute to him,
“alone or jointly he authored almost 100
scientific publications in the field of orig-
inal research.” By training he was a bac-
teriologist, and one of his earliest papers
disclosed the causative factors in the flavor
deterioration of butter. Again from the
same citation,
January, 1963
1
”He showed conclusively that butter made from
pasteurized sweet cream had better and more uni-
form initial flavor, and much better keeping qual-
ity, than butter made from raw ripened cream.
This discovery made almost 60 years ago, revolu-
tionized the theory and practice of butter making,
and resulted in a tremendous increase in monetary
return to the industry.”
It would be futile to attempt a definitive
accounting of his professional years, so
productive was his searching genius. For
40 years Dr. Rogers exerted scientific
leadership of a research group whose ac-
complishments became milestones in the
history of dairy science. Never before had
another such group provided the fruits of
original investigation and discovery in the
field of dairy science. These years saw the
advent of sweet cream butter, uniform-
quality cheddar cheese, and fundamental
studies of the physical chemistry of ice
cream. Only now is industry beginning to
appreciate fully the significance of the
measurements made on the complex
physico-chemical system in ice cream,
carried out under Dr. Rogers’ direction.
Among Dr. Rogers’ contributions to bac-
teriology were studies of the factors con-
trolling growth and multiplication of bac-
teria, the fermentative production of lactic
acid, the use of pure cultures in the manu-
facture of swiss and cheddar cheese from
pasteurized milk, and the development of
one of the first processes for curing and
marketing consumer-sized packages of
cheddar cheese. Dr. Rogers was one of
the American bacteriologists to develop
very early the preservation of bacterial
cultures by dehydration and freezing, a
technique which led to his interest in the
American Type Culture Collection, and
which made the work of this invaluable
institution possible; but more on this later.
In the later years of his USDA career,
Dr. Rogers’ staff examined the possibilities
of effective commercial utilization of milk
byproducts. At the time, industrial utiliza-
tion of milk appeared to hold some hope
for improving the dairy farmers’ income.
This period witnessed the development of
casein production methods, lactic acid
resins for can coatings, casein plastics and
fibers, the extraction of solubilized milk
proteins, and alcohol from fermentation
of cheese whey, to name only a few of
the efforts that he fathered or influenced
in the area of chemurgy.
Recognition came duly to Dr. Rogers.
He received a Doctor of Science degree
from the University of Maryland in 1923,
and a second one from his alma mater in
1925. In 1928 his colleagues published a
book in his honor. It was entitled, “Funda-
mentals of Dairy Science,” and the desig-
nated authorship was simply, “Associates
of Lore A. Rogers.” This book, revised in
1935, became the classic reference in the
field for at least 25 years, and is a lasting
panegyric to the stature that Dr. Rogers
achieved. Long out of print, it is currently
undergoing another major revision, under-
taken and supervised by dairy scientists
in many places, some now approaching
retirement, who as young Ph.D. graduates
were employed by Dr. Rogers many years
age. He has always had special pride in
the young men who got their start with
him and went on to distinguish themselves
elsewhere.
Dr. Rogers was president of the Society
of American Bacteriologists in 1923. He
was a member of the American Public
Health Association, the American Dairy
Science Association, the Washington Acad-
emy of Medicine, and the Washington
Academy of Sciences. He was an official
delegate to the world dairy congresses held
in Stockholm in 1911. in Washington in
1923, in London in 1928, and in Rome in
1934. He has been a member of the Cosmos
Club since 1924.
Dr. Rogers has received almost every
high honor awarded by the American
Dairy Science Association. He was the
first recipient of the highly coveted Borden
Award (a gold medal and $1,000) in
1937, and has witnessed the granting of
numerous subsequent Borden Awards to
his one-time subordinates from the Dairy
Research Laboratories. In 1951 Dr. Rogers
was elected an honorary member of the
2
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Association; and only last summer he was
selected, again from his retirement, to re-
ceive the Association’s Distinguished Serv-
ice Award, inaugurated only the preceding
year. The citation, portions of which were
quoted earlier herein, is a moving reminder
of the mark left by this pioneer dairy sci-
entist. Last August, at the age of 87, Dr.
Rogers went to the University of Maine
(where the Association meeting was being
held at the time, and where Rogers Hall
for many years has testified to his living
memory) to receive this outstanding award.
As this scientist, for so many years wide-
ly acclaimed, approached the podium to
receive his honor, the Association in body
assembled rose and stood in close attention
while this modest man, in conversational,
intimate tones, eschewed much of the credit
for the signal tribute, asserting that time
had placed him, youthful, in a virgin field
and that he had had available to him an
exceptional staff. His highest service, he
averred, was to have assembled and left
behind his productive research team.
One contribution to science made by
Dr. Rogers, though scarcely known, is of
inestimable value. He, almost alone, and
more than once, salvaged the important
American Type Culture Collection from
discontinuance in the early 20’s and later.
This foundation has been custodian of
valuable bacterial cultures which have sup-
plied research and industry needs far and
wide. Desiccated cultures are distributed
by the Collection. Housed as a stepchild,
virtually in garrets and basements, from
about 1923 until the time of the last war,
it faced numerous survival crises before it
was ultimately incorporated as a non-profit
organization, with Dr. Rogers as chairman
of the Board. The Collection was finally
housed in its present permanent home at
New Hampshire Avenue and M Street
N.W., in Washington.
Dr. Rogers retired from the Department
of Agriculture 20 years ago and returned
to his native heath in Patten, Me., where
he still lives. Thus his professional years
ended. For a time he operated a small
dairy business in Patten, to do so literally
carving out of potato country (the nearby
Aroostook) a miniscule milk shed where
milk was never before widely produced
and shipped commercially. He brought a
new industry to a locale traditionally
wedded to the single, speculative potato
crop. Milk provided the farmer with a
steadying balance wheel of revenue, a fact
in which Dr. Rogers may take justifiable
pride. In this enterprise, with character-
istic improvisation he built for himself a
small quality control laboratory for testing
milk supplies and processed products; he
could be observed there, pleasurably ap-
plying the time-honored laboratory tech-
niques for standard plate count and the
methylene blue test. He even attempted to
instrument the latter to obtain less empiri-
cal, and more uniform, analytical perform-
ance. As the burden of other long-delayed
projects and hobbies came to claim rr^re
and more of his time, Dr. Rogers, after
some years, withdrew from the local dairy
business, and was at last truly “retired.”
Here begins the remarkable account of
his retirement years, in some ways incred-
ible for its breadth and vigor and cer-
tainly an inspiration for others. Returning
to Maine was for Dr. Rogers the beginning
of a second career — the stimulating harvest
years. Mrs. Rogers completely shares the
enthusiasm and understanding for his cur-
rent projects, and provides inspiring rap-
port for their dedicated ventures.
For perhaps 40 years or more Dr. Rogers
had spent summer vacations at his wood-
land camp at Shin Pond, about 10 miles
from Patten village. He still spends the
pleasant months of the year there. Despite
its relative proximity to the village, his
weathered shore cabin under a hill makes
for a remoteness conducive to contempla-
tive living. One should really say “con-
templative recreation,” after Isaac Walton,
for Dr. Rogers is an ardent fisherman
seeking out the elusive trout in wild and
undisturbed places.
His camp is accessible only by boat,
being at the far end of the Pond and away
January, 1963
3
from all roads and trails. For many years
he favored a logging bateau for his neces-
sary commuting to a secluded parking
place at the opposite end of the Pond,
where a road is near. His was a familiar
profile coming down the Pond at dusk,
bent over an outboard motor rigged to the
side of the bateau, which had pointed bow
and stern — thus denying conventional
motor mounting. The peculiar lines of a
loaded bateau make the bow ride high,
with much of the hull seemingly out of
the water, as the heavy craft labors under
way. It made a bizarre silhouette.
Extremely seaworthy, reliable, and of a
deceptively commodious load capacity ( his
was approximately 26 feet long) , the bateau
is not noted for great comfort. Passengers
sit on the “floor” or bottom of the boat,
in a position not favored by ladies. In
later years, out of deference to Mrs. Rogers
and not-infrequent camp guests. Dr.
Rogers condescended to buy a conventional
aluminum boat with a square stern; a
“wash tub,” he called it, without the
legendary beauty of the bateau lines. The
new boat is lighter and more manageable
for joints and muscles not as lithe and
limber as formerly, and both he and Mrs.
Rogers manage it handily.
The old bateau, which he made out of
a single huge pine tree, is now pulled up
on the shore where it seems to fit the scene
as always. Only rarely now is it pressed
into service, perhaps to convey a stranded
grandson across to the road shore.
Dr. Rogers’ father, Luther B. Rogers,
operated logging camps in the northern
Maine wilderness in days when the logging
industry was considerably more primitive
than today. Some of his son’s youth was
spent in these camps, where he occupied
various roles in the lumbering organization.
Dr. Rogers’ account of those days is a
fascinating story, and the hours spent with
him, hearing about the wild driving
streams, the winter camps, and the drive
itself, are unforgettable. These are the
scenes closest to his heart, and a wistful
nostalgia pervades the reminiscences of
obliterated tote roads, ancient “burns,”
forest fires, skeletons of old dams, and
those strange grassy clearings in the remote
wilderness where once stood productive
hay farms to supply the logging teams of
horses and oxen. His memory of these
events is clear and dramatic, and he holds
one as if in a spell, as he tells of those days
of long ago when 40-foot logs — and bateaus
nearly as long — came down streams that
appear today hardly capable of wetting
one’s feet.
At his camp in the evening it is not
uncommon to find him working on his
notes and papers by the sometimes failing
light of a propane burner. These are
precious hours to share with this man —
those sensitive moments by his hearthside
when the unhurried pace at the end of day
sets the scene for a poetic recall of another
day and tempo.
And lucky you are if you are there
when he pokes the hot coals off a buried
iron bean pot fetched forth from the
obscure recesses of his blackened fireplace.
More generous with the molasses than are
ordinary recipes, his formulas — he does
not take baking beans lightly; this is a
solemn ceremony — involve the artful com-
bination of seasoning, salt pork, molasses,
and careful “par” boiling.
His is not solely the role of raconteur,
however, but also that of historian; and
his crowded hours are divided now between
writing the history of the logging era he
knows so well, and another project to be
described later. This history is important
Americana and an essential chronicling of
the Maine scene, for lumber was vital to
Maine’s early economic growth, and de-
serves a place in the annals of the State.
We may steal a glimpse of this epic
story from his largely-unpublished manu-
script as he describes the woods crew.
(Two chapters of his work have been pub-
lished periodically in Down East magazine
for March and May 1962. respectively.)
“The life and work of these men in the forest
bears little resemblance to that of the roistering,
drinking, fighting toughs who usually are pic-
4
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
tured swarming into Bangor at the end of a
winter. Their occupation was one of adventure
and disaster. They were exposed to driving rains,
freezing cold, and blinding snowstorms; knew the
fear and panic of men lost in the wilderness; and
were familiar with violent death from falling
trees and rushing water. Most of all it was a
routine of hard, grinding toil, while fighting the
elements in a rough, hostile country — a struggle
which developed a hardy, independent race, cal-
loused to discomfort and hardships, and entirely
unaware that they might be looked upon as in
any way heroic. It is small wonder that when
they got out of the woods into ‘civilization’ they
kicked over the traces and celebrated in the only
way they knew.”
In a particularly descriptive section on
“jam-breaking,” Dr. Rogers writes:
“The common conception of men running about
looking for the ‘key log’ unduly simplifies the
situation. Before any such key log could be
found and loosened, rapidly increasing water
pressure and more logs wedged the foremost ones
so firmly that no single log could be said to be
holding the jam. The men loosened all the logs
that they could move on the front of the jam,
working fast and methodically to pick, roll and
pry a channel back into the tangled logs. Sud-
denly, the jam ‘hauled.’ The whole mass began
to move. The men ran and leaped over the roll-
ing, tumbling logs, heading for shore. The more
experienced ones, once they reached land, kept
right on going to get out of the way of the men
racing behind them. Sometimes a man did not
make it to land — and on the shore there would
be another mound, marked by a crude wooden
cross, or simply a name and a date cut on a
tree.”
One rich experience shared with Dr.
Rogers is a trip to his favorite fishing
places — usually some remote and elevated
mountain tarn, where the water is clearest
of clear and the wily Salvelinus lurks. The
Fowler Ponds are like this, near the north
end of the Traveler, that ubiquitous moun-
tain that seems to move with you down the
East Branch. The trout from the Fowler
Ponds are unusually pink-fleshed when
cooked; and no doubt Dr. Rogers has long
considered that environmental subtlety con-
tributing to this.
For some reason, fishing with Dr. Rogers
is never very convenient. If trout were
jumping all over his Shin Pond dock, it
is believed that Dr. Rogers would still hie
himself to an out-of-the-way area where
the thrill of more primitive surroundings
aids the appetite, if not always the catch,
though a bountiful creel is generally the
result.
It may be a two- or three-mile climb from
the nearest road to these ponds, and there
impediment is divested and a one-man life
“raft” is inflated and launched. Dr. Rogers
sort of rolls into the craft — and out of it—
from the shore, since one cannot stand in
such a rig. When enough fish are caught
for lunch, Piscator unlimbers a kit of
homemade nested aluminum mess gear and
the trout becomes an emotional as well as
gustatory experience.
A particularly interesting project of Dr.
Rogers is his joint effort with a few local
friends to re-introduce the woodland cari-
bou to the slopes of Mt. Katahdin, where
the animals once roamed in reasonable
abundance. Dr. Rogers tells of seeing them
when he was a boy, and cites the time in
his youth when he saw numerous bleached
caribou bones on Mt. Katahdin, where a
herd presumably was stampeded over the
edge of the alpine “tableland” — a promi-
nent feature of the mountain — probably
by irresponsible lumbermen, as much as a
hundred years ago. In those days an oc-
casional caribou would wander even into
Patten village.
The caribou project is making progress.
In conjunction with State authorities, Dr.
Rogers has been instrumental in arranging
for a small shipment of caribou from New-
foundland. Newfoundland in turn seeks to
establish the ruffed grouse, and the deal
involves so many caribou for so many
ruffed grouse chicks. Ostensibly this is a
simple exchange until one realizes the dif-
ficulty of attempting to hatch the latter
in captivity.
However, the State biologist, with Dr.
Rogers’ encouragement, is enthusiastic and
the exchange is slowly underway. Capture
of caribou calves, it is reported, is not
especially difficult and this phase of the
project is accomplished.
This is a rather remarkable undertaking.
Over-hunted to extinction in this area years
January, 1963
S
ago. the new herd will eventually find a
home in the highly protected Baxter State
Park, where ecologists say a successful
balance of natural food and population is
quite possible.
The crowning achievement of Dr. Rogers’
retirement life is the founding, within the
last three or four years, of the Lumber-
man's Museum; and of this unique effort a
more adequate account is needed than can
be given here. For some years he has col-
lected many artifacts of logging lore that
are authentic of the period and area of
which he becomes the Herodotus. These he
first mounted on a display panel and ex-
hibited in a vacant store in Patten village.
Later, as the collection grew, other displays
were added, and what had been only the
germ of an idea became a museum in
reality. At this point the collection was
housed in the back room of the town li-
brary, the building where Mrs. Rogers
holds forth in the front room as librarian.
As the collection grew, so did its import-
ance, and finally the improvised space be-
came inadequate. Dr. Rogers learned of a
vacant log cabin on nearby Mt. Chase, an
authentic old structure with dovetailed log
corners. Somehow he arranged for its dis-
mantling and removal to a vacant lot in the
village, where it was erected as the new
home for the Lumberman’s Museum; this
is now a corporate entity with some
promise, occasionally tenuous, of financial
support and, more important, of perpetuity.
There is strong suspicion that Dr. Rogers
has liberally augmented his begging and
borrowing with his own resources. All
contributions, both physical and financial,
have been welcome. What has resulted is
a dream fulfilled for this native son —
indeed, a monument to the herculean labor
and Yankee ingenuity that went into lum-
ber production 50 to 100 years ago in the
State of Maine. It is serious documenta-
tion of a historic part of the American
scene.
The physical exhibits include every sort
of tool found in a logging camp and saw
mill, from a pod auger to — no, not the
chain saw, which would never be permitted
— but to the “cant dog” or peavey, which
is shown by several examples as it evolved
from the crude pick pole and swinging
hook to the present-day right arm of the
logger.
In addition, there are operating-scale
dioramas of a saw mill, a saw' pit, and
cutaway scale logging camps (all of these,
down to the finest detail, he built himself) ;
a full -size woods forge with bellows, mill 1
wright tools, cooking gear, and topographic
maps locating the ancient tote roads and
driving waters of the period.
The Museum building is panelled inside
with native woods of the region. Externally
it is the same log structure that once stood
lonely vigil on the slopes of Mt. Chase.
Down the road perhaps a half-mile is the
arboretum planted by Dr. Rogers in mem-
ory of his mother, Mary Rogers. It is
well established, with specimens of all
Maine trees of economic value, and other
specimens, growing well. Of course, this
project was not built overnight. It long
preceded the Museum; Dr. Rogers made
the plantings himself, sometimes transplant-
ing the less common species many miles
from the deep woods. The arboretum of
itself has substantial educational value.
Visiting the Museum provides nostalgic
retrospect for a different age, a different
gage of man, and a way of life lost to the
newer generations except as Dr. Rogers’
writings and the Museum collections mirror
it. The modern logger frequently gets home
to supper and jostles to work in the morn-
ing on a noxious dual-wheeled behemoth
over bulldozed scars in the forest that never
heal — a far cry from, the woodsman of
yesteryear who walked into camp in the
fall and didn’t come out of the woods until
the spring drive landed him at the terminal
booms down river many miles. Today logs
are driven no more. The bull dozer, diesel
truck, and chain saw are emblematic of
modern logging, still the living industry of
that section of the State.
Dr. Rogers is keen to preserve a record
of the way it used to be done. He has
6
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
given to his village and State a museum, a
book-in-process, and an arboretum. These
will remain for Patten schoolboys to see,
and for those transient outsiders whose
curiosity for the region is piqued by some-
thing the State of Maine enthusiast is
never really able to identify — or conquer —
an outstanding collection of important his-
toric antiquities.
Enough has been said now of Lore
Rogers to show his former associates what
has been done with an abundant life; for
this is no man living a life of quiet despera-
tion, but more the role of Chanticleer, as
Thoreau would put it, trying to “wake my
neighbors up.”
It is gratifying to know that he has
accomplished his goals, certainly in prin-
ciple, for he would be the first to acknowl-
edge that a Museum is never completed
in the definitive sense.
As curator, he welcomes one and all to
his new and rustic headquarters. Although
Patten is 900 miles from Washington, visi-
tors from the area do get up to see him
and are rewarded with an indelible experi-
ence. Only infrequently in our daily lives
do we come across such a person.
Joint Board on Science Education
Summary Report for 1962
John K. Taylor *
National Bureau of Standards
Introduction
The year 1962 has been most active and
successful for the Joint Board on Science
Education. Literally hundreds of local
scientists have participated in various
phases of its program, which has reached
thousands of students and teachers in the
greater Washington area. The following
summary illustrates the scope of the pro-
gram.
Accomplishments
Secondary School Contacts Committee.
An engineer or scientist was appointed to
serve as liaison or contact with each of
232 secondary schools in the greater Wash-
ington area. A 60-page directory, listing
the address of each school and the name
and address of the contact person, was
printed and distributed to schools and to
persons interested in science education. The
* Chairman of the Academy’s Committee on
Science Education; vice-chairman of the Joint
Board on Science Education and director of
science projects; and editor of The Reporter.
directory also includes information on other
activities of the Joint Board, including com-
mittee personnel, science fair schedules,
and a list of laboratories offering field trip
opportunities.
The Reporter. This newsletter, now in its
fifth year of publication, is issued monthly
during the school year. It presents infor-
mation about events of interest to teachers,
announces meetings, publicizes awards and
other recognitions, reviews new books, and
carries feature articles related to science
and mathematics teaching. It is sent free
of charge to all local science and mathe-
matics teachers and to others interested in
science education. The present circulation
is 2900.
Frontiers of Science Lectures. Lectures
designed for high school students and
teachers, featuring recent advances in
science, have been sponsored during the
past several years. The current series has
been planned for the spring and will be
announced soon.
January, 1963
Research Participation. In cooperation
\>ith the Washington Academy of Sciences,
the Junior Academy, and the Chemical
Society of Washington, the Joint Board
sponsored a program designed to intro-
duce high-ability high school students to
scientific research. Forty-five students were
given the modest stipend of $10 per week
to meet expenses. They were assigned to
work in local research laboratories on
active scientific investigation. A grant has
been received from the National Science
Foundation to continue this activity during
the coming summer.
Teacher Awards. As a feature of Engi-
neers. Scientists and Architects Day, the
Board annually recognizes teachers of the
local area. During 1962, 12 teachers were
presented Distinguished Teacher Awards,
consisting of certificates and inscribed
copies of a technical encyclopedia. In addi-
tion. 48 others were presented citations for
outstanding competence. All were guests
of the Joint Board at the ES&A Day lunch-
eon, where the presentations were made.
This is a continuing activity.
Project Book. In order to stimulate in-
terest in science projects, the Board in
1960 published a book, “Project Ideas for
Young Scientists.” This book containing
brief suggestions for projects involving
scientific investigation, together with refer-
ences to further information, sold 4000
copies both locally and nationally in the
first edition. A major revision and en-
largement has been completed, so that the
new book contains some 600 ideas in all
fields of science. Chapters with projects in
engineering and pharmaceutical sciences
are new features. It is available at cost to
students and teachers, both locally and
elsewhere, at $1.25 per copy, from the
Joint Board Office, 1530 P Street, N.W.
Washington 5, D.C.
Science Fairs. Posters, entry blanks, and
related materials were furnished to five area
fairs. Transportation was provided to ten
students and six adult sponsors to the Na-
tional Science Fair in Seattle last May; the
Board paid all expenses connected with
the trip of six students and one adult.
The cooperation of the Northern Virginia
Beal Estate Board in financing the costs
of representatives from the Virginia schools,
and the financial assistance of the Prince
Georges Science Fair Association and the
Montgomery County Board of Education,
are appreciated. As a result of participation
in the National Science Fair, one first place,
one second place, one third place, five fourth
place, and six special awards were received
by area contestants.
Committee on Women in Science. In an
effort to encourage a larger number of girls
in our secondary schools to investigate and
weigh the possibilities of engineering,
science, or mathematics as a career, a
number of leading women scientists and
engineers of this area have formed a com-
mittee to determine the best possible
methods to encourage these students. The
Joint Board is giving nominal financial
support to this work, and also is offering
advisory service to the committee.
NSF Program. Under grants from the
National Science Foundation to the Wash-
ington Academy of Sciences, a series of
special projects is being administered b\
the Joint Board. These programs are as
follows: (1) A visiting lecturer, science
project advisor, career day participation,
and substitute teacher program through
establishment of a visiting scientist roster:
(2) conferences on problems related to
science and mathematics teaching; (3)
support of the publication and distribu-
tion of The Reporter ; and (4) major sup-
port of the Research Participation program.
The grants for this work total $24,000.
Further information on these programs
may be obtained from the office of the
Joint Board at 1530 P St., N.W.. Washing-
ton 5, D. C.; telephone NOrth 7-3661.
Financial Support
The accomplishments of the Joint Board
result from the volunteer efforts of a large
number of individuals. Expenditures are
maintained at a minimum. Financial sup-
port, except for specific projects carried
out under National Science Foundation
8
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
grants, is derived from contributions of a
number of technical societies and industrial
or business organizations, who realize that,
because of the extensive volunteer services
supported, benefits are reflected back to
them and to the community, many times
the amount contributed.
Financial Statement
Contributions for the foregoing purposes
during the past year amounted to $5030.
Publication of The Reporter was financed
by a National Science Foundation grant.
The budget for 1962-63 has been set at a
minimum; the program could be enlarged
and its effectiveness increased, if additional
funds were available.
General Comments
The excellent spirit of cooperation be-
tween scientists and the local schools is an
achievement of which the Joint Board can
be justly proud. Teachers and administra-
tors in the schools have come to look upon
their colleagues in the scientific and engi-
neering community as coworkers, and the
high level of science education existing lo-
cally is in no small measure the result.
The Joint Board has been the inspiration
of several similar programs being formed
or already started in several parts of the
country. Accordingly, assistance given this
program, both in service and in financial
contributions, should not be considered as
an act of charity but rather as an invest-
ment in the future security of our nation.
Contributors 1961-62
Technical Societies
Acoustical Society of America, Washington Sec-
tion
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Wash-
ington Section
American Institute of Industrial Engineers, Wash-
ington Chapter
American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and
Petroleum Engineers, Washington Section
American Meteorological Society, District of
Columbia Branch
American Society of Agricultural Engineers,
Washington, D. C., Section
American Society for Metals, Washington Chapter
American Society for Microbiology, Washington
Branch
American Society of Safety Engineers, Washington
Safety Society Chapter
Anthropological Society of Washington
Association of Senior Engineers of the Bureau of
Ships
Chemical Engineers Club of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
D. C. Council of Engineering and Architectural
Societies
D. C. Society of Professional Engineers
Geological Society of Washington
The Helminthological Society of Washington
Institute of Aerospace Sciences, Washington Sec-
tion
Institute of Radio Engineers, Washington Section
Institute of Traffic Engineers, Washington Chap-
ter
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Philosophical Society of Washington
Sigma Delta Epsilon, Omicron Chapter
Society of American Foresters, Washington Sec-
tion
Society of Experimental Biology and Medicine
Society of Women Engineers, Washington Chap-
ter
Washington Academy of Sciences
Washington Junior Academy of Sciences
Washington Society of Engineers
American Welding S’ociety, Washington Chapter
Industrial and Business Organizations
ACF Industries
Allis-Chalmers Manufacturing Company
American Cynamid Company
ARINC Research Corporation
Analytic Services Incorporated
Asphalt Institute
Atlantic Perlite Company
Atlantic Research Corporation
Chesapeake and Potomac Telephone Company
Electronic Wholesalers, Inc.
Fisher Scientific Company
January, 1963
9
General Electric Company
Harris Research Laboratories, Inc.
Hazelton Laboratories, Inc.
Hydronautics, Inc.
International Business Machines Corporation
Johns-Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory
Litton Systems, Inc., Maryland Division
Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
Operations Research, Inc.
Photogrammetry, Inc.
Potomac Electric Power Company
Scope, Inc.
Stauffer Chemical Company
Technical Sales Club
Vitro Laboratories, Silver Spring Laboratory
Washington Gas Light Company
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
The Joint Board on Science Education
acknowledges with thanks the support of
the foregoing contributors during the past
year. They, and others interested in en-
couraging science talent and in strength-
ening the science programs in our local
schools, are invited to contribute to the
1962-1963 budget. Checks should be made
payable to the Joint Board on Science Edu-
cation, and mailed to Churchill Eisenhart,
treasurer, Room 402 South Building, Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, Washington
25, D. C.
THE BROWNSTONE TOWER
What scientific
organization holds
the largest meet-
ings in the United
States in terms of
the numbers of
papers presented ?
Many might guess
the American
Chemical Society,
that giant of scien-
tific societies, with a membership of about
100,000, exceeding that of the American
Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence. Others might name the American
Medical Association, with a membership
approaching 200,000. I should think that
no one would mention the National Geo-
graphic Society — everybody’s society; with
a membership of more than 2.5 million, it
is too large to hold general meetings.
None of the foregoing guesses is right;
the record is held by an organization whose
members totaled only 7,451 as of last
October. I refer to the Federation of
American Societies for Experimental Biol-
ogy. Founded in 1912, the Federation, as
it is usually called, now’ consists of six
member societies that are oriented toward
biological research underlying medicine —
in short, the physiologists, the biochemists,
the pharmacologists, the pathologists, the
nutritionists, and the immunologists.
At its last annual meeting in the spring
of 1962, the number of registrants — 11,800
— exceeded the total membership of the
Federation; and the number of papers
presented — 2,990 — greatly exceeded the
largest number ever presented at a meeting
of the American Chemical Society, i.e.,
1,761 in the fall of 1960. However, ACS
holds two general meetings each year,
whereas the Federation holds only one.
Nevertheless, the biggest scientific meet-
ing of each year is staged by the Federa-
tion, which consequently deserves to be
better known than it is in this community
where, like ACS, it is headquartered.
Physically, the Federation is situated on
the west side of Wisconsin Avenue, on a
wooded knoll not far north of the National
Institutes of Health. Its principal building,
which had been a private residence until
the property was purchased for the Federa-
tion in 1954, cannot be seen from the high-
way. It was named Beaumont after William
Beaumont, whose work on the gastric juices
and digestion, published in 1833, is a
classic. Turning into the grounds from the
highway, one drives up a winding, beauti-
fully landscaped road until the long, two-
story, 20-room fieldstone house comes into
view. To the right of this house and at the
exposed edge of the knoll now stands a new
five-story brick office building, of Georgian
design to harmonize with the old residence.
This building was completed in 1962, and
was dedicated on October 12. It houses the
expanding activities of the Federation. Soon
a wing will be required for projected re-
search services.
10
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
So much for the impressive plant of the
Federation. Even more important to its suc-
cess is the Federation’s executive officer,
Milton 0. Lee, who has been guiding its
development since 1947, when its office was
located in three small rooms in the main
building of the National Academy of Sci-
ences-National Research Council. At that
time Dr. Lee was also editor of the publica-
tions of the American Physiological Society,
one of the member societies of the Federa-
tion, and of Federation Proceedings — re-
sponsibilities that he still holds. This ex-
plains his interest and effectiveness in bio-
logical communications, the term now being
used to cover the recording, transmission,
storage, and retrieval of information, in-
cluding publication, abstracting, indexing,
and documentation. Beyond his current pub-
lication of primary research and of indexes
and abstracts of papers to be presented at
Federation meetings (a monumental job of
rapid dissemination of information), Dr.
Lee is about to embark on special services
connected with communications: (1) a
publication service center, which will re-
duce costs of publication of participating
journals; (2) publication of conference
and symposia proceedings; (3) an infor-
mation processing center involving the use
of an electronic computer; (4) tabulation
and analysis of Ph.D. dissertations in the
basic medical sciences; (5) a study of oral
communications at scientific meetings.
Beaumont is not only the headquarters
of the Federation but also of three of its
member societies, whose executive secre-
taries have their offices in Beaumont House.
Also in Beaumont House are the business
and personnel offices of the Federation, and
the Institute for the Advancement of Med-
ical Communications. In the new office
building are the Placement Service, edi-
torial offices, and certain ancillary activities
such as the National Register of Scientific
and Technical Personnel and the Biological
Handbook Offices.
The dedication of the new office building
was a brilliant occasion, attended not only
by leading biologists but by leaders in the
physical sciences also. The number was
limited to about 50 by the small seating
capacity of the conference room., in which
luncheon was served by a caterer. As a
memento of the occasion, each person found
at his plate an inscribed copy of a hard-
covered facsimile of “Experiments and Ob-
servations on the Gastric Juice and the
Physiology of Digestion” by William Beau-
mont, M.D. The principal speaker was
Detlev W. Bronk, former president of the
National Academy of Sciences and himself
a famous physiologist. Thus the Federation
was launched on a new and larger phase of
its distinguished career of service to the
biomedical sciences — a credit to biology,
to this scientific community, and to science
in general.
— Frank L. Campbell
Merriam Offers Help
To Eclipse Viewers
Carroll F. Merriam of Prospect Harbor,
Me., a nonresident Academy member who
is serving on the technical advisory com-
mittee of the Maine Department of Eco-
nomic Development, has called attention to
the total solar eclipse that will occur on
Saturday, July 20, 1963, along a strip ex-
tending from Hokkaido to Alaska, and
across Canada and the northern part of the
United States. Dr. Merriam writes that he
lives in the path of totality of the eclipse,
and that he “would be glad to be of assist-
ance to other (Academy) members or
scientific organizations desiring informa-
tion regarding preparations for observing
this eclipse.” Those interested may address
Dr. Merriam at Prospect Harbor.
(Prospect Harbor is 9 miles EbyN of Bar
Harbor, at lat. 44° 24.6'N, long. 68° 01.6'W.
If we read our Ephemeris correctly, the town
should be blacked out at 5:45 p.m. EDT, for
59 seconds. If anyone is going up, we’d like
to consider signing on as photographer, or
timekeeper, or roving Journal reporter. — Ed.)
January, 1963
11
Science in M ashington
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook. Associate
Editor, c o l .S. Department of Agriculture.
Agricultural Marketing Service . Room 2628
South Building, Washington 25, D. C.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
R. L. Naee spent three weeks in Novem-
ber in Paris, in the capacity of scientific
advisor to the United States delegation to
the General Conference of UNESCO. Dur-
ing that period he also represented the
United States on UNESCO’s Committee of
Experts on Scientific Hydrology, which
prepared a report for the General Con-
ference.
T. P. Thayer returned recently from a
trip made to the Near East to study chro-
mite deposits and related rocks. Visits to
the principal producing districts in Iran.
Pakistan, and Turkey were sponsored by
CENTO, and the Troodos district in Cy-
prus was visited enroute. Dr. Thayer also
presented a paper at the Fifth Congress of
Yugoslav Geologists in Belgrade.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Alfred E. Brown was a member of a
panel that discussed “Intellectual Resources
of the Metropolitan Washington Area*' at a
special meeting of the D. C. Chapter of the
Soeietv of the Sigma Xi. on December 3.
Anthony M. Schwartz recently ad-
dressed the chemistry clubs of Howard Uni-
versity and the University of Maryland, on
“Professional Relations of the Chemist.”
Dr. Schwartz is chairman of the Profes-
sional Relations Committee of the Wash-
ington Section. American Chemical Soeietv.
NATIONAL BUREAU
OF STANDARDS
Herbert F. Schiefer, consultant on tex-
tiles and chairman of ASTM Committee
D-13 on Textile Materials, headed the
ASTM delegates attending the Conference
on Pan American Standards, held November
10-15 in Lima Peru, to formally discuss
and initiate the adoption of pan-American
standards for textiles.
James L. Thomas, chief of the Resist-
ance and Reactance Section, retired on
October 19 after 36 years of service: he
will act as a consultant on measurements in
private industry. Dr. Thomas is internation-
ally known for his development of a special
type of electrical resistance standard, the
"Thomas Resistor,” which is used by most
standards laboratories. He also helped
carry out one of the most complete and
accurate measurements of electrical resist-
ance in terms of the units of length and
time.
John B. W achtman. Jr., has been ap-
pointed chief of the Physical Properties
Section, which studies the physical proper-
ties of inorganic, non-metallic crystals.
Bureau specialists took an active role in
the 17th Annual Instrument-Automation
Conference and Exhibit of the Instrument
Society of America, held in the New Tork
Coliseum. Arnold W exler. chief of the
Mechanical Instruments Section, was named
an ISA fellow. Mr. Wexler, who developed
a super-accurate gravimetric standard hy-
grometer. was honored for “distinguished
contributions in the field of standards for
humidity measurements.”
Recent talks by NBS Washington per-
sonnel:
H. C. Allen. Jr.: "EPR Spectrum of
Some Cu~2 Compounds” — Chemistry Col-
loquium, University of Virginia. Charlottes-
ville.
R. G. Bates: “Reference Standards in
Analytical Chemistry” — Analytical Group.
Philadelphia Section. American Chemical
Society.
G. M. Brauer: "Possible Resins for Use
in Dentistry” — Dental School of North-
western University.
M. Greenspan: “Velocity of Sound in
Water” — Acoustical Society of America,
Seattle.
12
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
J. D. Hoffman : “Part I- — Dielectric
Properties of Polychlorotrifluoroethylene”
and “Part II — Spherulithic Growth with
Chain Folds in Polychlorotrifluorethylene”
— University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
J. L. Jackson: “Properties of the Effec-
tive Diffusion Constant” — American Physi-
cal Society, Cleveland.
J. K. Taylor: “Instrumentation and the
Analytical Chemist” — Wilmington Section,
Instrument Society of America, Wilming-
ton, Del.
L. S. Taylor: “Radiation and the World
We Live In” — Honor Lecture, Radiological
Society of North America. “An American
Community Looks at Civil Defense” —
American Medical Association, Symposium
on Disaster Medical Care, Chicago.
R. S. Tipson: “Nomenclature of Sugar
Conformers” — Rockefeller Institute, Or-
ganic Chemistry Discussion Group, New
York City.
L. A. Wall : “Synthesis of New Fluoro-
carbon Polymers and Their Decomposi-
tion”— Philadelphia College of Pharmacy
and Science, Philadelphia Section of the
American Chemical Society. “Polymeriza-
tion at High Pressures, Initiated With
Gamma Rays” — Battelle Memorial Insti-
tute, Columbus.
W. J. Youtlen: “The Sample, the Pro-
cedure, and the Laboratory” — American
Chemical Society, Southeastern Pennsyl-
vania Section, Philadelphia.
L. A. Wood : “The National Bureau of
Standards and Its Work on Rubber” —
Chicago Rubber Group.
NATIONAL INSTITUTES
OF HEALTH
Carl R. Brewer, chief of the Research
Grants Branch. Division of General Med-
ical Sciences, has been named an advisor to
the National Research Council. Dr. Brewer
succeeds Kenneth M. Endieott, director
of the National Cancer Institute, who had
held the position for the past three years.
Aaron S. Posner of the Laboratory of
Histology and Pathology. National Institute
of Dental Research, was invited to be a
Claude Bernard guest professor at the In-
stitute of Experimental Medicine and Sur-
gery, University of Montreal, on November
14.
A new species of malaria parasite has
been named Plasmodium Coatneyi in
honor of G. Robert Coatnev, chief of the
Laboratory of Parasite Chemotherapy, Na-
tional Institute of Allergy and Infectious
Diseases. Dr. Coatney is a past president of
the American Society of Tropical Medicine
and Hygiene.
Paul W. Bowman has been appointed
a research grants coordinator in the Re-
search Grants Branch, Division of General
Medical Sciences. Dr. Bowman had been a
member of the George Washington Univer-
sity faculty for 38 years, and was head of
the Biology Department.
Kenneth M. Endieott, director of the
National Cancer Institute, has been elected
to the Board of Directors of the American
Cancer Society.
Chester W. Emmons has been elected
the first, and at present the only, honorary
member of the International Society for
Human and Animal Mvcology. Dr. Em-
mons is chief of the Medical Mvcologv Sec-
tion of the Laboratory of Infectious
Diseases, National Institute of Allergy and
Infectious Diseases.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
The following scientists recently joined
the staff of the Institution’s Museum of
Natural History.
Richard H. Eyde. who recently received
his doctorate from Harvard University, as
associate curator. Division of Woods.
Francis M. Hueber. formerly of the
Geological Survey of Canada, as associate
curator. Division of Invertebrate Paleon-
tology and Paleobotany.
Harold E. Robinson, recently assist-
ant professor of biology at Wofford Col-
lege, as associate curator, Division of
Crytogams.
Victor G. Springer, formerly of the
Florida State Board of Conservation Ma-
J \ XU ARY. 1963
13
rine Laboratory, as associate curator,
Division of Fishes.
USD A, BELTSVILLE
Stanley A. Hall gave a talk on “Insect
Attractants and Chemosterilants” at the
annual convention of the Association of
American Pesticide Control Officials, at
Cincinnati on October 10. On November
19 he gave another talk, entitled “Pesticides
in Agricultural Progress,” at the Texas
Insect and Plant Disease Control Confer-
ence at Texas A & M College, College
Station.
R. L. W ain of the Agricultural Research
Council, Wye College, England, visited a
number of scientists at Plant Industry Sta-
tion during the week of November 19.
Dr. Wain is conducting outstanding re-
search in the field of plant-growth-regulat-
ing substances, herbicides, and fungicides.
While at Plant Industry Station, he de-
livered an inspiring lecture before a large,
enthusiastic group of local scientists.
At the Fifth International Mushroom
Congress, held in Philadelphia in Novem-
ber, a long-standing member of the Acad-
emy, E. B. Lambert of the Crops Research
Division, ARS. was presented a cash award
of $5,500. The award was given by the
Mushroom Growers of America in recogni-
tion of his research contributions to their
industry. Dr. Lambert was president of the
Congress, which was attended by mush-
room growers and research workers in the
field of mushroom science from 18 coun-
tries.
N. R. Ellis received the Honorary Fellow
Award of American Society of Animal
Science at the annual meeting in Chicago
on November 23-24.
Edward F. Knipling received the Dis-
tinguished Alumni Award from Texas
Agricultural and Mechanical College on
November 16. Dr. Knipling graduated
from Texas A&M in 1930, and has been an
entomologist in USD A since 1931.
USDA, WASHINGTON
During the period November 12-17,
Justus C. Ward served as a representative
from the United States at a Conference on
Pesticides in Agriculture, sponsored by
FAO in Rome. On November 22 and 23,
Dr. Ward visited the headquarters of the
Committee on Insecticides of WHO in
Geneva, and as an invited observer at-
tended meetings of an Expert Committee
then in session.
Harold H. Shepard attended the meet-
ings of the Entomological Society of Amer-
ica held in Phoenix, Ariz., in December.
DEATHS
Sara E. Branham died suddenly on No-
vember 16, at the age of 74; she was an
internationally known bacteriologist. At
the time of her retirement in 1958, she was
chief of the Section on Bacterial Toxins,
Division of Biologies Standards, National
Institutes of Health. Dr. Branham was a
native of Oxford, Ga.; she received A.B.
degrees from Wesleyan College (Macon.
Ga.), and the University of Colorado, and
the M.D. and Ph.D. degrees from the Uni-
versity of Chicago. The University of Colo-
rado awarded her an honorary Doctor of
Science degree in 1937.
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
January 14 — American Society for
Metals
S. L. Gertsman, Canadian Department of
Mines and Technical Surveys, “Non-
nuclear Uses of Uranium in Metallurgy.”
8:00 p.m., AAUW Building, 2401 Vir-
ginia Ave., N.W.
January 15 — Anthropological Society
of Washington
Robert Lystad, Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, “Fieldwork in Ghana.”
8:15 p.m., Rm. 43, National Museum,
10th & Constitution Ave., N.W.
January 15 — American Institute of
Electrical Engineers
Donald E. Garr. director of engineering.
Raytheon Company, “Lasers” (slides and
demonstrations) .
Dinner at 6:00 p.m., O’Donnell’s Restau-
rant, 1221 E St.. N.W. : meeting at 8:00
14
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
p.m.. PEPCO Auditorium, 10th & E Sts.,
N.W.
January 16 — Washington Society of
Engineers
N. W. Eft, research engineer, Babcock
& Willcox, “Coal Slurry — Its Transporta-
tion and Combustion.”
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
January 16 — American Meteorologi-
cal Society
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., National Academy of Sciences.
January 16 — American Society for
Quality Control
Joseph A. Gwyer, Library of Congress,
“Quality Control and Reliability in the
USSR.”
8:00 p.m., ballroom of Roger Smith
Hotel, 18th & Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
January 16 — Institute of Environ-
mental Sciences
David Orbock and Martin Marietta,
“Simulation of Space Environment.”
8:00 p.m., Holiday Inn of Baltimore,
Lock Raven Blvd. & Joppa Rd., Towson.
Md.
January 17 — Society of American
Foresters
Michael Frome, “Public Image of the
Forestry Profession.” (Mr. Frome is au-
thor of the book, “Whose Woods These
Are,” concerned with wild land areas.)
Dinner meeting beginning at 6:30 p.m.,
YWCA, 17th & K Sts., N.W. (Wives of
members are particularly invited to attend.)
January 21 — Society of American
Military Engineers
Program to be announced.
Noon, Barker Hall, YWCA, 17th & K
Sts., N.W.
January 22 — American Society for
Microbiology
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m.. Sternberg Auditorium, Walter
Reed.
January 23 — Geological Society of
Washington
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
January 24 American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m.. PEPCO Auditorium, 10th &
E Sts., N.W.
January 27 — February 1 — American
Institute of Electrical Engineers
General meeting.
Hotels Statler-Hilton and New Yorker,
New York City.
January 28 — I). C. Society of Profes-
sional Engineers
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center,
1625 L St., N.W.
NEW MEMBERS ELECTED
The following persons were elected to
membership in the Academy at the Board
of Managers meeting of December 6:
Warren L. Butler, biophysicist. Agri-
cultural Marketing Service, USD A (Belts-
ville), “in recognition of his contributions
to a better understanding of the biophysical
phenomena in plants, and in particular his
role in detecting and quantitatively assay-
ing phytochrome.” (Sponsors: Peter H.
Heinz, Jacob M. Lutz, Robert E. Harden-
burg.)
Charles C. Craft, plant physiologist,
USDA (Beltsville) , “in recognition of his
contributions in the field of post-harvest
physiology of fruits and vegetables, and in
particular the effects of storage on bio-
chemical changes, composition, and volatile
emanations of tomatoes, peaches, and pota-
toes.” (Sponsors: Peter H. Heinz, Jacob
M. Lutz, Robert E. Hardenburg.)
Donald R. Egolf, cytogeneticist, Na-
January, 1963
15
lional Arboretum, “in recognition of his
contributions to our knowledge of the cyto-
genetics and cytotaxonomy of cultivated
woody plants, especially of Viburnum,
leading to a better understanding of the
principles of developing improved economic
plants.” (Sponsors: Egbert H. Walker,
H. A. Borthwick, S. L. Emsweller.)
Robert J. Fallon, assistant professor,
Institute for Molecular Physics, University
of Maryland, “in recognition of his con-
tributions to chemical physics, and in par-
ticular his researches on molecular inter-
actions.” (Sponsors: Joseph T. Vanderslice,
Homer Schamp, Jr., Edward A. Mason.)
Louis Monchick, chemist, Applied
Physics Laboratory of Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, “in recognition of his contributions
to chemical physics, and in particular his
researches on gas kinetics and transport
phenomena.” (Sponsors: Edward A. Ma-
son. Joseph T. Vanderslice, Homer Schamp.
Jr.)
Stanley Weissman, assistant professor,
Institute for Molecular Physics, University
of Maryland, “in recognition of his con-
tributions to molecular physics, and in par-
ticular his research on transport properties
of gases.” (Sponsors: Joseph T. Vander-
slice, Homer Schamp, Jr., Edward A. Ma-
son.)
Arthur A. Westenberg, supervisor, re-
search in high temperature chemistry and
physics, Applied Physics Laboratory of
Johns Hopkins University, “in recognition
of his contributions to the measurement
of transport properties of gases at high
temperatures and of the fundamental prop-
erties of laminar and turbulent flames.”
(Sponsors: Edward A. Mason, Homer W.
Schamp, Jr., Joseph T. Vanderslice.)
JOINT BOARD ON
SCIENCE EDUCATION
Chemistry Teaching Conference
The Joint Board’s Fourth Annual Con-
ference on the Teaching of Chemistry was
a most successful affair. One hundred and
five persons attended the meeting, held in
Marvel Hall of the American Chemical So-
ciety Building on Saturday, December 8.
The morning session featured a lecture
and discussion period with J. Arthur Camp-
bell of Harvey Mudd College, Claremont,
Calif., as speaker and discussion leader.
Professor Campbell, who is executive direc-
tor of the Chemical Material Study (CHEM
Study) made a plea for more meaningful
student laboratory work in which the re-
sults are unknown and unpredictable by
the student, and perhaps even to science.
He illustrated his point by a demonstration
in which a fluid contained in a bottle was
shaken, whereupon a blue color was gen-
erated only to revert to a colorless state on
standing. Those present were asked to sug-
gest reasons for the observed behavior, that
could be tested experimentally for their
validity. From the eagerness shown by each
spectator to examine the bottle and to test
a personal theory, it was evident that Dr.
Campbell had not only made a point about
exciting experiments, but also had proved
himself to be a master teacher as well.
Dr. Campbell discussed the use of films
in teaching chemistry, and showed a new
film on the periodic table. The discussion
that followed emphasized that inaccuracies
in a film can be used to teaching advan-
tage; for example, the recent discovery of
xenon tetrafluoride requires modification
of statements made in the film about the
inertness of the noble gases.
The afternoon session consisted of two
simultaneous discussion periods concerned
with CHEM-Study chemistry and with pro-
grammed instruction in chemistry. The
first was led by Dr. Campbell, while the
second was led by Jay A. Young, head of
the Chemistry Department at King’s Col-
lege I Wilkes-Barre, Pa.), a leading author-
ity on programmed instruction. The groups
interchanged during the last half of the
session, so that all present had the oppor-
tunity to participate in smaller group dis-
cussions of both subjects.
16
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Engineering Education Conference
The Second Annual Conference on En-
gineering Education, arranged by the Joint
Board in the NSF-sponsored program
series, will be held at Catholic University
on Saturday, January 12. The D.C. Council
of Engineering and Architectural Societies,
co-sponsor of the conference, has planned
an outstanding program.
The morning session will open with two
talks on the manpower situation for engi-
neers, to be presented by Robert W. Cain,
program director for manpower studies,
National Science Foundation, and by New-
man Hall of the Commission on Engineer-
ing Education. These will be followed by a
presentation of “The World of Engineer-
ing” by the following : in Industry — George
R. Seidel, E. I. duPont de Nemours Com-
pany; in Government — Charles Bernier,
chief scientist, ASTI A; in Architecture —
Francis D. Lethbridge, architect, AIA.
The luncheon will be followed by a talk
on the Junior Engineering Technical So-
ciety Program, by Richard T. Fallon, na-
tional director of this Program.
The afternoon session will be opened with
a panel discussion on “How to Encourage
High School Students to Enter Engineer-
ing.” Panelists will include Harold Foecke.
HEW ; Walter C. Connolly of the School of
Engineering, University of Virginia; and
Stewart Wood, president of the Washington
Junior Academy of Sciences. Ample time
has been provided for all present to par-
ticipate in the discussion.
The expected 100 participants will in-
clude high school guidance counselors,
science teachers, and academic and profes-
sional engineers.
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
November Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 550th
meeting on November 7 at the National
Academy of Sciences, with President Van
Evera presiding.
The minutes of the 549th meeting were
approved as previously circulated.
January, 1963
Announcements. Dr. Van Evera an-
nounced the appointment of Lawrence A.
Wood as chairman of a Bylaws Committee,
to work with the Policy and Planning Com-
mittee in the current proposed revision of
the Bylaws.
Membership. Chairman Mary L. Rob-
bins announced that the Committee had
added to its organization a new panel on
behavioral sciences, to consider applica-
tions in that area; John C. Ewers of the
Smithsonian Institution is chairman of the
panel.
Dr. Robbins presented the names of
seven nominees for membership, for First
Reading.
Awards. Dr. Van Evera reported that
John S. Toll, general chairman of the
committee, was receptive to nominations
for the Academy’s annual awards. Other
members of the committee are Don Mar-
lowe, engineering sciences; Ugo Fano,
physical sciences; Robert Berliner, biologi-
cal sciences; F. Joachim Weyl, mathe-
matics; and Leo Schubert, teaching of
science.
Grants-in-Aid. On motion of Chairman
A. T. McPherson, the Board agreed that
AAAS be asked to issue grant-in-aid checks
to the following: Clark Tibbetts of George
C. Marshall High School, $54, to purchase
radioactive materials for research; James
Steakley of the same school, $31, to pur-
chase and ship the working material and
equipment for housing animals, and other
supplies; Daniel Peacock of the National
Museum, $100, to make ten field trips for
the collection of special species of field
mice.
Policy and Planning. Chairman Wayne
Hall discussed the pros and cons of a
“calendar” vs an “academic” year basis for
conducting the Academy’s activities, and
proposed that the Academy henceforth
conduct its activities on an academic year
basis beginning July 1 each year. The en-
suing discussion was lively, but revealed no
predominant sentiment for or against the
proposal. The Board accordingly tabled
the motion.
Dr. Hall also discussed the need for
17
clarification or revision of the Bylaws with
respect to elective officers of the Academy.
The language of the currently pending By-
laws revisions provides that all eight of the
Academy’s officers ( president, president-
elect, secretary, treasurer, editor, managing
editor, archivist, and custodian of publica-
tions) shall be elected. In response to a
suggestion from Editor Detwiler, the com-
mittee expects to make it clear that the last
four of these offices are appointive. It also
expects to consider a correlary suggestion,
that some of the appointive offices are no
longer needed.
Science Education . Chairman John K.
Taylor reported that the National Science
Foundation had been requested to support
the following three one-year projects, pro-
posed for initiation July 1, 1963: $10,630
for continuation of the conferences on sci-
ence teaching; $6,990 for continuation of
the visiting scientists and engineers lecture
program; $900 to initiate a college science
conference in the Washington area.
Dr. Taylor reported that the most recent
science education conference, concerned
with physics, had been held on November
3; about 40 persons attended. Projected
conferences include one on general science
for the Northern Virginia area, at Ham-
mond High School on November 17 ; on
teaching of chemistry at the American
Chemical Society headquarters on Decem-
ber 8; and on engineering at Catholic Uni-
versity on January 12.
Election of Members. Following the
Second Reading of their names by Dr.
Robbins, five nominees were elected to
membership in the Academy, as follows:
Robert R. Bennett, Hyman P. Kaufman,
Ruth M. Leverton, Harvey C. Moore, and
Gustave Shapiro.
Nomination of Officers. Ralph D. Myers,
senior affiliated society delegate acting as
chairman of the Nominating Committee,
presented a slate of candidates for office in
1963; and additional nominations were
made by petition of members of the Board.
The task of selecting a slate of candidates
had been complicated by the resignation,
several months ago, of President-elect
Heinz Specht.
The slate of candidates, to be voted on in {
December by mail ballot of the member-
ship, is as follows:
President: B. D. Van Evera. President - I
elect: Francois N. Frenkiel and Marion W.
Parker. Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr.
Treasurer : Malcolm C. Henderson. Man- \
agers (two to be selected) : Mary Louise |
Robbins, John K. Taylor, Allen Alexander,
and Harold T. Cook.
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson reported
current balances as follows: Academy, I
$7,700; Junior Academy, $2,273; Joint
Board, $10,000. Dr. Henderson also re- j
ported that the surplus publications of the I
Academy, amounting to about 15 tons, had
been shipped to the Johnson Reprint Com-
pany in New York for sorting, cataloging,
and pricing. On receipt of this material, the
firm had requested permission to discard
some of it that was in oversupply and short
demand. The Board authorized Dr. Hen-
derson to take appropriate steps in this j
connection.
The Board approved a 10-percent salary
increase for the Academy’s office assistant, j
Editor. Editor Detwiler reported that the
November issue of the Journal had gone to
press; also, that the list of delegates to the
Academy, appearing on the inside rear I
cover of the Journal, had been brought up
to date.
New Business. The Board approved a
motion by Frank L. Campbell, that the
president appoint a special committee to !
consider how the Academy could assist in
preparing for and conducting two inter-
national congresses — one on psychology
and one on zoology — that will be held in
Washington in August 1963.
December Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 551st I
meeting on December 6 at the National
Academy of Sciences, with President Van I
Evera presiding.
The minutes of the 550th meeting were j
approved as previously circulated, with
minor corrections.
18
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Membership. Chairman Mary L. Robbins
presented the name of one nominee for
membership, for First Reading.
Awards for Scientific Achievement. It
was agreed that the annual achievement
awards would be presented this year at the
February meeting, rather than at the Jan-
uary meeting; the award presentations
would take the place of the customary ad-
dress by the retiring president.
Meetings. Dr. Van Evera announced
that the next regular meeting would be
held on December 20 at the Cosmos Club,
and that John D. Hoffman of NBS would
speak on “The Crystallization of Linear
Polymers with Chain Folding.” He reported
that he had not yet been able to appoint a
new chairman for the Meetings Committee.
Grants-in-Aid. Chairman A. T. McPher-
son presented an application from Clayton
Curtis, Jr. (age 15), for aid in building a
transistor diode electronic computer as a
prelude to a career in electronics, and spe-
cifically in computer technology. The total
materials bill was estimated at $876, of
which the Academy was asked to pay $200.
The project had the endorsement of knowl-
edgeable persons at NBS and IBM. The
Board approved the application.
Encouragement of Science Talent. Chair-
man Abner Brenner announced that he ex-
pected to retire from this Committee, after
three years of service. Dr. Van Evera took
under advisement the appointment of his
successor.
Election of Members. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of their names by Dr. Robbins,
seven nominees were elected to membership
in the Academy, as follows: Warren L.
Butler, Charles C. Craft, Donald R. Egolf,
Robert J. Fallon, Louis Monchick, Stanley
Weissman, and Arthur A. Westenberg.
Treasurer. L)r. Henderson reported cash
balances as follows: Academy, $5,344;
Junior Academy, $2,732; Joint Board,
$12,722.
Dr. Henderson announced that the Acad-
emy’s books for 1962 would be closed on
December 21. He expected that the Acad-
emy would have a slight reduction in its
cash balance, as compared with 1961.
Editor. Mr. Detwiler reported that the
December issue of the Journal had gone
to press.
Announcements. Dr. Frenkiel announced
that a union was being consummated be-
tween the Institute of the Aerospace Sci-
ences and the American Rocket Society.
The new organization would be called the
American Institute of Aero- and Astro-
nautics.
New Business. Mr. Brombacher raised
the question of a change in the business
year of the Academy. This matter had been
tabled at the November Board meeting, at
least as a change applicable to Academy
operations as a whole; but on further dis-
cussion it was moved and seconded that
the term of office of the Meetings Commit-
tee and the Membership Committee be put
on an academic year basis, namely, from
July 1 to June 30. The motion was passed.
Also discussed was the question of
whether the Board should meet on a regu-
lar night of each month, or on a rotating
schedule as in 1962. A decision was post-
poned until the next Board meeting, which
was set for January 8.
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
George Washington University has
received a research grant of $24,725
from the National Institute of Allergy
and Infectious Diseases, which will be
used for a study of inhibition of growth
of microorganisms. H. George Mandel, of
the Department of Pharmacology, will
direct the project.
Howard University has received a
$40,000 grant from the National Sci-
ence Foundation to increase the
capacity of its IBM Computing Center.
The computer is used to solve problems in
bookkeeping, bridge and road design,
physics, chemistry, and statistical analysis.
The grant will make it possible to increase
the capacity of the digital computer sys-
tem from 20,000 to 60,000 numbers.
January, 1963
19
Department of Agricultural scien-
tists have isolated a natural attractant
from female American cockroaches.
This achievement may lead to development
of new. more effective methods of con-
trolling these household pests. Chemists are
now trying to identify the substance as the
first step toward preparation of an inex-
pensive synthetic attractant; it is not
practicable to use the natural attractant as
a control tool, since thousands of female
cockroaches are required to produce very
small amounts. An inexpensive synthetic
attractant could be mixed with insecti-
cides or combined with a chemosterilant.
Also, it could be used in detecting a cock-
roach infestation in the early stages.
A model of the SM-1 military nu-
clear power plant has been trans-
ferred to the Division of Manufactures
and Heavy Industries of the National
Museum. It will be displayed in the hall
of nuclear energy at the Smithsonian’s new
Museum of History and Technology. The
SM-1 is the first of its type and size to be
built in the United States; it began opera-
tion at Fort Belvoir, Va., on April 15,
1957. A field plant based on SM-1 design
is currently furnishing heat and electricity
at Fort Greely, Alaska. Plants in Green-
land, Wyoming, and Antarctica were
prepackaged by their manufacturers in air-
transportable modules for rapid installa-
tion at remote sites. Crews trained by the
Army Nuclear Power Program can erect
these portable plants in less than 90 days.
According to a news release by the
Smithsonian Institution, shortage of
available fresh water threatens to be-
come crucial in the United States —
as well as the rest of the world — with-
in the next two decades. The maximum
dependable supply of fresh water for this
nation is about 515 billion gallons a day.
Water use has increased from 40 billion
gallons daily in 1900 to 323 billion gallons
at present; it will rise to at least 597 bil-
lion gallons by 1980. The most promising
solution would be distilling water from
the oceans. The Federal Government is
spending $1 million to $3 million a year to
subsidize research on conversion of ocean
or bay water. Costs of conversion are now
$1.74 to $4.00 per thousand gallons, as
compared to American municipal water
rates of 25 to 40 cents per thousand gal-
lons.
20
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzield
John A. Paradiso
Alfred E. Brown
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fo wells
Carl I. Aslakson
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
Aaron S. Posner
Francois N. Frenkiel
Jack Thompson
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
JANUARY 1963
No. 1
CONTENTS
Lore Alford Rogers, Pioneer Dairy Scientist 1
Joint Board on Science Education: Summary Report for 1962 7
The Brownstone Tower 10
Science in Washington
Scientists in the News 12
Calendar of Events 14
New Members Elected 15
Joint Board on Science Education 16
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 17
Science and Development 19
Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
1530— P St., N.W. Paid at
Washington, D. C. Washington, D. C.
Return Requested
L I tt H A ft Y Qf ARNOLD
ARBORETUM
22 divinity a v e j
C AMSft | DOE Z8 MASS ft AS
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 2
FEBRUARY 1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Editors
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood. National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Margaret D. Foster, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy have been taken in charge by the
Johnson Reprint Corporation of New York City, which will handle sales on a commission basis.
This firm expects to be set up early in 1963 for the direct handling of orders for back numbers.
Meanwhile, requests for back numbers should continue to be addressed to the Academy Office at
1530 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
Five Scientists to Receive
Academy’s Annual Awards
Awards for outstanding achievement in
scientific research will be conferred upon
four young scientists at the Washington
Academy’s 65th Annual Dinner Meeting,
to be held on February 21 at the Cosmos
Club. At the same meeting, a stimulating
teacher of science also will receive an
award.
The young investigators to be honored
are Marshall Nirenberg of the National
Institutes of Health, in the biological
sciences; Edward A. Mason, of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, in the physical
sciences; Lindell E. Steele, of the Naval
Research Laboratory, in the engineering
sciences; and Bruce L. Reinhart, of the
University of Maryland, in mathematics.
The award on the teaching of science will
go to Rev. Francis J. Heyden, S. J., of
Georgetown University.
It has been customary for these annual
awards to be presented by the retiring
president at the January meeting of the
Academy. Because current President Van
Evera was elected for a second year and
is not retiring in 1963, he has chosen
to present the awards at the February
meeting. He will be assisted by John S.
Toll, head of the Department of Physics
and Astronomy at the University of Mary-
land and chairman of the Academy’s
Committee on Awards for Scientific
Achievement. The awards consist of
scrolls engrossed with a citation. If not
already a fellow of the Academy, the award
recipient will be invited to accept fellow-
ship, with remission of dues for the first
two years.
The Academy’s awards program was in-
itiated in 1939 to recognize young scien-
tists of the local area for “noteworthy
discovery, accomplishment, or publication’
in the physical, biological, and engineer-
ing sciences. An award for outstanding
teaching was added in 1955 and another
for mathematics was launched in 1959.
All previous award winners are listed else-
where in this story.
Except in science teaching, where no
age ceiling has been set, candidates for
awards must be under 40. From, among
solicited nominations each recipient of an
award is selected by an appropriate panel
of specialists under the general chairman-
ship of Dr. Toll. The panel chairmen for
the present awards are: Robert Berliner
(biological sciences) ; Ugo Fano (physical
sciences) ; Donald E. Marlowe (engineer-
ing sciences) ; F. J. Weyl (mathematics) ;
and Leo Schubert (teaching of science).
Biological Sciences
Winner of the award in the biological
sciences, Marshall Nirenberg is a staff
member of the Section on Metabolic
Enzymes in the Laboratory of Biochem-
istry and Metabolism, National Institute
of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases. He
graduated from the University of Florida
in 1948, not knowing what he wanted to
do. He tried more than one occupation,
and in 1952 took a master’s degree in
entomology, also at the University of
Florida. Then he switched to biochem-
istry and took his Ph.D. at the University
of Michigan in 1957. Since then he has
worked at NIH, first on postdoctoral fel-
lowships, then as a member of the staff.
Dr. Nirenberg is cited “for contributions
toward the first direct experimental veri-
fication of the chemical basis of the genetic
code.” He has already been honored in
Washington for this work by the Na-
tional Academy of Sciences, which at its
annual meeting in the spring of 1962
conferred upon him its first award in
February, 1963
21
Award W inners at Annual Academy Meeting
M. Nirenberg
E. A. Mason
L. E. Steele
B. L. Reinhart
molecular biology. Additional informa-
tion about Dr. Nirenberg and his work
may be found in The Brownstone Tower
of this Journal for March 1962.
Physical Sciences
Edward A. Mason became full professor
in the Institute of Molecular Physics. Uni-
versity of Maryland, in 1960 when he
was 34. His progression to his present
eminence began at Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, and continued at Massachusetts
Institute of Technology to his Ph.D. in
1950 in physical chemistry. He remained
at MIT for two years, held a fellowship
at the University of Wisconsin for one
year, and then became assistant professor
of chemistry at Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity in 1953. In 1955 he moved to his
present institute as associate professor.
Dr. Mason is cited “for his many out-
standing contributions to the molecular
theory of gas properties.” On being ques-
F.J. Heyden, S.J.
tioned about the significance of the citation.
Dr. Mason pointed out that it had to do
with both experimental and theoretical
studies on forces between molecules and
their interactions in gases; in other words,
he is concerned with the kinetic theory
of gases. Working with associates, he
has support for his research program from
three different agencies.
Engineering Sciences
Like Dr. Nirenberg. the recipient of the
award in engineering sciences, Lindell E.
Steele, is not to be found in American Men
of Science, not because he could not
qualify, but because he has been over-
looked. Now 34, he took his bachelor’s
degree in chemistry at George Washington
University. He is head of the Radiations
Operations Section. Metallurgy Division,
at the Naval Research Laboratory, and
has been cited “for contributions to the
field of radiation effects to reactor pressure
22
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
vessel materials.” This means that he has
been studying principally the effects of
neutron irradiation on materials used for
the construction of reactors, especially ad-
vanced structural steel.
Mr. Steele is an unusual person, not
only because of his significant research,
but because he has had the forethought
to educate himself more broadly than is
the custom among scientists. He won a
master’s degree in economics from Ameri-
can University, obtained by persistent ef-
fort at night. He holds membership in a
national social science honorary society.
He will probably continue to learn for the
rest of his life, but no longer in a formal
manner; now he must pay attention to
his specialty, and to his four young
daughters.
Mathematics
Bruce L. Reinhart is associate professor
of mathematics at the University of Mary-
land. He took his bachelor’s degree at
Lehigh, and his M.A. and Ph.D. at Prince-
ton; he is now only 32. After taking his
Ph.D. he taught at Princeton, the Uni-
versity of Chicago, and the University of
Michigan, coming to the University of
Maryland in 1959. In addition to his
academic post, he is a mathematician for
the Research Institute for Advanced Study
at Baltimore, an organization for pure
research supported by the Martin Com-
pany. During the academic year 1961-
1962 he held a NATO fellowship at the
University of Strasbourg. Dr. Reinhart
is cited “for his contributions to the topol-
ogy of differentiable manifolds.”
Teaching of Science
Probably no one in the Washington area
concerned in any way with science is unac-
quainted with Rev. Francis J. Heyden, S. J..
director of the Observatory of Georgetown
University. He took his Ph.D. in astron-
omy at Harvard in 1944, and has been
on the staff of Georgetown University ever
since. According to American Men of
Science, his research has been concerned
with geodetic determinations from oberva-
tions of satellites, solar eclipses, and high
altitude flares; and spectra of the atmos-
pheres of the sun and planets.
Father Heyden’s citation is a graceful
compliment to his inspiring life: “By com-
bining teaching and research, he leads
others to join his adventures in science.”
His helpfulness is not limited to his own
students, but extends to the whole scientific
community, especially to secondary school
students who are beginning to take an
interest in science. For them, Father Hey-
den will make available if he can the
currently excellent facilities of his Uni-
versity for scientific meetings and social
events.
Past Winners of Scientific Achievement Awards
Washington Academy of Sciences *
Biological Sciences
1939 Herbert Friedmann, SI
1940 No award given
1941 G. Arthur Cooper, USNM
1942 Robert S. Campbell
1943 Jason R. Swallen, USDA
1944 Norman H. Topping, NIH
1945 Henry K. Townes, USDA
1946 Waldo R. Wedel, USNM
1947 No award given
1948 Robert J. Huebner, NIH
1949 Edward G. Hampp, NIH
1950 David H. Dunkle, USNM
1951 Edward W. Baker, USNM
1952 Ernest A. Lachner, USNM
1953 Bernard L. Horecker, NIH
1954 Leon Jacobs, NIH
1955 Clifford Evans, SI
Betty J. Meggers, SI
Robert Traub, WRAIR
1956 Earl Reese Stadtman, NIH
1957 Maurice R. Hilleman, WRAMC
1958 Ellis T. Bolton, CIW
H. George Mandel, GWU
1959 Dwight W. Taylor, USGS
1960 Louis S. Baron, WRAIR
1961 Robert W. Krauss, UM
* The institutions listed are those to which these
scientists were attached at the time they received
their awards. See below for key to initials.
February, 1963
23
Physical Sciences
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1959
1960
John R. Pellam, NBS
S’amuel N. Foner, APL, JH
Terrell Leslie Hill, NMRI
Elias Burstein, NRL
Ernest Ambler, NBS
Raymond Hayward, NBS
Dale Hoppes, NBS
Ralph P. Hudson, NBS
Lewis M. Branscomb, NBS
Meyer Rubin, USGS
Alan C. Kolb, NRL
Richard A. Ferrell, UM
John Hoffman, NBS
Max A. Kohler, USWB
William R. Campbell, NBS
Robert L. Henry, APL, JH
W. S. Pellini, ONR
Arthur E. Bonney, APL, JH
M. L. Greenough, NBS
Joseph Weber, UM
San-fu Shen, UM
Harvey R. Chaplin, Jr., DTMB
Romald E. Bowles, DOFL
Rodney E. Grantham, NOL
Lawrence E. Payne, UM
Key to the Institutions and Number
of Award Winners from Each
3 APL-JH
1 BA-USN
5 CIW
1 DOFL
1 DTMB
2 GWU
24 NBS
6 NIH
1 NMRI
1 NOL
3 NRL
Teaching of Science
1955 Helen N. Cooper, Montgomery County
Public Schools
1956 Phoebe H. Knipling, Arlington County
Public Schools
1957 Dale E. Gerster, Bladensburg High School
1958 Carol V. McCammon, Coolidge High School
1959 Betty Schaaf, Deal Junior High School
Helen Garstens, University of Maryland
1960 Karl F. Herzfeld, Catholic University
Pauline Diamond, Sherwood High School
1961 Ralph D. Myers, University of Maryland
Charles R. Naeser, George Washington
University
Teaching of Science Special Awards
1951 Howard B. Owens, D. C. Public Schools
1952 Keith C. Johnson, D. C. Public Schools
24
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Lasers
Thomas R. Lawrence *
National Bureau of Standards
I. Introduction
A laser is a new type of light source in
which a large number of radiating atoms
are coordinated to produce a very intense
light beam that is nearly monochromatic,
well collimated, and extremely coherent.
A light beam with these properties has
many potential applications: hence, lasers
have been the subject of widespread and
intensive research. Many varieties of lasers
have been developed in the few years since
the proposal for such a device by A. L.
Schawlow and C. H. Townes (1) in 1958.
Some specific types of lasers will be dis-
cussed after an introduction to lasers in
general.
The term “laser” is derived from the first
letters of the words in the phrase “Light
Amplification by Stimulated Emission of
Radiation.” However, “laser” usually re-
fers to a device that is not merely a light
amplifier but also an oscillator, which is
an amplifier with positive feedback through
a resonant circuit. The operation of a
laser is analogous to a radio frequency
oscillator; however, this analogy will not
be emphasized, since the techniques for
obtaining gain and resonant feedback at
optical frequencies are so different from
those at radio frequencies.
It should be mentioned that other names
besides “laser” have appeared in the
rapidly expanding literature on this sub-
* Dr. Lawrence, a native of Dunkirk, N. Y., is
a graduate of Antioch College (B.S., 1954) and
Harvard University (A.M., 1956, Ph.D. in physics,
1961). He joined the NBS staff in October 1961,
and has been working on lasers, with emphasis on
development of a helium-neon laser as a light
source for interferometric measurement of long
path lengths.
ject. “Optical maser” is often used, since
it is the term favored by the inventors
and by the scientists at the Bell Telephone
Laboratories; but “optical oscillator,”
“optical resonator,” and “iraser” (for
those radiating infrared) also have been
used. It remains to be seen which name
will eventually gain acceptance. (Some
scientists in the field talk informally about
“lasers” and write papers about “optical
masers.”) Since the choice still seems to
be open, this article will be about lasers.
II. Atomic Processes and Coherent
Light Amplification
The operation of a laser depends on
the utilization and, to some extent, manip-
ulation of the naturally occurring transi-
tions between the energy levels of a quan-
tized system, such as an atom. There are
three distinct but theoretically related types
of radiative transitions between two of the
energy levels of a quantized system. First,
there is the process of spontaneous emis-
sion. An atom in an energy level E2 may
spontaneously drop to a lower energy level
El5 and emit a photon whose wavelength
is A12 = hc/(E2 — Ex) (h is Planck’s
constant and c is the velocity of light).
Spontaneous emission is a random process
that occurs at a rate which is proportional
to the population of the atoms in the upper
energy level. Because it is a random proc-
ess, there is no correlation in the phase
or direction of the photons emitted spon-
taneously.
The second process is the absorption of
radiation. An atom in the lower energy
level, E1? may absorb a photon whose wave-
length is A12 and jump to the higher energy
level E2. The rate for this process is pro-
February, 1963
25
portional to the number of atoms in the
lower energy level and the intensity of the
radiation whose wavelength is A12.
The third process, stimulated emission,
is the basis of the laser. Radiation of
wavelength A 12 may interact with an atom
in the higher energy level E2, and induce
the atom to make a transition to the lower
energy level, Ei, emitting a photon whose
wavelength is identical with the wave-
length of the incident radiation. Stimu-
lated emission is not a random process;
the stimulated photon is emitted in phase
with the incident radiation. Thus, stimu-
lated emission offers a means by which a
number of radiating atoms may be co-
ordinated with an incident light wave to
produce amplification of the light wave.
However, amplification by stimulated emis-
sion must compete with attenuation by
absorption. The rate of stimulated emis-
sion is proportional to the number of
atoms in the higher energy level and the
intensity of the radiation whose wave-
length is A12. In a medium which con-
tains Ni atoms in the lower energy level
and N2 atoms in the higher energy level,
absorption will predominate if Ni is
greater than N2; stimulated emission will
predominate if N2 is greater than Ni.
Usually, it is expected that the population
of the energy levels will be distributed ac-
cording to the Maxwell Boltzmann equa-
tion,
Ng/N ! =e - ( £2— El ) / AT
( k is the Boltzmann constant and T is the
absolute temperature). In this case, Ni
will be greater than N2 and absorption
will predominate. However, there are cases
in which N2 is greater than Ni and stimu-
lated emission predominates. The condi-
tion in which the population in an upper
energy level is greater than the population
in a lower energy level is called a popula-
tion inversion.
In order to establish and maintain a
population inversion, there must be a
method of exciting atoms selectively to
the upper energy level, E2, and an efficient
means of removing atoms from the lower
energy level Ei. Here, transition processes 1
other than stimulated emission become im-
portant. In addition to the radiative tran-
sitions considered previously there are sev-
eral types of radiationless transitions. In
a gas, an atom may make a radiationless
transition when it makes an inelastic col-
lision with an electron, a molecule, or
another atom. In a solid, the energy
difference involved in the radiationless
transition may be transferred to lattice
vibrations, thus heating the solid. The
method for selectively exciting atoms to
the energy level E2 involves either an in-
elastic collision process or absorption of
radiation (optical pumping). The removal
of atoms from the energy level Ei is usually ■
by spontaneous transitions from Ex to
lower energy levels.
The existence of methods for selectively
populating E2 and depopulating Ei does not I
guarantee a population inversion between
the two energy levels. Atoms in the energy
level E2 may make spontaneous transitions
to Ei and other energy levels, which tend
to reduce the population of the energy
level E2.
Thus, in order to attain a population
inversion, the rate at which atoms are
excited to E2 must be great enough to
force the population of E2 at equilibrium
to be greater than the population of Ei,
at equilibrium. The probability for spon-
taneous emission tends to increase rapidly |
with decreasing wavelength of the emitted 1
radiation; hence, the rate of pumping
atoms into the level E2 that is required
for population inversion is also increased.
For this reason, most of the lasers that g
have been produced so far have radiated ,
in the infrared portion of the spectrum.
Consider a light wave whose wavelength j
is Ai2 traveling through an active medium
(a volume of matter in which a population jj
inversion exists between energy levels Ei |i
and E2) . The important property of stimu-
lated emission is that a large number of !•
photons are coupled in phase and frequency I
to the incident wave that stimulated their
26
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
emission. The coordinated radiating atoms
in this case are much the same as an array
of radio antennas that produces a direc-
tional radio wave; they produce a light
wave with the same directional properties
as the incident wave. The amplitude of
the stimulated wave then adds to the am-
plitude of the incident wave, since both
waves have the same frequency, phase, and
direction of propagation. In other words,
the incident light wave is coherently ampli-
fied in the active medium.
Of course, the active medium could be
used directly as a simple light amplifier
or image intensifier; however, such appli-
cation is subject to a number of limita-
tions. First, the wavelength of the light to
be amplified must be one for which a light
amplifier can be produced. A light ampli-
fier of this type will respond only to light
in one or more narrow wavelength bands,
about the same as the line width of a
spectral line. Second, the amplification per
centimeter of amplifier length is quite
small in most cases and the amplifier
would need to be quite long. Third, the
most serious difficulty is that spontaneous
transitions from E2 to ET occur rapidly
in the optical region. The spontaneous
emission corresponds to amplifier noise:
the amplified image is superimposed on a
background of light due to spontaneous
emission, whose intensity may be much
greater than the intensity of the image.
III. Oscillators Using Coherent Light
Amplifiers
The most important use of stimulated
optical emission is to obtain coherent am-
plification in an optical frequency oscil-
lator, i.e., a laser in the usual sense. The
construction of a laser is not difficult in
principle, but the details often require
considerable care. To make a laser, one
simply places mirrors at both ends of a
cylindrical volume of light-amplifying
medium. The mirrors must be of high
quality; they should be highly reflecting,
but at least one of them must be slightly
transmitting so that light may be extracted
from the laser. If flat mirrors are used,
they must be made extremely flat (no vari-
ations from a true plane surface of more
than 5 x 10”7 cm *) and they must be
aligned parallel. (The angle of inclination
between the two surfaces should be less
than five seconds of arc.*)
The laser oscillation is triggered by
spontaneous emission of photons with pre-
cisely the right wavelength and direction
of propagation. The light wave travels
through the active medium and is co-
herently amplified by stimulated emission.
When the light strikes the mirror, some
energy is transmitted through the mirror
and some is absorbed or scattered by the
reflecting layer, but most of the light is
reflected back (or fed back) through the
amplifying medium to the other mirror.
If the amplification is greater than the
total losses in a round trip, then the in-
tensity will continue to increase as the
light wave is reflected back and forth
through the amplifying medium. As the
intensity of the wave grows, stimulated
transitions become an important means of
removing atoms from the upper energy
level and populating the lower energy level.
Thus, the equilibrium populations of the
energy levels shift so as to reduce the
amount of the population inversion.
Eventually, the population inversion is re-
duced to an amount where the gain just
balances the loss; in other words, the
amplifier saturates.
The intensity at which saturation occurs
varies from laser to laser, but usually it
is a very high intensity, of orders of mag-
nitude larger than the intensity due to
spontaneous emission.
Amplification by stimulated emission
may occur in a wavelength interval cor-
responding to the width of the spectral
* These are requirements quoted for the
first He-Ne gaseous laser (2), in which the ampli-
fication per unit length is relatively low. The
requirements are not so stringent for a laser with
high amplification.
February, 1963
27
line. However, it is characteristic of os-
cillators that the amplitude of oscillation
is of significant size only in a very small
range about the resonant frequency. In
the case of the laser, the precise wavelength
(or wavelengths) at which oscillation oc-
curs depends on the spacing between the
reflectors. The system of two parallel,
partially reflecting, flat surfaces has long
been used in precision spectroscopy; it is
called a Fabry-Perot interferometer. In
the laser oscillator, the Fabry-Perot inter-
ferometer is equivalent to an optical reso-
nator. The resonant frequencies are those
for which the superimposed segments of the
multiply-reflected wave are all in phase. The
most important resonances are at the wave-
lengths for which the Fabry-Perot condi-
tion for a plane wave perpendicular to the
reflecting surfaces is satisfied : 2L = N A
(A is the wavelength, L is the spacing be-
tween the reflectors, and N is an integer).
Usually, N is a very large number, so
the Fabry-Perot resonances are closely
spaced. The difference in frequency be-
tween two successive Fabry-Perot reso-
nances is Avr = C/2L (c is the velocity
of light and L is the distance between
reflectors). In order to obtain sufficient
amplification, a lower limit must be placed
on the value of L, which, in turn, sets an
upper limit on Avr. It often happens that
Avr must be smaller than the amplifier
bandwidth; in this case, the spectrum of
the laser is composed of several very sharp
spikes. This radiation is not truly mono-
chromatic; but since the width of each
spike is small compared to the separation,
it is presumed possible to isolate one of
the spikes with a suitable filter. In several
cases, laser operation at a single frequency
(monochromatic radiation) has been ob-
tained.
A light wave that propagates in a direc-
tion other than perpendicular to the re-
flecting surfaces will be deflected out of
the laser after a few reflections. Since a
wave must travel back and forth through
the amplifying medium many times to be
amplified to a high intensity, the oblique
radiation makes little contribution to the
output of the laser. The radiation from
the laser is almost entirely in the direction
perpendicular to the reflecting surfaces.
Therefore, the laser beam is collimated ;
this means that the laser beam is composed
of parallel rays and does not spread. (Here
the laser has been assumed to have plane
reflectors. If the laser has concave re-
flectors, the radiation diverges as the radi-
ation from a point source and can be
collimated with an appropriate lens.)
The degree to which light is coherent is
a measure of the wave quality of the light
beam. Spatial coherence may be demon-
strated by the observation of interference
fringes when one portion of a wavefront
is superimposed on another, such as with
a multiple slit. The light from a laser has
been shown to be spatially coherent by
the observation of fringes when a double
slit was placed directly in front of the
laser. Also, interference has been produced
in superimposing the light from one end of
a laser on the light from the other end.
Coherence in time may be demonstrated
by the observation of interference when
one segment of the wave is superimposed
on another, such as in a Michelson inter-
ferometer or a Fabry-Perot interferometer.
This type of coherence is directly related
to the monochromatic quality of the radia
tion.
The coherence of laser radiation has
been demonstrated also in the following
way. The radiation from a laser that is
oscillating at two adjacent Fabry-Perot
resonance frequencies is detected by a
phototube. The current from the photo-
tube is frequency-analyzed and is found
to be modulated at the radio frequency
that is equal to the difference (beat note)
of the two optical frequencies. Javan (3)
extended this technique to demonstrate that
it is also possible to obtain a radiofre-
quency beat note by mixing the outputs
of two separate and independently oscillat-
ing lasers. In addition to determining the
frequency difference of the two lasers to
28
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
high precision, the beat note provides a
convenient means to obtain information
about the line width and frequency sta-
bility of laser oscillations. Also, many
proposed applications of the laser are based
on the coherence that is demonstrated by
the observation of this beat note.
IV. Solid State Lasers
Perhaps the best known laser is the ruby
laser, which was the first to be operated
successfully (4). Ruby is crystalline alumi-
num oxide with an impurity of trivalent
chromium ions; this impurity gives ruby
its red color and is the active element in
the laser. Population inversion in the ruby
is attained by optical pumping; the ground
f state Cr+ + + ions absorb radiation in the
!i green and near-ultraviolet portions of the
spectrum and are excited to several broad
bands of closely spaced energy levels. These
excited Cr+ + + ions promptly decay by
! non-radiative transitions to a narrow
energy band.
[ If the pumping light is sufficiently in-
| tense, the Cr+ + + ions accumulate in this
| | energy level to produce a population inver-
j ' sion. In this particular case, the stimulated
| transition is to the ground state; hence
more than half the Cr+ + + ions must be
| pumped out of the ground state to produce
] a population inversion. Therefore the
threshold intensity of the pumping radia-
tion is very high; so the ruby laser is
s | usually operated in a pulsed fashion.
j The assembled laser is usually a ruby
s rod 5 to 10 cm long and 0.2 to 0.5 cm in
t diameter, placed along the axis of a helical
a j xenon flash tube. The ends of the ruby rod
i. are ground flat and parallel, and the reflect-
J ing coatings are usually applied directly
v to the ruby. The xenon tube is flashed by
i discharging a bank of condensers through
)j it. If the peak intensity of the flash exceeds
it a critical value (threshold intensity), the
ruby rod emits a brief but very intense
S burst of red light; it “lases.”
i The pulsed ruby laser is particularly
ie suited to high power applications; the
o properties of coherence, directionality, and
•5
line width of the ruby laser, while much
better than conventional light sources, do
not match those of some of the other lasers
to be discussed later.
The high power of the ruby laser has
been further increased by modifying the
design. In this modification, one end of
the ruby rod is made non-reflecting, and
a mechanical or electro-optic shutter is
placed between the end of the rod and an
external reflector. The shutter is synchro-
nized with the xenon flash lamp so that it
opens near the end of the pulse of pumping
light; thus the start of laser oscillation can
be delayed until nearly all the Cr+ + + ions
are excited to the upper level of the laser
transition. When the shutter is opened,
the intensity of the stimulated emission in-
creases very rapidly, and the energy stored
by the excited Cr + + + ions is released in
a very short time to produce a laser pulse
of very brief duration and very high power.
(The duration is about a microsecond and
the power is about a megawatt.)
Of course, the laser does not create
energy; in fact, the energy in the laser
pulse is often less than one percent of the
energy used by the xenon flash lamp. The
efficiency of the energy conversion depends
on the geometry of the laser, the quality
of the ruby, and other variable factors.
However inefficiently, the laser converts
energy from one available form to another
which may be more useful. For instance,
if a short focal length lens is placed in
the path of the laser beam, the light can
be focussed to a spot of very small dimen-
sion, since the light beam of the laser is
nearly parallel. One then obtains an enor-
mous power density which burns holes
through razor blades, etc. There are more
practical uses for the focussed laser beam,
such as drilling holes in diamonds and
making spot welds in otherwise inaccessible
or inconvenient places.
Many other solid state lasers have been
developed since the ruby; most of these
are divalent or trivalent rare-earth ions
dilutely dispersed in crystal lattices such
February, 1963
29
as CaW04, CaF2, or SrMo04. Population
inversion in these rare earth lasers is ob-
tained by optical pumping to a broad
energy band followed by rapid decay to
a sharp energy band, just as in the ruby
laser. However, in most of the rare earth
lasers, the lower energy level of the laser
transition is enough above the ground
state that it can be depopulated by cooling
the crystal. Thus, population inversion can
be obtained with lower intensities of pump-
ing radiation, and it should be possible
to operate these lasers continuously. Con-
tinuous operation has already been achieved
for some of them.
V. Gas Lasers
The lasers that employ gaseous media
for coherent amplification differ from the
solid state lasers in several respects. All
gaseous lasers are operated continuously,
but have much lower power outputs (char-
acteristically, about a milliwatt) . The gas
lasers usually have low gain per unit length
and must be about a meter long to obtain
sufficient amplification. While the gas lasers
are inferior to the solid state lasers in
regard to power output, they are superior
in regard to coherence, collimation, and
monochromaticity.
In gas lasers, the population inversion is
generally achieved by means other than
optical pumping. The only gaseous laser
which is optically pumped is the cesium
vapor laser. The line width of the intense
3888 a line in the emission spectrum of
helium overlaps the wavelength of one of
the lines in the absorption spectrum of
cesium vapor. Therefore, cesium atoms
may be excited to a specific energy level
by optical pumping using a helium dis-
charge tube as the light source. Popula-
tion inversions between the energy levels of
several transitions are expected, and laser
oscillation has been observed for one of
these transitions, which has a wavelength
of about 7.18 microns (5).
Population inversions in the other gas
lasers are achieved by various processes
involving inelastic collisions. In the helium-
neon laser, neon atoms are selectively
excited to certain energy levels by transfer
of energy from helium metastable atoms i
to neon atoms in the ground state. The
probability of energy transfer is significant J
only if the neon atom is excited to an
energy level that is very close to the energy
of the helium metastable atom. The energy
level diagram (Figure 1) shows that the 2s
(Paschen notation) energy levels of neon , »
are very close to the 23S (metastable)
energy level of helium. The 2p energy
levels of neon, on the other hand, are con-
siderably lower than the energy level of
the helium metastable atom. Therefore, H
the energy transfer process selectively
excites neon atoms to the 2s energy levels,
and population inversion may be expected
for any of the 30 allowed 2s — 2p transi-
tions. Th us far, laser oscillations have
been observed for 11 of these transitions
(6,7) ; the highest intensity has been ob-
tained for the 2s2 — 2p4 transition, whose > '
wavelength is 11523 a.
Although it is not shown in Figure 1,
there is another helium metastable energy
level and it is very close to the group of
3s energy levels of neon. Thus far, laser
oscillations have been observed for two
transitions whose upper energy level is in i
this group, 3s2 — 2p4 (A = 6328 A) and
3s2 — 3p4 (A = 3.3913 microns).
Laser oscillation has been observed for
the 2s2 — 2p4 transition in a discharge
of pure neon. The intensity of this laser
radiation was considerably less than in
the helium-neon laser, but the observation
of laser oscillation in the pure neon dis-
charge indicated another method of pro-
ducing population inversion, which may
be applicable to discharges in other gases.
In a gas discharge, atoms are excited from
the ground state to higher energy levels
by inelastic collisions with electrons of
sufficient energy. This process of excita-
tion is somewhat selective; most of the
atoms are excited to energy levels from
which radiative transitions to the ground
state are allowed. Also, since this excita-
tion process is ultimately responsible for $
30
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
24.6
He+
25
20
19
ev
18
17
16
19.81
23S
Ne'
21.47
. J_ _2s_2
°f-=r=*"
0.7 d
J-- W.
10
is
“5 16.6
He
Ne
Figure 1. — Energy level diagram of He and Ne atoms. (From J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, 32 (1962).)
sustaining the discharge, it may have suf-
ficient influence on the equilibrium in the
discharge to produce population inversions.
The rules that determine whether a given
transition is allowed (selection rules) apply
to changes in parity and angular momen-
tum. The selection rule that is most rele-
vant to the population inversion in the
neon discharge restricts transitions accord-
j ing to changes in Z, the orbital angular
momentum quantum number of the excited
| electron. In the energy level diagram of
neon (Figure 1), the letters (s and p)
| classify the atomic energy levels according
to the value of l; s, p. d, and f correspond
to Z equal to 0, 1, 2. and 3.
February. 1963
E5
According to the selection rule, only
transitions in which Z changes by plus or
minus one are allowed. Therefore, since
the valence electrons of neon are in a
p(Z = 1) shell, transitions between the
ground state and excited states are allowed
only for s(Z = 0) and d(Z = 2) excited
states.
There are a number of processes which
compete with the selective excitation to s
and d states by electron impact and tend
to prevent population inversion. However,
the most obvious of these competing
processes, spontaneous transition directly
back to the ground state, has little effect
on the equilibrium, since the spontaneous
31
emission is readily absorbed by the atoms
in the ground state which are present in
great abundance. The most important
processes involved in the equilibrium of
the 2s2 population are selective excitation
by electron impact and spontaneous transi-
tions to the 2p levels. The most important
processes in the equilibrium of the 2p4
population are spontaneous transitions to
the Is levels, spontaneous transitions from
higher levels, and inelastic collisions of
electrons with atoms in the Is levels. ( Since
Is are the lowest excited states and the
spontaneous emission due to spontaneous
transitions to the ground state is too readily
absorbed, the Is levels are effectively
metastable and hence relatively highly
populated.) The operation of the pure neon
laser first demonstrated that population
inversion can be produced by electron im-
pact excitation. The possible wide ap-
plicability of this method has been demon-
strated by obtaining laser oscillations for
22 xenon transitions, eight krypton transi-
tions, four argon transitions, and two other
neon transitions (8) . In the helium-neon
laser, excitation of neon atoms by energy
transfer from metastable helium atoms
provides an additional means of selectively
exciting the neon atoms to the 2s and 3s
levels without directly affecting the 2p
populations, thus increasing the 2s2 — 2p4
population inversion and producing the
other 2s — 2p, 3s — 2p, 3s — 3p popula-
tion inversions.
Still another method of producing popu-
lation inversion is that of the neon-oxygen
laser — dissociative excitation transfer. This
method is similar to that of the He — Ne
laser, but in this case the coincidence of
the energy levels does not need to be so
close. A neon metastable atom collides
inelastically with a diatomic oxygen
molecule; the resulting excited oxygen
molecule is unstable and immediately dis-
sociates into an excited oxygen atom and
an oxygen atom in the ground state. This
laser produces oscillation at a wavelength
of 8446 A (8,9).
VI. Research and Applications
Much of the past and current laser re-
search has been directed toward developing
new laser materials and improving existing ^
lasers. An interesting exception has been ic
the generation of optical harmonics, which 1
had been proposed earlier, but was not id
observed in the pre-laser era because the ><
intensity of light from existing sources was I
inadequate. However, when the light from I
a high-power laser (such as the ruby laser) (
passes through certain asymmetric types of I
crystals, the light emerging from the crystal y
contains some light whose wavelength is
half the wavelength of the incident radia- ,
tion (second harmonic) (10). More re- i
cently, production of the third harmonic
also has been observed.
Much of the motivation for the devel- l|
opment of lasers is the potential use of i
lasers in communications. The light waves i
produced by lasers have several advantages ]
over radio waves as carriers in certain
kinds of communication. For long distance q
communication (interplanetary, etc.), the il
advantage of the laser beam is that it is
highly directional; hence, information q
could be sent over very long distances fl
with relatively low-power transmitters. The i f
angular divergence of the beam from a
helium-neon laser has been measured to .
be about 32 seconds, or 1.5 x 10~4 radians,
which could be further reduced by sending } t
the beam backwards through a telescope.
Another advantage is that the high fre-
quency (up to 5 x 1014 cycles/sec) of the
laser radiation greatly increases the in-
formation-carrying capacity. It has been
stated that a laser beam with a modulation
bandwidth of 100,000 megacycles could j
carry as much information as all the radio-
communication channels now in existence m
(11). One of the problems to be solved is I
to find means for producing and detecting .i
modulation at such high frequencies.
At the National Bureau of Standards, the fl
gas laser is being considered for use as f !
a standard light source for interferometric h
measurement of distance. (The procedure*
32
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
, for interferometric distance measurement
( is to count the number of times the inten-
| sity at the center of the interference pattern
in a Michelson interferometer passes
, through a maximum as one of the mirrors
is moved from one position to another.
The distance moved by the mirror is one-
3 half the number of maxima counted times
the wavelength of the light producing the
1 interference.) Using conventional light
1 sources, it is difficult to observe fringes
j when the difference in path length for the
two parts of the divided beam is greater
e than 50 cm; with the intensity, coherence,
, and monochromaticity of the laser radia-
g tion, it is possible (in principle, at least)
to obtain interference with path length
differences of many kilometers. Another
e i advantage of the laser as a light source
is for interferometry is that most of the area
ic | of the circular fringe pattern will be oc-
e ! cupied by the central maximum, since the
beam is so highly directional, which sim-
plifies the use of automatic “fringe
counters.”
At NBS. interference has been obtained
in a Michelson interferometer with a path
length difference of 100 meters, using the
He — Ne gas laser of Figure 2 (after mod-
ifications) as the light source. This He-
Ne laser is similar to the one described
by Rigrod et al. (12). It is a confocal
reflector type, with the radius of curvature
of the reflectors and spacing between them
equal to one meter. The reflectors are
multilayer dielectric films with peak reflect-
ance (about 99 per cent) at 11523 A.
The windows at the ends of the discharge
tube are sealed on at Brewster’s angle,
so light with the proper polarization is
transmitted through the windows without
reflection losses. The discharge tube con-
tains 1 mm Hg of helium and 1/10 mm Hg
of neon, and is excited by power from a
February, 1963
33
radio transmitter applied to external elec-
trodes.
The purpose of the iris diaphragms,
which are located between the reflectors
and the ends of the discharge tube, is to
obtain monochromatic operation of the
laser. The apertures are reduced until the
diffraction losses become large enough to
limit oscillation to the Fabry-Perot reso-
nance frequency nearest the peak of the
spectral line. The laser is mounted on a
large, heavy surface plate to reduce fluctu-
ations of the reflector spacing due to vibra-
tion and temperature fluctuations.
One of the problems to be solved, if
lasers are to realize the full potential of
their monochromatic quality, is that of
stability and adjustment to a precise wave-
length. Javan has reported that the line
width of the radiation from a He — Ne laser,
whose frequency is about 2.6 x 1014
cycles/sec, is less than 2 cycles/sec (3).
To obtain stability comparable to this line
width, the length of a meter-long laser
would have to be held constant to within
10-12 cm. (For comparison, the size of an
atom is about 10“8 cm.) To obtain this
stability, the temperature of a fused quartz
spacer would have to be held constant
within 2 x 1CT8 degrees centigrade. For-
tunately, such high precision and stability
are not required for most of the proposed
applications of lasers. Currently available
techniques (8) make it feasible to control
the frequency of oscillation to about one
part in 109, which is sufficient for most
applications.
There are many potential applications
for lasers in research and technology; no
attempt will be made to describe, or even
mention, all the proposed applications. A
partial list of the kinds of applications in
which lasers might be useful includes opti-
cal pumping, Raman spectra, photolysis,
interferometry, high-speed photography,
and seismology. Perhaps the best indi-
cation of the scope of laser applicability is
the number of companies that have entered
(or have their eye on) the laser market
(13).
References
(1) A. L. Schawlow and C. H. Townes. Infrared
and optical masers. Phys. Rev. 112, 1940 (1958).
(2) Donald R. Herriott. Continuous helium-
neon optical maser. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, 31 (1962 ) .
(3) A. Javan, E. A. Ballik, and W. L. Bond.
Frequency characteristics of a continuous-wave
He-Ne optical maser. J. Opt. Soc. Am. 52, 96
(1962).
(4) T. H. Maiman. Stimulated optical radia-
tion in ruby. Nature 187, 493 (1960).
(5) P. Rabinowitz, S. Jacobs, and G. Gould.
Continuous optically pumped Cs laser. Appl. Opt.
1, 513 (1962).
(6) A. Javan, W. R. Bennett, Jr., and D. R.
Herriott. Population inversion and continuous
optical maser oscillation in a discharge contain-
ing a He-Ne mixture. Phys. Rev. Letters 6, 106
(1961).
(7) R. A. McFarlane, C. K. N. Patel, W. R.
Bennett, Jr., and W. L. Faust. New helium-neon
optical maser transitions. Proc. Inst. Radio Engrs.
50, 2112 (1962).
(8) W. R. Bennett, Jr. Gaseous optical masers.
Applied Optics, Supplement on Optical Masers,
p. 24 (1962).
(9) W. R. Bennett, Jr., W. L. Faust, R. A.
McFarlane, and C. K. N. Patel. Dissociative ex-
citation transfer and optical maser oscillations in
Ne-02 and A-02 r.f. discharges. Phys. Rec.
Letters 8, 470 (1962)
(10) P. A. Franken, A. E. Hill, C. W. Peters,
and G. Weinrich. Phys. Rev. Letters 7, 118
(1961)
(11) Arthur L. Schawlow. Optical masers,
Scientific American 204, 52 (June 1961).
(12) W. W. Rigrod, H. Kogelnik, D. J. Bran-
gaccio, and D. R. Herriott. Gaseous optical maser
with concave mirrors, J. App. Phys. 33, 743
(1962).
(13) Anon. Lasers attract chemical interest.
Chem. Eng. News 40, 52 (Dec. 31. 1962) .
34
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
National Science Foundation
Fellowships for Scientific
Study Abroad
Thomas D. Fontaine
Head , Fellowships Section , Scientific Personnel and Education Division , NSF
“Perhaps more than any other national
activity, scientific research and develop-
ment depends upon close relationships with
other countries.” Thus wrote Vannevar
Bush in his 1945 report to the President
on a program for postwar scientific re-
search.
To achieve maximum effectiveness in the
training of scientific manpower, the United
States must provide opportunities for
limited numbers of developing scientists to
study in countries foreign to their own.
Private foundations have played a major
role in this area in the past. To their as-
sistance, which should continue, has been
added in recent years fellowship support
by such Federal agencies as the Depart-
ment of State, National Institutes of Health,
and the National Science Foundation
(NSF) . My purpose is to focus attention
on the role of NSF in this field.
NSF Fellowship Programs
The National Science Foundation Act of
1950, as amended, states, “The Foundation
is authorized to award . . . fellowships for
scientific study or scientific work in the
mathematical, physical, medical, biological,
engineering, and other sciences at appro-
priate nonprofit American or nonprofit
foreign institutions selected by the recipient
of such aid, for stated periods of time.”
This authorization was limited to U.S.
citizens and nationals. In 1959 the Act was
amended to provide fellowships also to
foreign nationals for scientific study or
work in the United States.
Eight fellowship programs are now sup-
ported by NSF, as follows:
1. Graduate fellowships for the training
of American graduate students at home or
abroad.
2. Cooperative graduate fellowships for
the training of American graduate students
at home, and abroad under certain condi-
tions.
3. Summer fellowships for training
American graduate teaching assistants at
home.
4. Postdoctoral fellowships for advanced
training of American research scientists at
home or abroad.
5. Senior postdoctoral fellowships for
additional advanced training of American
research scientists at home or abroad.
6. Science faculty fellowships for re-
fresher or additional training at home or
abroad of American college teachers of
science, mathematics, and engineering.
7. Summer fellowships for additional
training at home of American secondary
school teachers of science and mathematics.
8. Senior foreign scientist fellowships to
enable outstanding foreign scientists to
study or work in U.S. institutions.
The number of applicants for fellowships
in the foregoing programs, and the number
of awards offered from the beginning
through June 1962. are given in Table 1.
February. 1963
35
I lie programs are listed in order of estab-
lishment.
Table 1. — Number oj Applicants and
Awards Offered Through Fiscal Year 1962
in NSF Fellowship Programs Since Fiscal
Year of Inauguration
The financial support of NSF fellow-
ship programs has risen from $1.45 mil-
lion in 1952 to nearly $17 million in 1962.
It is anticipated that approximately $21.5
million will be spent in fiscal year 1963
for support of approximately 4,500 in-
dividuals under the foregoing fellowship
programs.
NSF Fellowships Permitting Study
Abroad
Graduate Fellowships. About three of
every four NSF fellowships awarded since
1952 have gone to graduate students to
enable them to complete their studies in
science, mathematics, and engineering with
the greatest possible effectiveness and dis-
patch. The Foundation has emphasized
these graduate level programs to provide
means for developing the numbers and
kinds of well-trained scientists required by
the nation’s industries and research lab-
oratories, Government laboratories, and in-
stitutions of higher education. Over the
vears, the level of support has been be-
tween one and two per cent of the number
of graduate students in the natural sciences,
mathematics, and engineering. The dis-
tribution of applicants and awards by
major fields of study is given in Table 2.
Table 2. — Distribution by Major Fields oj
Study of Applicants and Awards Offered
in the Graduate and Cooperative Graduate
Fellowship Programs — Fiscal Years 1952
Through 1962
Major field of study Applicants Awards offered
Number Percent
Chemistry 10,585 2,885 27
Physics 10,136 3,286 33
Life sciences 13,567 3,424 25
Mathematics 6,632 2,054 31
Engineering 9,145 2,675 29
Other fields 4,430 964 22
Because awards are made on the basis
of ability, and particular fields of study
are not shown preference, the number of
awards made in each field is related to the
number of applicants, about one in four
being successful in all fields.
In fiscal year 1962, 10,079 individuals
applied in the two graduate-level programs
and 2,961 awards were made. Of the total
applicants and awards, 5,961 and 1,761.
respectively, were in the graduate program
and 4,118 and 1.200 in the cooperative
graduate program.
A few cooperative graduate fellows may
spend a portion or all of their fellowship
tenure on field work at foreign institutions,
but in doing so they remain under the re-
sponsibility of U.S. institutions. In the
graduate program, however, fellows may
affiliate directly with foreign institutions of
their choice, and 33 awardees made such
a selection in fiscal year 1962. Of these,
18 chose one of three institutions in Eng-
land: each of the remaining 15 chose a
different institution — 5 in Germany, 2 in
Canada, and 1 each in Australia, Denmark.
Israel, the Netherlands, Norway , and
Switzerland. In general, graduate fellows
studying abroad — less than 2 per cent of
award recipients- — tend to concentrate at
English and German institutions, but in
each case the choice of institution is based
mainly on the particular unique type of
training offered.
Postdoctoral Fellowships. Of the first
two fellowship programs instituted by the
foundation in 1952. one was the regular
36
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
postdoctoral program. These fellowships
provide support to individuals with doc-
torates in science, mathematics, or engi-
neering who need and are qualified for
additional advanced training preparatory
to work in a specialized scientific field. To
give persons receiving the doctorate in
early summer or the mid-year an equal op-
portunity to begin postdoctoral reseach as
quickly as possible after attainment of the
degree, a competition is held in late sum-
mer for announcing awards in early fall,
and a second competition is conducted in
mid-winter for March awards.
In recent years, in all fields of science,
it has become increasingly important to
continue research training beyond the Ph.D.
degree. The most compelling reason for
postdoctoral study is the time required to
master the subject matter, which is grow-
ing constantly in amount. As a leading
mathematician has stated it, the recipient
of a Ph.D. today has had, in effect, a
general education in his subject; he still
needs the specialization that postdoctoral
work can provide. The number of persons
embarking upon postdoctoral studies — both
recent Ph.D.’s and more mature scholars —
has multiplied noticeably in the past 15
years, especially in the sciences. The
fellowships offered for study and research
at this level by the Federal government
through the National Science Foundation
and the National Institutes of Health have
contributed substantially to this develop-
ment and, additionally, have helped to pro-
mote recognition in academic circles of the
importance of postdoctoral training.
After a few years of operation, an
analysis of the applicants in the regular
postdoctoral program — intended primarily
for recent Ph.D.’s — showed that a need
also existed for a fellowship program for
scientists who had already demonstrated
superior accomplishments in special fields.
Therefore, in 1956. the Foundation insti-
tuted a senior postdoctoral program, open
to U.S. scientists who at the time of apply-
ing have held a Ph.D. or equivalent degree
for at least five years. These fellowships
provide opportunities for established sci-
entists to become even more proficient in
their respective specialties by studying or
doing research, during sabbatical leave
period or otherwise, in outstanding labora-
tories and by close and continuous asso-
ciation with others who are in the forefront
of their fields of research. Because of
their senior status and in recognition of
the fixed financial obligations that such
status invariably entails, the Foundation
established in this program a “salary-
matching” stipend, which is adjusted to
take into account other support expected
during the period of fellowship tenure.
Applications are accepted throughout the
summer and early fall; the closing date
is normally in October, and the awards
are announced in December.
Selection of fellows in these two post-
doctoral programs is made on the basis of
ability. No preferential treatment is ac-
corded any particular field of study. Table
3 gives, for several of the major fields of
study supported by the Foundation, the
ratio of regular plus senior awards offered
during the entire period of operation of
each program, to the combined number of
applicants.
Table 3. — Distribution by Major Fields oj
Study of Applicants and Awards Offered in
Two Postdoctoral Programs — Fiscal Years
1952 through 1962
Major field of study Applicants Awards offered
Number Percent
It is clear from even a cursory reading
of the final reports of postdoctoral NSF
fellows that these awards are accomplish-
ing their principal objective. These fel-
lowships have opened opportunities for
more than 1,900 scientists of outstanding
ability to advance their research training
and acquire essential additional speciali-
zation in their chosen fields of science.
But both programs do more than just this.
February, 1963
37
A high percentage of postdoctoral NSF
fellows affiliate with world-famous foreign
institutions while on tenure. If one ac-
cepts the premise that close cooperation
between U.S. scientists and their foreign
colleagues, through an exchange of ideas
and scientific information, strengthens the
science potential of the United States, then
the postdoctoral fellowships utilized abroad
have additional significance.
In fiscal year 1962, 897 individuals ap-
plied in the regular postdoctoral program
and 245 were offered awards, of whom 132
(55 percent) chose foreign institutions.
Of these, 55 chose 15 institutions in Eng-
land; 16 went to 11 institutions in Ger-
many; 14 to 8 institutions in France; 11
to 4 institutions in Switzerland; and 6
to 2 institutions in Israel. Five each
went to Denmark and Sweden; 4 to Scot-
land; 2 each to Belgium, India, and Nor-
way; and one each to Canada, Italy, Japan,
Spain, Uganda, and Wales.
In fiscal year 1962, 270 individuals ap-
plied in the senior postdoctoral program
and 92 were offered awards, of whom 75
(82 percent) chose foreign institutions. Of
these, 20 chose 9 institutions in England;
12 went to 10 institutions in France; 7
to 3 institutions in Israel; 7 to 3 insti-
tutions in Switzerland; and 5 to 4 institu-
tions in Italy. Four each went to Germany
and the Netherlands; 3 each to Australia
and Denmark; 2 each to Austria, Belgium,
and Sweden; and one each to Madagascar,
New Zealand, Norway, and Spain.
Science Faculty Fellowships. By increas-
ing through fellowship support the oppor-
tunities for study and research in the
sciences, the Foundation provides an in-
ducement to individuals of superior intel
lectual capacity to enter graduate school.
It also encourages by its fellowships these
students and other persons talented in
science to continue their training to the
highest reaches of which they are capable.
By and large, however, it is the under-
graduate teacher who is in the best posi-
tion to motivate able students to obtain their
doctorate and pursue science as a career.
Thus, the presence of stimulating and
challenging teachers of science on our
undergraduate campuses is of prime im-
portance to the production of future
scientists.
A teacher must know his subject matter
well if he is to stimulate the latent in-
terests and abilities of his students. Be-
cause of the remarkable expansion in
volume and rate of scientific discoveries in
the past two decades, many college teachers
have found it extremely difficult, along
with their other duties, to keep abreast of
new developments in their fields. Still
others were drawn into teaching with too
little training to begin with, and conse-
quently lack a rounded educational and
scientific background. The Foundation de-
cided in 1957 that the best immediate
answer to this problem was a fellowship
program especially designed to enable col-
lege teachers of science, mathematics, and
engineering to improve their competence
as teachers by means of additional ad-
vanced study in their subject matter fields.
It therefore instituted in that year the sci-
ence faculty fellowship program.
The primary objective of this program
is to improve the standards of college-level
instruction — first, by affording opportuni-
ties for refresher training to those teachers
who, despite a background of education
which at one time was adequate, have lost
touch with recent developments in science:
and second, by providing inadequately
trained college teachers of science with
opportunities to obtain a better under-
standing and knowledge of the subject mat-
ter they teach. In addition, a Federal
program of this kind helps to focus greater
attention upon the national importance of
encouraging, recognizing, and rewarding
high competence in teaching.
As in other Foundation fellowship pro-
grams, no particular field of study has
received preferential treatment in the se-
lection of science faculty award recipients.
The percentage of awards offered to the
total number of applicants over the years
has been 33.6 per cent across all fields; the
38
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
percentages in several of the major fields
of science supported by the Foundation are
given in Table 4.
Table 4. — Distribution by Major Fields of
Study of Applicants and Awards Offered in
Science Faculty Program — Fiscal Years
1957 through 1962
Major field of study Applicants Awards offered
Number Percent
Chemistry 573 189 33
Physics 451 150 33.3
Life sciences 1,103 329 29.8
Mathematics 885 301 34
Engineering 1,136 456 40.1
Other fields 358 88 24.6
In fiscal year 1962, 864 individuals ap-
plied in the science faculty program and
325 were offered awards, of whom 32 (10
per cent) chose foreign institutions. Of
these, 17 chose 5 institutions in England;
5 chose 5 institutions in Germany; 4 chose
3 institutions in Sweden; 2 chose one
institution in Switzerland; and one each
went to Canada, India, the Netherlands,
and Norway.
Senior Foreign Scientist Fellowships.
Under the authority granted the National
Science Foundation in Public Law 507, as
amended by the Act of September 8, 1959.
the Foundation may, with the approval of
the Secretary of State, undertake programs
granting fellowships to, or making other
similar arrangements with, foreign nation-
als for scientific study or scientific work in
the United States.
In fiscal year 1963 the National Science
Foundation inaugurated a new fellowship
program for senior scientists of foreign
nationality. The program will enable out-
standing foreign scientists to spend an ex-
tended period of time at U.S. institutions
of higher education where they will share
their learning with, and provide intel-
lectual stimulation to, graduate students
and members of the science faculty, thereby
enriching graduate science training in the
United States and enlarging the scientific
research potential of this country. At an
estimated cost of $500,000, approximately
40 awards will be granted in the mathe-
matical, physical, biological, and engineer-
ing sciences, and interdisciplinary fields
comprised of two or more of these sciences.
In this new fellowship program, the
Foundation will have the U.S.-participat-
ing institutions nominate those foreign
applicants who will compete for awards;
any application without an endorsement of
a participating institution will not be con-
sidered.
Fellowships Administered by the Na-
tional Science Foundation for
International Agencies
In addition to its own fellowship pro-
grams, the Foundation has been adminis-
tering two fellowship programs, whose
financial support is provided hy organi-
zations concerned with international co-
operation— the North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization (NATO) and the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Develop-
ment (OECD).
NATO Postdoctoral Fellowships in Sci-
ence. These fellowships are awarded to
citizens of the United States mainly for
study in NATO countries. Each NATO
country administers the NATO fellowships
for its own nationals. The National Sci-
ence Foundation, in administering this
program on behalf of the U.S. Department
of State, is responsible for the final selec-
tion of fellows. Approximately 50 U.S.
scientists study abroad under this program
each year. A shift of scheduling of the
competition in calendar year 1963 to a
fall award period appears likely.
OECD Senior Visiting Fellowships.
These fellowships have permitted institu-
tions in the United States to send senior
scientists, mathematicians, or engineers on
their staffs to study new techniques and
developments at advanced research and
educational institutions located primarily
in the OECD member countries.
Only a limited number of awards has
been available in the past, and the sched-
uling of the program is dependent upon the
firm allocation of funds by OECD to a
national center — the National Science
Foundation in the United States.
February, 1963
39
Some Observations on NSF Fellow-
ship Programs in Action Abroad
In fiscal year 1963, as in 1962, it is
estimated that about 275 U.S. scientists will
study abroad under the provisions of Na-
tional Science Foundation fellowships, for
which the Foundation will obligate approxi-
mately $1.5 million dollars. The general
pattern of distribution of NSF fellows is
expected to be about the same as in earlier
years, but with varying numbers in each
country.
Each year, institutions in England at-
tract the greatest number of NSF fellows;
but in respect to institution involvement,
Germany leads the list, with almost as
many fellowship institutions as fellows in
each program. English institutions attract
NSF fellows in many broad fields, but the
number of fellows in each of four fields,
in descending order, is as follows: physics,
chemistry, engineering, and mathematics.
In Germany, the pattern is chemistry,
physics, mathematics, and engineering; in
France, mathematics, physics, chemistry,
and engineering; in Switzerland, Denmark,
and the Netherlands, physics, chemistry,
engineering, and life sciences. In coun-
tries like Australia, Madagascar, Kenya,
and Uganda, the major field interests ap-
pear to be anthropology and genetics.
Before an award recipient may activate
his fellowship abroad, the Foundation re-
quires, as a matter of record, a letter from
the foreign host institution indicating its
willingness to accept the individual and
provide space, equipment, etc., for him to
carry out his fellowship program. Since
the Foundation instituted this requirement,
the very warm welcome with which NSF
fellows are received abroad has become
apparent. It also has become apparent
that NSF fellows choose to be associated
with many of the world authorities in their
respective fields. For example, as the new
Nobel prizewinners are announced each
year, our records are likely to show that
NSF fellows are currently studying and
working in their laboratories. Such are
the opportunities afforded U.S. scientists
through NSF fellowships — to be in the
advancing frontiers of science.
In September 1962, I had the pleasure
of meeting with about 80 NSF fellows
studying in France, Switzerland, Italy,
Germany, Sweden, Denmark, and England,
and a number of their scientific advisers
and associates. These visits were scheduled
in such a way as to bring me in contact
with NSF fellows in each program, at in-
stitutions with many fellows and at those
with only one. On first hand observation,
it seemed to me that fellows were being
accorded excellent opportunities to carry
out their fellowship programs, to grow in
scientific stature, and to associate with
visiting scientists from other countries. In
a number of cases it was obvious that NSF
fellows were considered to be vital to the
accomplishment of a particular basic scien-
tific objective, while others were receiving
valuable training in fields of specialization
which on their return to the U.S. would
enrich U.S. science directly through re-
search or improved teaching, or both.
NSF fellows (and families), however,
have their problems. Appropriate housing
is difficult to arrange for in advance;
children must be entered in foreign school
systems (many to have a traumatic but
wonderful year of schooling with instruc-
tion in a language other than English) ;
and wives have to learn a somewhat differ-
ent way of shopping and must adjust to
new social conditions and customs.
There is not very much the Foundation
can do to assist in these adjustments, except
to advise fellows that they should try to
anticipate these problems. To the extent
that it will be helpful, the Foundation is
now providing each fellow who is studying
or planning to study abroad, with a list
of all fellows on tenure or planning to
begin tenure at his and other fellowship
institutions abroad. The first list was dis-
tributed in August 1962, and appears to
have fulfilled a particular need.
With the current number of NSF fellows
studying abroad, it has become abundantly
clear that closer ties need to be established
with the Department of State scientific
40
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
attaches, and with cultural attaches in those
countries where there is not now a scien-
tific attache. Accordingly, the list of NSF
fellows studying or planning to study
abroad has been made available to them,
and revised lists will be supplied from
time to time. Each scientific attache visited
in September expressed particular interest
in, and need for, such a list. For example,
one attache remarked that the Ambassador
was particularly interested in science, and
each year invited the leading scientists in
the country to dinner. On such occasions,
it became the attache’s responsibility to
locate, if possible, senior U.S. scientists
who might also be invited.
In the October 1962 issue of Science,
D. S. Greenberg discussed ‘‘Science and
Foreign Affairs: New Effort Under Way
to Enlarge Roles of Scientists in Policy
Planning.” He wrote, “It would be heresy
today to deny that science should be con-
sidered in the formulation of foreign policy.
At the same time, there is no abundance of
accomplished scientists willing to put their
careers aside, if only temporarily, for the
strange world of the diplomatic service.”
Scientists are accoustomed to dealing with
“strange worlds,” and it is hard to believe
that “accomplished scientists” will not ans-
wer the call to service when the need for
them has been established. Indeed, if the
diplomat is willing to accept Greenberg’s
statement that “A scientist at his elbow is
the mark of the statesman who recognizes
that the laboratory has become a decisive
force in the world,” then the scientist is
prepared to march shoulder to shoulder
with him into the international fray.
Granted that there is no easy way to develop
a training ground for the type of people
needed by our nation in this field, I sub-
mit that NSF and other fellows may be a
reservoir worthy of investigation, for they
are carefully selected on the basis of their
demonstrated and potential scientific abil-
ity and have completed their fellowship
tenure in foreign countries. Two desirable
ingredients are present — scientific compe-
tence and established personal associations
in a foreign country — and some knowledge
of the people and their language appears
likely. I am confident that scientists will
meet all their international challenges.
THE BROWNSTONE TOWER
On January 9
there appeared on
the front page of
the W ashinglon
Post a story by
Nate Haselt ine on
a kind of inebria-
tion in persons
who had been
given experimen-
tally large doses of
tryptophane in orange juice. When science
writing was very young, this story either
would not have made the front page, or
if it had it would have been treated with
ridicule or presented as having great sig-
nificance for the cure of disease. Times
have changed, and Nate played the story as
straight as the authors themselves might
have done if they had had his experience
and skill in making a scientific investiga-
tion understandable and interesting to lay-
men. He made only one speculation; i.e.,
“The results suggest that amino acid im-
balances in body chemistry might be a
cause of some mental disorders,” a modest
and sensible hypothesis.
Who is this Nate Haseltine (pronounced
Hazelteen) whose by-line has appeared in
the Post since 1946? I thought it would be
an interesting experience to find out — to
interview an interviewer. Moreover, Nate
has been a member of the Washington
Academy of Sciences for a number of
years, yet is known to few of its members
except as a name. 1 wanted to introduce
him to you, since his work and family do
not permit him to attend meetings of the
Academy or to serve on its Journal or com-
mittees. Therefore I made a date with him
for lunch and arranged to meet him at his
desk in the Post building at 1515 L St.,
N.W. I had expected to find him in a
cubicle, but instead he sat at a simple
typist’s desk among dozens of other simi-
February, 1963
41
lar desks on the open floor of the City
Room. Here he reads journals, keeps a
small file of information and a few refer-
ence books, and writes most of his stories.
One would never guess from his modest
demeanor and his uncarpeted, unwindowed,
and crowded environment that he has any
more status than a GS-5 clerk in an inner
ring of the Pentagon. And yet, my friends,
he is a gentleman of distinction, the cur-
rent president of the National Association
of Science Writers and a winner, in 1953,
of the AAAS-Westinghouse Award.
We walked around the corner to the
Brush and Palate (sic) for lunch, I full
of curiosity about how one becomes a
professional science writer. I do not know
whether Nate’s progression is typical, but
he started at the very bottom, a Philadel-
phia boy deprived of college education by
the Great Depression. He was willing to
work at anything, anywhere, anytime, at
any wages. In 1931, when he was 20, he
became by chance an assistant to the
librarian of the Philadelphia Evening,
Ledger and was paid $9.11 per week. (That
doesn’t deserve an exclamation point; in
1916 I worked for the Philadelphia Com-
mercial Museum for $5.00 per week!)
While copy boys were getting opportuni-
ties to serve as reporters, he was passed
over until he persuaded the managing edi-
tor to try him out. The boy made good in
all kinds of reporting and discovered that
he enjoyed covering medical conventions.
He did not enjoy World War II until it
was nearly over, when he was selected to
attend the Biarritz Army University in
France. After emerging from this univer-
sity and the Army, he came to Washington
in June 1946 as a general assignment re-
porter for the Washington Post. Soon he
advanced to rewriteman, and in 1949 the
Post prevented him from moving to an-
other newspaper by making him its science
writer, with the privilege of considerable
freedom in the scheduling of his work.
So during the past 13 years Nate has
learned science and science writing on the
job. He had always preferred the medical
sciences, and during recent years he has
been permitted to specialize in the life
sciences, leaving the physical sciences to
another reporter, Howard Simons, 1962
winner of the AAAS-Westinghouse award.
I asked Nate if he thinks it possible for
a reporter to write a story on a scientific
subject that he himself does not under-
stand. He thinks so, but neither advocates
nor practices it. For example, he knows
well the lingo of “cracking the genetic
code,” but he has not yet written on the
subject because he does not feel that he
understands it thoroughly. Apparently lu-
cid explanations by specialists become
opaque by the time he gets back to his
typewriter.
Nate does not do all his work at his own
manual typewriter; he is to be found in
the press room of the larger national meet-
ings, e.g., AAAS, Federation, ACS, AIBS,
and AMA. Through the year he averages
more than one story a day, not all appear-
ing under his by-line. Nearly all of his
professional writing is published by the
W ashington Post , and some of it is used
also by other newspapers with which the
Post is affiliated. He does not keep a
scrapbook of his published stories, for he
depends upon his memory and the Post's
indexes to find what he wants.
Science writing has its ethics, which
alone would make an interesting story. I
can give only an illustration of how one
problem was handled by Nate. Having the
privilege last year of visiting the marine
laboratory of the University of Washing-
ton at Friday Harbor, he learned there
that giant muscle fibers had been discov-
ered by Graham Hoyle and Thomas Smyth,
Jr., in a barnacle. He could not use the
story because the work had not yet been !
published. He was told that it was sched- !
uled for publication in Science in the
issue of January 4, and he planned to use
it immediately thereafter. However, the
work was presented at the recent meetings
of the AAAS. at which Nate was present. 1
Thus it became public information and I
could have been used by any reporter
42
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
present. Nate alone chose to use it, having
been apprised of its significance at the
source. As he was released from his pledge
to follow Science , the first published an-
nouncement of giant muscle fibers in Ba-
lanus nubilus Darwin appeared in the
W ashington Post!
When it seems desirable and he has time,
Nate consults the authors of scientific
articles that he chooses to report. He does
not, however, send his copy to them for
review prior to publication, nor do they
receive clippings from him after publica-
tion. A reporter’s life is much too busy for
such amenities.
Anyone wishing to identify Nate will
find a happy picture of him on page 8 of
the September 1962 issue of the Newsletter
of the National Association of Science
Writers. And on pages 9 and 10 following
is a more detailed and intimate biography
than I have given here.
Finally, let it be known, but for his sake
forgotten, that Nate was christened Nathan
Stone Haseltine, Junior.
— Frank L. Campbell
EDITORIAL COMMENT
• At the Board of Managers meeting of
January 8, only one candidate was pre-
sented for Second Reading and consequent
election to fellowship in the Academy. There
were no candidates for First Reading.
This dearth of candidates constitutes no
reflection on the Membership Committee,
which within our memory has built up an
enviable reputation for hard work and
devotion to duty. The Committee’s job is
to process applications received: the gen-
eration of applications is up to the member-
ship.
Despite the best of intentions, it is easy
enough to become forgetful of the Acad-
emy’s needs under the pressure of daily
affairs. We share the failing. But we’d
like to reform to the extent, say, of attempt-
ing once each quarter to single out a likely
prospect for fellowship, selling him on the
merits of belonging to the Academy, find-
ing an application form, filling it out, and
passing it along to the Membership Com-
mittee. If a hundred colleagues would join
us in this resolution, we could in a short
space immeasurably increase the Academy’s
effectiveness in representing the scientific
fraternity of the Washington area.
• When the Academy’s secretary, in mid-
December, mailed out to the membership
the ballots for election of officers and
ratification of the Bylaws changes, he in-
structed the voters (1) to place the ballots
in an inner ballot envelope, and (2) to
sign the outer mailing envelope in which
the ballot envelope was to be returned to
the Academy office.
Compliance with these instructions was
complicated by the fact that — because of
one of those monumental booboos that can
occur when two firms are involved in a
mailing — there was no ballot envelope.
This situation undoubtedly placed con-
siderable strain on the secretary’s tradi-
tionally even disposition. The tellers, how-
ever, were provided with some free but
thought-provoking and perhaps statistically
significant data on the Scientific Mind at
Work.
In all, 279 ballots were returned (from
24 percent of the membership) ; 88 per-
cent of them were from resident active
members. They may be divided into Group
I (the Conscientious Ones) and Group II
(the Carefree Ones).
Group I contained 121 voters who fol-
lowed the instruction to sign the outer mail-
ing envelope. Of these, 79 (65 percent)
tried also to follow the instruction about
the inner ballot envelope. Accordingly,
perhaps visualizing the summary invalida-
tion of their ballots by a crew of hard-
hearted tellers, they hunted up their own
ballot envelopes, ranging from coin en-
velopes on up. As an added precaution,
these returns were generally accompanied
by advice of the lack of a regular ballot
envelope; at least one voter, however,
apologized for having lost his envelope.
The remaining 42 voters in Group I
apparently decided to leave bad enough
alone, and forwarded their ballots loose in
the outer envelope.
February, 1963
43
Group II contained 158 voters who dis-
regarded the instruction to sign the outer
mailing envelope. (Actually, the lack of
signature was of no great concern to the
tellers, since the secretary had thoughtfully
stencilled the addressee’s name on the back
of each envelope, and this was taken as
evidence of authenticity.) Of these, only
34 (22 percent) were sufficiently concerned
with the lack of a ballot envelope to hunt
up a substitute; the remaining 124 voters
were content to do without.
Election Results
Announced
Returns from the annual mail ballot of
the membership, sent out in mid-December,
were tallied by a Committee of Tellers on
January 11 and reported at the Academy’s
annual meeting on January 17.
The balloting covered a new slate of
officers for 1963, several changes in the
Bylaws, and a new affiliation by a scientific
society.
Benjamin D. Van Evera, George W.
Irving, Jr., and Malcolm C. Henderson
were re-elected president, secretary, and
treasurer, respectively, without opposition.
Dean Van Evera’s candidacy was ne-
cessitated by the resignation last fall of
Heinz Specht, then president-elect of the
Academy, who left the country to take up a
post in Japan. This marks the first oc-
casion since 1910 that an Academy presi-
dent has succeeded himself.
For the post of president-elect, Francois
N. Frenkiel defeated Marion W. Parker
by a narrow margin. Dr. Frenkiel will
automatically accede to the presidency in
1964.
John K. Taylor and Mary L. Robbins
were elected managers-at-large for the peri-
od 1963-65, defeating Allen L. Alexander
and Harold T. Cook.
The complete roster of officers, managers,
and committee chairmen will be published
in the March Journal.
Also voted upon, and passed by far
more than the necesary two-thirds major-
ity, were proposals to amend four articles
of the Bylaws (Articles II, III, IV, and
VIII). Purpose of these revisions was to
recognize two classes of membership — -
‘‘fellows” and ‘‘members” — instead of one
class as heretofore. The term “fellow” is
assigned to present members of the Acad-
emy and to future candidates of equivalent
scientific status. The term “member” will
be assigned to persons interested in support-
ing science but not otherwise qualified for
membership in the Academy.
A new edition of the Bylaws, reflecting
the amendments just accepted by the mem-
bership, appears at the end of this issue.
Also in the voting, a proposal for affilia-
tion with the Academy, of the Baltimore-
Washington Section of the American Ce-
ramic Society, was approved by a wide
margin. The ceramists thus become the
29th scientific group to be associated with
the Academy.
Additional Bylaws
Changes Proposed
New proposed Bylaws changes, con-
cerned with Article IV (Officers), were
approved by the Board of Managers at its
meeting of January 8, and will be brought
before the membership in the near future
for formal ratification. They will supple-
ment the changes that were approved in
December.
According to the present Bylaws, there
are eight officers — president, president-
elect, secretary, treasurer, editor, manag-
ing editor, archivist, and custodian of pub-
lications— of which the first four are elected
by the membership and the last four are
appointed. Purpose of the changes is to
recognize that the four elected officers are
the true officers and policy-makers of the
Academy.
The changes also will reflect present
Academy practice as concerns the four
present appointive posts. The position of
managing editor will be consolidated with
that of editor: the appointment of an
archivist will be made permissive rather
than mandatory; and the post of custodian
of publications will be abolished, since the
44
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Academy’s Proceedings and back issues
of the Journal are now being stocked and
sold by a private firm in New York.
The proposed changes are as follows:
Article IV — Officers
Section 1. The officers of the Academy shall be
a President, a President-elect, a Secretary, and a
Treasurer. All shall be chosen from resident fel-
lows of the Academy.
Section 2. The President shall appoint all com-
mittees and such non-elective officers as are needed
unless otherwise directed by the Board of Man-
agers or provided in the Bylaws. He (or his sub-
stitute— the President-elect, the Secretary, or the
Treasurer, in that order) shall preside at all meet-
ings of the Academy and of the Board of Man-
agers.
Section 3. Unchanged.
Section 4. Unchanged.
Section 5. Unchanged.
Section 6. An Editor shall be in charge of all
activities connected with the Academy’s publica-
tions. He shall be nominated by the Executive
Committee and appointed by the President for an
indefinite term subject to annual review by the
Board of Managers. The Editor shall serve as a
nonvoting member of the Board.
Section 7. Delete.
Section 8 becomes Section 7. An Archivist may
be appointed by the President. If appointed, he
shall maintain the permanent records of the
Academy, including important records which are
no longer in current use by the Secretary, Treas-
urer, or other officer, and such other documents
and material as the Board of Managers may direct.
Section 9. Delete.
Section 10 becomes Section 8.
Section 11 becomes Section 9.
Section 12 becomes Section 10. Not later than
December 15, the Secretary shall prepare and mail
ballots to members and fellows. Independent
nominations shall be included on the ballot, and
the names of the nominees shall be arranged in
alphabetical order. When more than two candi-
dates are nominated for the same office the voting
shall be by preferential ballot in the manner pre-
scribed by the Board of Managers. The ballot
shall contain also a notice to the effect that votes
not received by the Secretary before the first
Thursday of January, and votes of individuals
whose dues are in arrears for one year or more,
will not be counted. The Committee of Tellers
shall count the votes and report the results at
the annual meeting of the Academy.
Section 13 becomes Section 11.
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
The earth’s crust is 30 miles thick
in eastern Colorado, 20 miles thick in
the high mountains of central Nevada,
and only 10 miles thick in the central
valley of California. This information
has resulted from seismic probings of the
earth’s interior, conducted under the direc-
tion of L. C. Pakiser of the Geological
Survey. It is based on a network of about
2,000 recordings of seismic waves from
underground nuclear and conventional ex-
plosions, extending from eastern Colorado
to the California coastline, and from cen-
tral Idaho to the Mexican border.
The Food and Drug Administration
released new figures on January 8 on
the strontium-90 content of the diet
of an average 19-year old hoy. They are
based on “market basket” samplings in
Washington, Atlanta, Minneapolis, St.
Louis, and San Francisco. As of August
1962, the average daily intake from the
Washington sample would have been 25.9
micromicrocuries, or about 13 percent of
the radiation protection guide for average
daily intake as established by the Federal
Radiation Council. This represents an in-
crease from 6 percent as reported in March,
for samples collected in May, August, and
November 1961. The August samples tak-
en in the other four cities showed levels of
daily intake of 12.8 micromicrocuries in
San Francisco, 31.6 in Minneapolis, 19.6
in Atlanta, and 33 in St. Louis.
A cubic meter of air may contain
as many as 10 million particles of
ragweed pollen — a major cause of hay
fever — in season, according to an article
in the Smithsonian Institution’s annual re-
port by P. H. Gregory of Rothamsted
Experimental Station. In addition, the air
may contain spores of important plant
pathogens, such as rusts and smuts of
cereals, downy mildews, and mushrooms.
The kind and quantity of this material
varies greatly with the season, and between
night and day. The periodic cycles are
determined largely by meteorological con-
ditions. Most of the spores come from
plants and vegetable debris, rather than
from the soil itself.
February, 1963
45
Science in Washington
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook , Associate
Editor , c/o U.S. Department oj Agriculture,
Agricultural Marketing Service, Room 2628
South Building, Washington 25, D. C.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
S. Kenneth Love was given the De-
partment of the Interior’s Award for
Distinguished Service on December 12. in
recognition of exceptional contributions in
the field of water resources during his con-
tinuous service of over 34 years.
Edwin W. Roedder received a cita-
tion on January 2 from Secretary Udall.
for his work on the Department of In-
terior’s prize-winning film. “Eruption of
Kilauea, 1959-1960.”
GEORGE WASHINGTON
UNIVERSITY
Provost 0. S. Colclough has appointed
a University Committee on Biophysics,
which will function under the guidance of
Benjamin D. Van Evera, dean for spon-
sored research. Members of the committee
are A. H. Desmond, F. P. J. Diecke. R. C.
Fowler, H. Jehle, W. F. Sager, and S. S.
Yeandle, Jr. (chairman).
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Alfred E. Brown spoke before the
Science Bureau of the Metropolitan Wash-
ington Board of Trade on January 8, on
“Research and Development Activities in
the Washington Area.” Dr. Brown also ad-
dressed the Chemical Engineers Club of
Washington on January 21, on “Areas of
Interest of Harris Research Laboratories.”
John Menkart attended a meeting of
the Research Advisory Committee of the
Textile Research Institute, held December
14 in Princeton, N. J.
John F. Krasny attended a Symposium
on Fibrous Materials at the Biltmore Hotel
in Dayton, Ohio. October 16-17.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY
Kurt H. Stern, a physical chemist at
NBS, lectured to the Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry Seminar on October 23, on
“Electrochemistry of Fused Salt Systems.”
Lloyd N. Ferguson, head of the De-
partment, was recently appointed to the
Educational Subcommittee of the Science
Bureau, Washington Board of Trade. On
November 16, Professor Ferguson spoke
on “Bimolecular Studies of the Sense of
Taste” in the seminar series of the Depart-
ment of Food Science and Technology at
the University of California, Davis.
Joseph B. Morris addressed the De-
cember 7 meeting of the Analytical Group
of the ACS New York Section, on “The
Graphite Electrode in Electroanalytical
Chemistry.”
George C. Turrell gave two papers at
the 10th Annual Basic Research Groups
Symposium at Fort Belvoir on October 9.
Dr. Turrell, who has been promoted to
associate professor, recently received a
grant from the Air Force Office of Scien-
tific Research, in the amount of $37,500,
for studies on spectra of compressed gases.
NATIONAL BUREAU OF
STANDARDS
Recent talks by NBS Washington per-
sonnel :
W. J. Hamer: “Significance of Recent
Changes in Fundamental Constants” —
Mohawk-Hudson Section of the Electro-
chemical Society, at General Electric Re-
search Laboratories, Schenectady; and
“The Significance of Recent Changes
in Fundamental Constants” — Westinghouse
Electric Corporation, Research and Devel-
opment Center, Pittsburgh.
H. S. Isbell : “Isotope Effects and Mul-
tiple Labeled Techniques in Biological
Research” — New Y ork Medical College.
Department of Biochemistry, New York.
J. Kruger: “The Passivity of Iron” —
Chemistry Department. University of Vir-
ginia, Charlottesville.
46
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
A. T. McPherson : “Some Problems in
Estimating the Cost and Optimum Time
of Conversion” — Annual Meeting of the
Metric Association, Philadelphia.
M. D. Scheer: “Adsorption Lifetimes
of Cs+ and Ba+ Polycrystalline W and
Re” — Chemistry Department, Antioch Col-
lege, Yellow Springs, Ohio.
J. K. Taylor: “The Establishment of
Standards of Measurement” — North Caro-
lina Committee on High School Physics,
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.
L. S. Taylor: “Radiation Protection
and Some of Its Associated and Technical
Problems” — New England Roentgen Ray
Society, Boston.
C. M. Tchen: “Kinetic Equations for
Plasmas” — Aero Space Corporation, Los
Angeles; “Interaction of the Solar Cor-
puscular Stream with the Geomagnetic
Field” and “Landau Damping with Col-
lective Correlations” — Jet Propulsion Lab-
oratory, California Institute of Technology,
Pasadena; and “Plasma Oscillations with
the Effects of Correlations” — Lawrence
Radiation Laboratory, University of Cali-
fornia. Livermore.
Lauriston S. Taylor has been named
acting associate director, succeeding I. C.
Schoonover, who has been detailed to the
Department of Commerce as acting deputy
to the Assistant Secretary for Science and
Technology. In his new position, Dr. Tay-
lor will be the principal staff advisor to
the director on program development, co-
ordination, and evaluation. He will be
particularly concerned with the long-range
activities of the Bureau in relation to the
needs of science and technology.
Julian Eisenstein, a physicist in the
Cryogenic Physics Section, was recently
selected first president of the Board of
Trustees of the new Washington Gallery
of Modern Art. One of the organizers of
the gallery, Dr. Eisenstein has been work-
ing on the project for about two years.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
T. D. Stewart, director of the Smith-
sonian Institution’s Museum of Natural
History, is author of an article on the
Neanderthal men, appearing in the latest
annual report of the Institution. The article
is based on Dr. Stewart’s restoration of
two Neanderthal skulls from Shanidar
Cave in northern Iraq.
USDA, BELTSVILLE
C. H. Hoffmann presented an invita-
tional paper entitled “Biological, Chemical,
and Other Specific Methods for Control of
Orchard Insects” at the 58th Annual Meet-
ing of the Washington State Horticulture
Association, Yakima, Washington, on De-
cember 5. Dr. Hoffmann also was guest
speaker at the first regular meeting of the
Association, on December 17. He spoke on
“What Can We Conclude About Pesticides
— Their Necessity, Value, and Safety as
Used by the Pest Control Operator.”
Stanley A. Hall, chief of the Pesticide
Chemicals Research Branch, has been
named chairman of the Interdepartmental
Committee on Pest Control.
Edna M. Buhrer, nematologist of
ARS, retired on December 31. She will
continue to serve as corresponding secre-
tary-treasurer of the Helminthological
Society of Washington.
USDA, WASHINGTON
Justus C. Ward gave a talk on “Regis-
tration Requirements Under the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide
Act Brought Up-to-Date,” before the In-
secticide Division of the Chemical Special-
ties Manufacturers Association, meeting
in Washington on December 6.
Ohio State University conferred an
honorary Doctor of Science degree on
Hazel K. Stiebeling at its winter com-
mencement on December 14.
As chairman of AAAS Section 0 (Agri-
culture) , George W. Irving, Jr., arranged
for and attended the five sessions of the
Symposium on Food Quality as Affected
by Production Practices and Processing,
as part of the 129th meeting of AAAS held
in Philadelphia, December 26-30. W. T.
Pentzer, Agricultural Marketing Service,
was chairman of Session One (Fruits and
February, 1963
47
Vegetables). Llovtl RvalL also of AMS,
spoke on “Protecting the Quality of Fruits
and Vegetables after Harvesting.” T. C.
Byerlv, administrator of Cooperative State
Experiment Stations, took part in Session
Five (Meats), speaking on “Genetic and
Environmental Factors in Development and
Performance.” Frederick J. Stevenson
(retired) was coauthor of a paper on
“Potato Quality as Related to Heredity and
Environment.”
DEATH
J. Howard Dellinger, an interna-
tionally-known physicist, died December
28 at Suburban Hospital, at the age of 76.
Dr. Dellinger was born in Cleveland in
1886. He received the A.B. degree from
George Washington University in 1908,
the Ph.D. degree from Princeton Uni-
versity in 1913, and the D.Sc. degree from
GWU in 1932.
He served as a physicist at the National
Bureau of Standards from 1907 to 1948.
He was chief of the Radio Section from
1919 to 1946, and chief of the Central
Radio Propagation Laboratory from 1946
to 1948. He conducted extensive research
studies on physical, mathematical, radio,
electronic, aviation, and telecommunica-
tion subjects, and was the author of 136
published articles, books, and treatises.
Among his many other activities, Dr.
Dellinger was co-organizer, chairman, etc.,
of the Interdepartmental Radio Advisory
Committee (1922-48) ; chairman of the
International Radio Consultative Commit-
tee’s study group on ionospheric radio
propagation (1948-57) ; secretary of the
Government’s Liaison Committee on Aero-
nautic Radio Research (1929-34), and
chairman of the successor group, the Radio
Technical Commission for Aeronautics
(1941-57) ; chairman of the Radio Techni-
cal Commission for Marine Services (1947-
56) ; and member of many other Govern-
ment committees and organizations on
radio, electronic, aviation, and telecom-
munication matters in the period 1912-62.
Dr. Dellinger supervised the develop-
ment of numerous basic radio aids to air
navigation, such as the directive radio
beacon for airplane guidance; the airways
radio range beacon system; a blind land-
ing system; and radiosonde. During World
War II he supervised the beginning of the
proximity fuse project, established and
directed the Interservice Radio Propaga-
tion Laboratory, and held various commit-
tee posts with defense agencies. He dis-
covered the simultaneous occurrence of
visible solar eruptions and semi-worldwide
sudden radio fadeouts (“Dellinger effect”),
supervised the initiation and development
of the standard frequency broadcast serv-
ice (WWV), and served as U.S. delegate
to international radio and telecommunica-
tion conferences in many countries from
1921 to 1962.
Among his numerous organizational
memberships, Dr. Dellinger was past vice-
president of the Washington Academy of
Sciences, and honorary president (for
life) of the International Scientific Radio
Union. He held many gold medals and
other awards for his achievements.
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
February 18 — Society of American
Military Engineers
Regular luncheon meeting.
Noon, Barker Hall. YWCA, 17th & K
Sts., N.W.
February 19 — Anthropological Soci-
ety of Washington
Gordon Gibson, Smithsonian Institution,
"Fieldwork in Southwest Africa.”
8:15 p.m., Room 43, National Museum,
10th St. & Constitution Ave., N.W.
February 20 — American Meteorologi-
cal Society
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., National Academy of Sci-
ences.
February 20 — American Society for
Quality Control.
Joseph Steinberg, Bureau of Census,
“Sampling and Automation.”
6:30 p.m., refreshments; 7:00 p.m.,
dinner; 8:00 p.m., meeting, ballroom of
Roger Smith Hotel.
48
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
February 20 — Washington Society of
Engineers
“Current Status of the National Fallout
Shelter and Marking Programs,” by a
representative of the Department of De-
fense.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
February 20 — Zoology Colloquium
Bernard Patten, Virginia Institute of
Marine Science, “Use of Cybernetic Models
in the Analysis of Community Stability.”
4:00 p.m., Room 405 McKeldin Library,
University of Maryland.
February 25 — American Society of
Metals
Dinner meeting. J. Herbert Hollomon,
Assistant Secretary for Science & Tech-
nology, Department of Commerce, “Tech-
nology and Economic Growth.”
6:30 p.m., AAUW building, 2401 Vir-
ginia Ave., N.W.
February 25 — D. C. Society of Pro-
fessional Engineers
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center,
1625 L St., N.W.
February 26 — American Society of
Civil Engineers
Luncheon meeting. Maj.-Gen. Augustus
Minton, “The Challenge of the Engineer in
the Space Age.”
Noon, YWCA, 17th & K Sts., N.W.
February 26 — American Society for
Microbiology
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Sternberg Auditorium. Walter
Reed.
February 27 — Geological Society of
Washington
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
NEW MEMBER ELECTED
The following was elected to membership
in the Academy at the Board of Managers
meeting of January 8:
Walter G. Wadey, branch chief,
Bowles Engineering Corporation, Silver
Spring, Md., “in recognition of his widely
recognized competence in the new field of
pure fluid systems.” (Sponsors: Ronald E.
Bowles, Billy M. Horton, Israel Rotkin.)
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
January Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 552nd
meeting on January 8 at the National
Academy of Sciences, with President Van
Evera presiding.
The minutes of the 551st meeting were
approved with a minor correction.
Appointments. Dr. Van Evera announced
the following committee appointments for
1963: Mary L. Robbins as chairman of the
Committee on Meetings, and Robert B.
Hobbs as chairman of the Committee on
Membership. He had appointed the follow-
ing Committee of Tellers to count the bal-
lots cast in the recent mail voting for of-
ficers and Bylaws revisions: Harry Fowells
(chairman), Norman Bekkedahl, and S. B.
Detwiler, Jr.
Meetings. Dr. Robbins reported that the
annual meeting on January 17 would be
addressed by Freeman H. Quimby of
NASA (with his colleague Orr E. Reynolds
if in the country) on “Biological Explora-
tion of Space.”
Membership. No nominations were pre-
sented for First Reading.
Awards for Scientific Achievement.
Chairman John S. Toll reported the fol-
lowing selections to receive awards for
scientific achievement in 1963: Biological
sciences , Marshall Nirenberg of NIH;
engineering sciences , Lindell E. Steele of
NRL; physical sciences , Edward A. Mason,
University of Maryland; mathematics ,
Bruce L. Reinhart, Lhiiversity of Mary-
land; and teaching of science , Rev. Francis
J. Heyden, S.J.. Georgetown University.
February 28 — American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., PEPCO Auditorium. 10th &
E Sts, N.W.
February, 1963
49
(See also story elsewhere in this issue.)
Grants-in-Aid. The Board approved a
grant of $50 to Allan J. Reiter for investi-
gation of the participation of calcium in the
conversion of prothrombin to thrombin.
Encouragement of Science Talent. Dr.
Van Evera read a letter from Chairman
Brenner, summarizing the committee’s
activities over the past year, and indicat-
ing Dr. Brenner’s desire to retire from his
post.
Policy and Planning. Chairman Wayne
Hall presented proposed changes in Article
IV of the Bylaws, dealing with officers of
the Academy, designed to clarify the pres-
ent language and bring it into accordance
with the actual practice of the Academy.
The changes would recognize four officers
— president, president-elect, secretary, and
treasurer — who are elected by the member-
ship. Of the four appointive offices pre-
viously recognized, the post of managing
editor would be consolidated with that of
the editor: the appointment of an archivist
would be made permissive rather than
mandatory; and the post of custodian of
publications would be abolished, since the
Academy’s Proceedings and back issues of
the Journal are now being stocked and sold
by a private firm in New York.
Election of Member. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of his name by Dr. Robbins,
Walter G. Wadey was elected to member-
ship in the Academy.
Treasurer. Dr. Henderson reported year-
end cash balances as follows : Academy,
$5,681: Junior Academy, $2,553; Joint
Board on Science Education, $8,932.
New Business. Dr. McPherson called the
Board’s attention to the activity report for
1962 of the New Mexico Academy of
Sciences. This report stimulated a general
discussion of science fairs. Dr. Schubert
commented on the diminishing value of the
National Science Fair in accomplishing its
original purpose, alluding to the fact that
the National Science Fair is increasingly
in the hands of non-scientific “profession-
als,” and that the activities involved in
these fairs detract from the general educa-
tion of students. Others joined in the dis-
cussion, agreeing generally with Dr. Schu-
bert’s comments and concluding that there
is less objection to the National Science
Fair itself than to the way in which it is
now being conducted. Dr. Allen suggested
that he would prefer constructive action to
correct deficiencies in the conduct of science
fairs, rather than unconstructive criticism
and condemnation of such fairs as they now
exist. Dr. McPherson suggested that con-
structive action to improve science fairs
might be discussed and initiated at the
meeting of the Academies of Science, held
annually at the AAAS meeting; the next
opportunity would be at the 1963 meeting
in Cleveland.
Dr. Van Evera read a letter from Dr.
McPherson, concerning the desirability of
considering ways to encourage the con-
struction of a headquarters building for
science and engineering activities in the
District of Columbia. Dr. Brown described
the current interest of the Chemical Society
of Washington in this topic, and the sugges-
tions made by Joseph Gilman of the CSW
Long-Range Planning Committee, involv-
ing a multimillion dollar building under-
written at least in part by science-interested
industries. There was general agreement
that action through the D. C. Council, as
proposed by Dr. McPherson, would be
preferable to individual action by the sev-
eral scientific societies in the District.
It was agreed that future Board meetings
would be held at 7 :30 p.m. on the second
Tuesday of each month.
Secretary Irving reported that a request
for affiliation of the Washington-Baltimore
Section of the Electrochemical Society,
made in January 1962, had been mislaid
and had received no attention. The request
was referred to the Committee on Policy
and Planning for consideration and re-
port at the February Board meeting.
50
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
BYLAWS
OF THE
WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Last Revised in December 1962)
Article I — Purposes
Section 1. The purposes of the Washington Academy of Sciences shall be: (a) to stimulate
interest in the sciences, both pure and applied, and (b) to promote their advancement and the
development of their philosophical aspects by the Academy membership and through cooperative
action by the affiliated societies.
Section 2. These objectives may be attained by, but are not limited to:
(a) Publication of a periodical and of occasional scientific monographs and such other publi-
cations as may be deemed desirable.
(b) Public lectures of broad scope and interest in the fields of science.
(c) Sponsoring a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences.
(d) Promoting science education and a professional interest in science among people of high
school and college age.
(e) Accepting or making grants of funds to aid special research projects.
(f) Symposia, both formal and small informal, on any aspects of science.
(g) Scientific conferences.
(h) Organization of, or assistance in, scientific expeditions.
(i) Cooperation with other Academies and scientific organizations.
(j) Awards of prizes and citations for special merit in science.
(k) Maintaining an office and staff to aid in carrying out the purposes of the Academy.
Article II — Membership
Section 1. The membership shall consist of three general classes: members, fellows and patrons.
Section 2. Members shall be persons who are interested in and will support the objectives of
the Academy and who are otherwise acceptable to at least two-thirds of the Committee on Member-
ship. A letter or application form requesting membership and signed by the applicant may suffice
for action by the Committee; approval by the Committee constitutes election to membership.
Section 3. Fellows shall be persons who by reason of original research or other outstanding
service to the sciences, mathematics, or engineering are deemed worthy of the honor of election to
Academy fellowship, which may be attained only through nomination as provided in Section 4.
Section 4. Nominations of fellows shall be presented to the Committee on Membership on a
form approved by the Committee. The form shall be signed by the sponsor, a fellow who has
knowledge of the nominee’s field, and shall be endorsed by at least one other fellow. An explanatory
letter from the sponsor and a bibliography of the nominee’s publications shall accompany the
completed nomination form.
Section 5. Election to fellowship shall be by vote of the Board of Managers upon recom-
mendation of the Committee on Membership. Final action on nominations shall be deferred at
least one week after presentation to the Board, and two-thirds of the vote cast shall be necessary
to elect.
Section 6. Persons who have given to the Academy not less than one thousand (1,000)
dollars or its equivalent in property shall be eligible for election by the Board of Managers as
patrons (for life) of the Academy.
Section 7. Life members or fellows shall be those individuals who have made a single pay-
ment in accordance with Article III, Section 2, in lieu of annual dues.
Section 8. Members or fellows in good standing who have attained the age of 65 and are
retired, or are retired before the age of 65 because of disability, may become emeritus. Upon
request to the treasurer for transfer to this status, they shall be relieved of the further payment
of dues, beginning with the following January first; shall receive notices of meetings without
charge; and, at their request, shall be entitled to receive the Academy periodical at cost.
Section 9. Members or fellows living more than 50 miles from the White House, Washington,
D. C. shall be classed as nonresident members or fellows.
Section 10. An election to any dues-paying class of membership shall be void if the candidate
February, 1963
51
does not within three months thereafter pay his dues or satisfactorily explain his failure to do so.
Section 11. Former members or fellows who resigned in good standing may be reinstated upon
application to the Secretary and approval by the Board of Managers. No reconsideration of the
applicant’s qualifications need be made by the Membership Committee in these cases.
Article III — Dues
Section 1. The annual dues of resident fellows shall be $10.00 per year. The annual dues of
members and of nonresident fellows shall be $7.50 per year. Dues for fractional parts of the year
shall be at the monthly rate of one-twelfth the annual rate. No dues shall be paid by emeritus
members and fellows, life members and fellows, and patrons.
Section 2. Members and fellows in good standing may be relieved of further payment of
dues by making a single payment to provide an annuity equal to their annual dues. (See Article II,
Section 7). The amount of the single payment shall be computed on the basis of an interest rate
to be determined by the Board of Managers.
Section 3. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for one year shall not be entitled
to receive Academy publications.
Section 4. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for more than two years shall be
dropped from the rolls of the Academy, upon notice to the Board of Managers, unless the Board
shall otherwise direct. Persons who have been dropped from membership for nonpayment of dues
may be reinstated upon approval of the Board and upon payment of back dues for two years
together with dues for the year of reinstatement.
Article IV — Officers
Section 1. The officers of the Academy shall be a President, a President-elect, a Secretary,
a Treasurer, an Editor, a Managing Editor, an Archivist, and a Custodian of Publications. All
shall be chosen from resident fellows of the Academy.
Section 2. The President shall appoint all committees unless otherwise directed by the Board
of Managers or provided in the bylaws. He (or his substitute — the President-elect, the Secretary or
the Treasurer, in that order) shall preside at all meetings of the Academy and of the Board of
Managers.
Section 3. The Secretary shall act as secretary to the Board of Managers and to the Academy
at large. He shall conduct all correspondence relating thereto, except as otherwise provided, and
shall be the custodian of the corporate seal of the Academy. He shall arrange for the publication
in the Academy periodical of the names and professional connections of new members, and also
of such proceedings of the Academy, including meetings of the Board of Managers, as may
appropriately be of interest to the membership. He shall be responsible for keeping a register
of the membership, showing such information as qualifications, elections, acceptances, changes of
residence, lapses of membership, resignations and deaths, and for informing the Treasurer of
changes affecting the status of members. He shall act as secretary to the Nominating Committee
(see Art. VI, Sect. 2).
Section 4. The Treasurer shall be responsible for keeping an accurate account of all receipts
and disbursements, shall select a suitable depository for current funds which shall be approved
by the Executive Committee, and shall invest the permanent funds of the Academy as directed by
that Committee. He shall prepare a budget at the beginning of each year which shall be reviewed
by the Executive Committee for presentation to and acceptance by the Board of Managers. He
shall notify the Secretary of the date when each new member qualifies by payment of dues. He shall
act as business adviser to the Editor and shall keep necessary records pertaining to the subscription
list. In view of his position as Treasurer, however, he shall not be required to sign contracts. He
shall pay no bill until it has been approved in writing by the chairman of the committee or other
persons authorized to incur it. The fiscal year of the Academy shall be the same as the calendar year.
Section 5. The President and the Treasurer, as directed by the Board of Managers, shall
jointly assign securities belonging to the Academy and indorse financial and legal papers necessary
for the uses of the Academy, except those relating to current expenditures authorized by the Board.
In case of disability or absence of the President or Treasurer, the Board of Managers may designate
the President-elect or a qualified Delegate as Acting President or an officer of the Academy as
Acting Treasurer, who shall perform the duties of these officers during such disability or absence.
Section 6. The Editor shall have control of the scientific content of the Academy’s publications.
He shall be appointed for an indefinite term subject to annual review by the Board of Managers,
on nomination of the Executive Committee.
52
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Section 7. The Managing Editor shall sign all contracts and is authorized to supervise all
activities connected with the production of the Academy’s publications in accordance with fiscal
and editorial plans to be approved annually by the Executive Committee and the Board of Managers.
He shall be appointed for a term of one year by the Board of Managers on nomination of the
Executive Committee.
Section 8. The Archivist shall maintain the permanent records of the Academy, including
important records which are no longer in current use by the Secretary, Treasurer or other officer,
and such other documents and material as the Board of Managers may direct. The Archivist shall
be appointed by the President for a term of three years.
Section 9. The Custodian of Publications shall have general supervision of subscriptions for
the publications and of the sale of reserve stocks of publications of the Academy. He shall
recommend jointly with the Treasurer to the Board of Managers changes in the procedures and
prices relative to subscriptions, reserve stocks of publications and reprints. He shall have charge
of and be responsible for reserve stocks of the Academy’s publications, and shall maintain a
detailed inventory of reserve stocks. The Custodian of Publications shall be appointed by the
President for a term of three years.
Section 10. All officers and chairmen of standing committees shall submit annual reports at
the January meeting of the Board of Managers.
Section 11. Prior to November 1 of each year the Nominating Committee (Art. VI, Sect. 2),
having been notified by the Secretary, shall meet and nominate by preferential ballot, in the
manner prescribed by the Board of Managers, one person for each of the offices of President-elect,
of Secretary and of Treasurer, and four persons for the two Managers-at-large whose terms expire
each year. It shall, at the same time and in like manner, make nominations to fill any vacancy in
the foregoing. Not later than November 15, the Secretary shall forward to each Academy member
a printed notice of these nominations, with a list of incumbents. Independent nominations may be
made in writing by any ten active members. In order to be considered, such nominations must
be received by the Secretary before December 1.
Section 12. Not later than December 15, the Secretary shall prepare and mail ballots to
members and fellows. Independent nominations shall be included on the ballot, and the names of
the nominees shall be arranged in alphabetical order. When more than two candidates are
nominated for the same office the voting shall be by preferential ballot in the manner prescribed
by the Board of Managers. The ballot shall contain also a notice to the effect that votes not
received by the Secretary before the first Thursday of January, and votes of individuals whose dues
are in arrears for one year, will not be counted. The Committee of Tellers shall count the votes
and report the results at the annual meeting of the Academy.
Section 13. The newly elected officers shall take office at the close of the annual meeting, the
President-elect of the previous year automatically becoming President.
Article V — Board of Managers
Section 1. The activities of the Academy shall be guided by the Board of Managers, consisting
of the President, the President-elect, one Delegate from each of the affiliated societies, the Secretary,
the Treasurer, six elected Managers-at-large, the Editor, the Managing Editor, the Archivist, and
the Custodian of Publications. The elected officers of the Academy shall hold like offices on the
Board of Managers.
Section 2. One Delegate shall be selected by each affiliated society (see Art. VIII, Sect. 3).
He shall serve until replaced by his society. Each Delegate is expected to participate in the
meetings of the Board of Managers and vote on behalf of his society.
Section 3. The Board of Managers shall transact all business of the Academy not otherwise
provided for. A quorum of the Board shall be nine of its members.
Section 4. The Board of Managers may provide for such standing and special committees as
it deems necessary.
Section 5. The Board shall have power to fill vacancies in its own membership until the next
annual election. This does not apply to the offices of President and Treasurer (see Art. IV, Sect. 5),
nor to Delegates (see Art. V. S’ect. 2).
Article VI — Committees
Section 1. An Executive Committee shall have general supervision of Academy finances,
approve the selection of a depository for the current funds, and direct the investment of the
February, 1963
53
permanent funds. At the beginning of the year it shall present to the Board of Managers an
itemized statement of receipts and expenditures of the preceding year and a budget based on the
estimated receipts and disbursements of the coming year, with such recommendations as may seem
desirable. It shall be charged with the duty of considering all activities of the Academy which may
tend to maintain and promote relations with the affiliated societies, and with any other business which
may be assigned to it by the Board. The Executive Committee shall consist of the President, the
President-elect, the Secretary and the Treasurer (or Acting Treasurer) ex officio, as well as two
members appointed annually by the President from the membership of the Board.
Section 2. The Delegates shall constitute a Nominating Committee (see Art. IV. Sect. 11).
The Delegate from the Philosophical Society shall be chairman of the Committee, or, in his absence,
the Delegate from another society in the order of seniority as given in Article VIII, Section 1.
Section 3. The President shall appoint in advance of the annual meeting an Auditing Com-
mittee consisting of three persons, none of whom is an officer, to audit the accounts of the
Treasurer (Art. VII, Sect. 1).
Section 4. On or before the last Thursday of each year the President shall appoint a com-
mittee of three Tellers whose duty it shall be to canvass the ballots (Art. IV, Sect. 12, Art.
VII, Sect. 1) .
Section 5. The President shall appoint from the Academy membership such committees as
are authorized by the Board of Managers and such special committees as necessary to carry out
his functions. Committee appointments shall be staggered as to term whenever it is determined
by the Board to be in the interest of continuity of committee affairs.
Article VII — Meetings
Section 1. The annual meeting shall be held each year in January. It shall be held on the
third Thursday of the month unless otherwise directed by the Board of Managers. At this meet-
ing the reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditing Committee (see Art. VI, Sect. 3), and
Committee of Tellers shall be presented.
Section 2. Other meetings may be held at such time and place as the Board of Managers
may determine.
Section 3. The rules contained in “Robert’s Rules of Order Revised” shall govern the
Academy in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with
the bylaws or the special rules of order of the Academy.
Article VIII — Cooperation
Section 1. The term “affiliated societies” in their order of seniority (see Art. VI. Sect. 2)
shall be held to cover the:
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Washington Section of Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
Washington Section of American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Washington Section of American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
Washington Branch of American Society for Microbiology
Washington Post of Society of American Military Engineers
Washington Section of Institute of Radio Engineers
District of Columbia S’ection of American Society of Civil Engineers
District of Columbia Section of Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
Washington Chapter of American Society for Metals
Washington Section of the International Association for Dental Research
54
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Washington Section of Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
D. C. Branch of American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Washington Branch of the Acoustical S'ociety of America
Washington Section of the American Nuclear Society
Washington Section of Institute of Food Technologists
Baltimore- Washington Section of the American Ceramic Society
and such others as may be hereafter recommended by the Board and elected by two-thirds of
the members of the Academy voting, the vote being taken by correspondence. A society may be
released from affiliation on recommendation of the Board of Managers, and the concurrence of
two-thirds of the members of the Academy voting.
Section 2. The Academy may assist the affiliated scientific societies of Washington in any
matter of common interest, as in joint meetings, or the publication of a joint directory: Provided,
it shall not have power to incur for or in the name of one or more of these societies any expense
or liability not previously authorized by said society or societies, nor shall it without action of the
Board of Managers be responsible for any expenses incurred by one or more of the affiliated
societies.
Section 3. Each affiliated society shall select one of its members as Delegate to the
Academy who is a resident member or fellow of the Academy.
Section 4. The Academy may establish and assist a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences
for the encouragement of interest in science among students in the Washington area of high
school and college age.
Article IX — Awards and Grants-in-aid
Section 1. The Academy may award medals and prizes, or otherwise express its recognition
and commendation of scientific work of high merit and distinction in the Washington area. Such
recognition shall be given only on approval by the Board of Managers of a recommendation by a
committee on awards for scientific achievement.
Section 2. The Academy may receive or make grants to aid scientific research in the Wash-
ington area. Grants shall be received or made only on approval by the Board of Managers of a
recommendation by a committee on grants-in-aid for scientific research.
Article X — Amendments
Section 1. Amendments to these bylaws shall be proposed by the Board of Managers and
submitted to the members of the Academy in the form of a mail ballot accompanied by a state-
ment of the reasons for the proposed amendment. A two-thirds majority of those members voting
is required for adoption. At least two weeks shall be allowed for the ballots to be returned.
Section 2. Any affiliated society or any group of ten or more members may propose an
amendment to the Board of Managers in writing. The action of the Board in accepting or reject-
ing this proposal to amend the bylaws shall be by a vote on a roll call, and the complete roll
call shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting.
February, 1963
55
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzfeld
John A. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fowells
Carl I. Aslakson
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
Gerhard M. Brauer
Francois N. Frenkiel
Jack Thompson
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made b> the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
FEBRUARY 1963
No. 2
CONTENTS
Five Scientists to Receive Academy’s Annual Awards 12
Lasers 26
NSF Fellowships for Scientific Study Abroad 36
The Brownstone Tower 42
Editorial Comment 44
Election Results Announced 45
Additional Bylaws Changes Proposed 45
Science and Development 46
Science in Washington
Scientists in the News 47
Calendar of Events 49
New Member Elected 50
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 50
Bylaws of the Washington Academy of Sciences 52
Washington Academy of Sciences
1530— P St., N.W.
Washington, D. C.
Return Requested
2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, 1). C.
Lie^ARr Of ARNOLD
A«60«ETU¥
22 DlVlNiiy A V £
CAMBRIDGE 38 MASS
J
A A $
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 3
MARCH 1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Editors
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Margaret D. Foster, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy have been taken in charge by the
Johnson Reprint Corporation of New York City, which will handle sales on a commission basis.
This firm expects to be set up early in 1963 for the direct handling of orders for back numbers.
Meanwhile, requests for back numbers should continue to be addressed to the Academy Office at
1530 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
A Brief Look at the Dismal Swamp
And Its Natural History,
Especially the Insects1
Ashley B. Gurney
Entomology Research Division , Agricultural Research Service , JJSDA
Introduction
The name Dismal Swamp gives a sense
of mystery and foreboding to persons un-
familiar with it: but. with the exception of
hunters, lumbermen, and other outdoor peo-
ple in the vicinity of Norfolk, Va., few
people have explored the area in sufficient
detail to determine whether the name is
well chosen. The Swamp appealed to my
son and me as a collecting place for grass-
hoppers and related insects, because it is
known as an area where some southeastern
plants and animals reach their northern
distributional limits; thus, there was a
chance that species previously unknown in
Virginia might be found. Further, collect-
ing and camping trips in the Dismal Swamp
afforded opportunities to see at first hand a
large area which still has many attributes
of a wilderness. It is an important reservoir
for living things, in a period when man’s
penchant for radically changing landscape
features and biota is well known.
Publicized by poets and tellers of fanci-
ful tales, who have helped to give the region
a wide reputation as an impenetrable
morass filled with risk for the uninitiated
visitor, as well as one graced with romance
and mystery, the Dismal Swamp’s dangers
1 The author and his son, Richard D. Gurney,
received a grant-in-aid from the Washington
Academy of Sciences in 1962 to make a pre-
liminary survey of the Orthoptera (grasshoppers,
katydids, crickets, cockroaches, mantids, walking-
sticks) of the Dismal Swamp. Two collecting
trips to the area were made in the summer of
1962; this article summarizes observations to date.
for the traveler lost on foot have become
legendary. On a hunting trip during the
1660’s, the first colonial governor of North
Carolina, William Drummond, found the
central lake which now bears his name;
however, his companions on the trip were
lost. In 1728, Col. William Byrd II of Vir-
ginia led a group which penetrated the
Swamp while surveying the line between
the Colonies of Virginia and North Caro-
lina. The party survived, but the rigorous
ordeal caused Byrd to apply the name Dis-
mal Swamp to the area. George Washington
made seven trips into the Swamp. Together
with Patrick Henry and other contempo-
raries, he organized a company that began
to dig drainage ditches before the Revolu-
tionary War. Dismal Town, now indicated
only by historical markers beside the trail
and artifacts occasionally discovered, was
a settlement built before 1763 on the Wash-
ington Ditch, near the western edge of the
Swamp.
Following an 1803 visit to Norfolk and
the Swamp. Sir Thomas Moore wrote the
ballad, “The Lake of Dismal Swamp,”
which was based on a romantic Indian
legend. During the Civil War period. Har-
riet Beecher Stowe wrote a novel that pic-
tured a runaway slave who hid in the Dis-
mal Swamp; and Henry W. Longfellow
wrote a poem on the same theme. Another
writer of fiction who used the Swamp as a
locale was Walter Prichard Eaton, who
wrote a boys’ adventure story, “Boy Scouts
in the Dismal Swamp,” in 1913, following
an on-the-spot visit to Lake Drummond.
March, 1963
57
In the latest popular account of the Swamp,
Davis (1962) summarizes the folklore as
well as history and general aspects. Indeed,
there is no shortage of background material
for readers interested in the fictional heri-
tage that has grown up since Washington’s
time.
General Description
The Dismal Swamp (Figure 1) is located
southwest of Norfolk, mainly in Nansemond
and Norfolk Counties, Virginia, and Cam-
den County, North Carolina. It is the most
northern of the large southeastern swamps
near the Atlantic Coast. The main swamp
area in Virginia is roughly 10 miles wide,
with some additional outlying eastern sec-
tions. Originally, the Swamp probably was
more than 20 miles wide, east to west. By
1890 it was estimated that a third of the
Swamp had been drained and cleared for
agricultural use; and slow but steady in-
roads have continued. (Pressure to further
decrease the Swamp’s size is discussed in
Time for November 30, 1962, page 21.)
The western boundary is the Nansemond
Escarpment, the border of a prehistoric sea.
White Marsh Road, the highway running
south from Suffolk, on top of the escarp-
ment, is about 45 to 60 feet above present
sea level. The main swamp area is nearly
level, sloping from 30 feet at the foot of the
western escarpment to about 20 feet along
the Dismal Swamp Canal (part of the Intra-
coastal Waterway system) , the eastern bor-
der of the main body of the Swamp. Lake
Drummond is 3 miles long, and most of it
is not more than 6 feet deep.
Water runs to the Dismal Swamp Canal
from the east side of Lake Drummond
through the 3^2-mile-long Feeder Ditch.
A control dam maintained by men of the
U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, who are
constantly in attendance, regulates the
water level. Several ditches drain into Lake
Drummond, notably the Washington and
Jericho Ditches from the northwest and the
Portsmouth Ditch from the northeast. The
water in Lake Drummond and the principal
ditches is brown; the color comes from a
large amount of woody material, including
Figure 1. — Portions of southeastern Virginia and
northeastern North Carolina, showing location
of Lake Drummond. Except for the coastal
dunes and beaches, most of this area was in-
cluded in the Dismal Swamp prior to drainage
and other human activities.
tannin. It does not have a pleasant taste,
but is harmless. For many years casks of
“juniper water,” as it is called locally, were
carried on ships because it remained pota-
ble for long periods regardless of its pecu-
liar flavor. A few fish thrive in it. Along
most of the ditches are trails, several of
which are quite passable for passenger cars
in dry weather. Until recent years, small
boats in the ditches were the principal
means of access to Lake Drummond. Nar-
row-gauge railways for bringing out logs
were used for many years; but they have
been largely, if not entirely, superseded by
trucks that are driven on the sand roads
paralleling the main ditches.
During periods of normal rainfall, many
sections do not have standing water and
are dry enough for foot travel. Snakes are
prevalent, and include the copperhead, a
rattlesnake, and the cottonmouth moccasin;
here the cottonmouth is very close to its
northern limit of distribution. However, we
saw no poisonous snakes, and with precau-
tions that are standard in “snake country”
58
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Figure 2. — Virginia portion of the Dismal Swamp. An equally large area still is swampland in
North Carolina. Some ditches exist which are not shown here.
they need not be feared. In wet weather,
the dirt roads are said to become impassable
for ordinary passenger cars. We found
sand flies (punkies, Culicoides ) somewhat
disagreeable, but did not notice many mos-
quitoes. Horse flies and deer flies are par-
ticularly abundant, and in early summer
one of the former, the famed “yellow fly”
( Diachlorus ferrugatus (F.) ) of the South-
east, is especially annoying until its season
of high adult abundance passes in early
August. The chief danger lies in wandering
too far from established trails and thus
losing one’s sense of direction. Certainly,
no extensive overland travel through the
woods should be attempted without a com-
pass, food, and a willingness to get wet.
In peat areas, fire is a constant threat
when the soil surface is dry. Chickering
(1873) reported seeing several fires in the
peaty soil during his visit, and there have
been some fires of many months’ duration
over the past 30 years. The summer of
1962 was so dry that in late August the
March, 1963
59
water level of Lake Drummond was at least
a foot lower than in July, and a strip of lake
bottom nearly a hundred feet wide was ex-
posed along the shore at the mouth of
Jericho Ditch.
Most of the Dismal Swamp is well
wooded, but lumbering has eliminated most
large stands of mature trees. White cedar
(Chamaecy paris) is an important timber
tree, as in swamps of the New Jersey pine
barrens; it is prevalent in areas where the
soil is rich in peat. There is also a great
deal of rich black soil with red maple
(Acer rubrurn L.), cypress (Taxodium),
black gum (Nyssa), and sweet gum (Li-
quidamber) among the dominant trees.
The aerial “knees” of cypress arc conspic-
uous in sections that are frequently flooded.
The inkberry (Ilex glabra (L. ) Gray),
sweet bay ( Magnolia virginiana L.), and
many other shrubs are common along the
ditches. Small bamboos ( Arundinaria tecta
( Walt.) Muhl. and A. macrosperma Michx.)
also occur along the ditches, and in some
open areas they make up small canebrakes.
Vines are abundant, and include several
green briers ( Smilax spp.), wild grape,
poison ivy, honeysuckle, “rattan” ( Ber-
chemia), and others; the briers with
prickles are a particular handicap to per-
sons walking through the thicker vegetation
of wooded areas. Spanish moss (Til-
landsia) occurs on trees in some parts of
the Dismal Swamp. We did not observe it
in 1962, and so conclude that within the
Swamp its distribution is spotty. We saw
thriving examples of this conspicuous
epiphyte attached to trees in the well-cared-
for and protected Seashore State Park at
Cape Henry, and at Knott’s Island, both
localities near the coast east of the Dismal
Swamp. Spanish moss rarely occurs north
of this location in Virginia.
Current Activities in the
Dismal Swamp
As has been true for more than 200
years, lumbering and hunting are the
principal human activities in the Swamp.
However, the limited amount of merchant-
able timber appears to be responsible for
keeping present cutting operations at a
low level. Several lumbering or paper-
making firms control most of the Swamp
land. For instance, one such firm manages
the northwest quarter of the Swamp and
maintains a cottage for a caretaker near the
north end of Jericho Ditch.
The principal game animal is the deer,
which is hunted primarily by groups of
hunters who take stands along the trails
and at other vantage points, and wait for
their quarry to be flushed into a favorable
position by dogs, as described in Sports
Illustrated for November 26, 1962, pp. 68-
82. Some rough foot trails lead for short
distances into the woodland, but there is
little direct stalking of deer off the main
improved trails that parallel the ditches.
A few bears are taken each year by hunters.
About 20 cottages, mainly used as hunting
lodges, are located on the shore of Lake
Drummond; several belong to cooperative
hunting clubs. Fairly good dirt roads along
the ditch banks were recently developed,
partly as a convenience for hunters who
find them useful for access, and for hunt-
ing stands. The hunters cooperate in road
maintenance and brush control with the
lumber companies, which regulate the
hunting rights. Some of the cottages are
used during the summer by those coming
to the Lake for boating and fishing. Nu-
merous visitors to the Lake, including the
curious attracted by the distinctive nature
of the Swamp’s legendary past, come by
small boats up the Feeder Ditch from
Arbuckle Landing. One local citizen there
( Mr. Dunn) has an active summer business
taking parties up the Ditch and around the
Lake with his motorboat.
Natural History Work in the
Dismal Swamp
The chief botanical survey of the area,
based on field work done in 1898, is that
of Kearney (1901). An earlier general
account of the Swamp was given by Shaler
(1890); and Chickering (1873) discussed
the flora briefly. M. L. Fernald of Harvard
University visited the Swamp in the 1930’s,
and various of his plant records are pre-
60
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
sented in a series of papers dealing with
southeastern Virginia, that appeared in
Rhodora beginning in 1935. A Philadelphia
botanist, Bayard Long, collected plants as
well as insects in the area. Roger Rageot,
curator of natural history at the Norfolk
Museum of Arts and Sciences and one of
the best informed students of the Dismal
Swamp, has actively collected vertebrate
animals in the Swamp and adjacent areas
during the past 10 years. He is particularly
interested in snakes, which have attracted
other herpetologists to the area. Charles
Handley of the U.S. National Museum has
collected small mammals.
Among entomologists who have collected
in the Swamp, Austin H. Clark is best
known to Washingtonians. This naturalist,
well known for his broad interests and his
volumes on the butterflies of the District
of Columbia and Virginia, spent more than
15 years preparing (with Mrs. Clark) “The
Butterflies of Virginia” (1951) ; he visited
each of the 100 counties at least twice. One
of his favorite collecting sites was a wood-
land road at the northwest corner of the
Swamp, where by 1939 he had taken 73
species of butterflies (Clark and Clark,
1939). Other well-known collectors of
Lepidoptera who visited the Swamp were
Otto Buchholtz of Westfield, N. J., and
Frank Morton Jones of Wilmington, Del.
Charles Coveil, a student at Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, has made numerous visits
to the northern end of Jericho Ditch, near
the village of Magnolia, where he found
a rich variety of butterflies. Herbert S.
Barber and other Washington entomolo-
gists occasionally have visited the Dismal
Swamp; but it seems fair to say that little
comprehensive insect collecting has been
conducted there except by the Clarks.
In recent years, the Virginia Academy
of Sciences has sponsored a project on the
natural history of the Dismal Swamp; and
reports are being assembled for publica-
tion by J. T. Baldwin, Jr., of the College
of William and Mary.
Collecting Ortlioptera in 1962
In 1962 we collected in the Dismal
Swamp for several days in early July, and
again at the end of August. Each time, we
drove in from Suffolk to the cottage of the
caretaker, Mr. Lynn (Figure 2), where
permission to enter the Swamp was se-
cured; thence we proceeded along parts
of Jericho Ditch, Lynn Ditch, and Wash-
ington Ditch to the the shore of Lake
Drummond, where we camped and col-
lected insects. On each trip we later drove
around to work on the eastern side near
the Dismal Swamp Canal. In July we in-
vestigated the area between the Swamp
and the coast, including Knott’s Island and
Cape Henry.2 In August we collected and
camped one night near South Mills, N. C.,
and also went by boat up the Feeder Ditch
and onto Lake Drummond.
Methods of collecting Orthoptera in-
cluded sweeping grasses and weeds and
beating shrubbery with a net; illuminating
a white sheet with a gasoline pressure lan-
tern and a low-voltage vapor-tube light
for attraction at night; setting glass jars,
baited with molasses, flush with the ground
surface, to attract cockroaches and crick-
ets; and attracting cockroaches and crickets
to dry oatmeal flakes on the forest floor
at night — the so-called “oatmeal trail”
method. Each method produced some
species not obtained in any other way.
Several hundred specimens of Orthop-
tera, representing a total of 45 species, were
obtained. Among them were 4 cockroaches
(all native outdoor species), 2 mantids, 9
katydids, 11 crickets, and 19 grasshoppers.
Included were three species of grasshoppers
from outside the Swamp proper: they oc-
curred only near the coast — one of them a
beach inhabitant, the other two confined
to the vicinity of brackish water which is
not found in the Swamp itself. The Orthop-
tera found are mainly widespread species
of the southern Middle Atlantic states, with
2 On the July trip, three other entomologists
participated, each with separate interests: Don R.
Davis, Microlepidoptera: Oliver S. Flint, Jr.,
Trichoptera and Neuroptera; David C. M. Manson,
general and Acarina. On the August trip, only the
two Gurneys participated.
March, 1963
61
none limited to the southeastern coastal
region. Judging from the species previously
known to occur in Virginia and North
Carolina, a dozen or two additional species
probably live in or near the Swamp. No
camel-crickets (Ceuthophilus) , which are
collected most readily by molasses-baited
jars, were taken in spite of efforts directed
to their detection. This genus is almost
universally present in the Eastern states;
it will be interesting to conduct more ex-
tensive trapping to determine whether the
1962 collecting was simply insufficient, or
whether the Swamp is unsuited to these
insects. Late August is favorable for col-
lecting a maximum number of Orthoptera,
because some species do not mature until
midsummer or later. However, a few occur
as adults in spring and early summer.
Faunistic Affinities of Other
Dismal Swamp Insects
Most of the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera
collected on our 1962 trips are fairly wide-
spread Eastern species. One microlepidop-
teron, Compsolechia cover dalella (Kear-
fott), had not been recorded before from
Virginia or an adjacent State, having been
described from Louisiana; consequently,
its occurrence in the swamp is of much
interest. One trichopteron (caddis-fly),
Cernotina truncona Ross, was described
from Florida and is also known from
southern North Carolina; hence, this
northern extension of the range is an im-
portant addition. A second trichopteron,
Molanna uniophila Vorhies, is known as
an inhabitant of New England and nearby
states, so that it is an example of a normally
northern species penetrating the edge of
the coastal southeast.
In his work on butterflies, Austin Clark
discovered that several species occur in
Virginia only in the southeastern swamps,
some restricted to the Dismal Swamp,
others also reaching north to the Dahl
Swamp in Accomac County, on the East-
ern Shore of Virginia. Clark concluded that
the Dismal Swamp has a sprinkling of
northern species amid the many wide-
spread and the fairly numerous more
southeastern ones, because of pockets of
cold ground water which create localized
areas suitable for northern insects. He
pointed out (Clark, 1937, p. 259) that
oozing ground water along the western
border of the Dismal Swamp produces such
a situation.
A supposedly much more southern but-
terfly, Strymon kingi Klots and Clench,
has been collected by Charles Coveil near
Norfolk. This record is a notable addition
to the distributional “surprises” taken by
the Clarks.
With the possible exception of butterflies,
no group of insects has been collected suf-
ficiently well in the Dismal Swamp to
permit a thorough analysis of its zoo-
geographical affinities. The Swamp fauna
appears not to be peculiar in itself, but is
Lower Austral 3 (Austroriparian) in the
main. Some primarily northern insect
species and others, usually found farther
south than Virginia, occur. This situation
agrees with the conclusions of Kearney
(1901), who found that the plants show a
mixture of affinities but that the largest
number are Lower Austral. He pointed out
that some northern ferns and sedges have
found in the cool, wet soil of the Swamp, a
habitat that marks their most southern
limits.
Refined analyses of insect distribution in
the United States are still fragmentary, in
spite of considerable scattered information
in literature and large but incompletely
studied collections in museums. Some
species that appear to be freaks of distri-
bution, when first found in an area far
from the usual range, later prove to be
very widespread. Insects of the Dismal
Swamp well illustrate this point. There
simply has been too little comprehensive
collecting to support final conclusions as
3 Lower Austral is the term given by C. Hart
Merriam many years ago to the Life Zone which
comprises most of the southern United States,
particularly in the Southeast, minus the tropical
portion of peninsular Florida. Along the Atlantic
Coast, this zone extends northward to approxi-
mately the mouth of the Potomac River.
62
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
to number of species present or distribu-
tional relationships, beyond the general
impressions which now are evident. Even
if a thorough survey were made, it could
be fully meaningful only after the entire
eastern fauna is better understood than it
is at present.
The Dismal Swamp is an interesting
place to collect insects, and for most groups
has a rich fauna which will well repay the
serious collector for his efforts. With the
rapid elimination of many excellent col-
lecting grounds and the problem of finding
large natural habitats for undisturbed
work, it is stimulating to have this fine,
unspoiled region nearby.
Literature Cited
Ariza, John F. 1932. Dismal Swamp in legend and
history. Natl. Geog. Mag. 62, 121-130 (illus.l.
Chickering, J. W. 1873. The flora of the Dismal
S’wamp. Amer. Naturalist 7, 521-524.
Clark, Austin H. 1937. Surveying the butterflies
of Virginia. Sci. Monthly 45, 256-265.
Clark, Austin H., and Clark, Leila F. 1939. Butter-
flies of a wood road at Suffolk, Virginia. Ent.
News 50, 1-5.
Clark, Austin H., and Clark, Leila F. 1951. The
butterflies of Virginia. Smithsonian Misc. Col-
lections 116 (No. 7), 1-239 (31 pis.).
Davis, Hubert J. 1962. The great Dismal Swamp.
Cavalier Press, Richmond, Va. (1-182, illus.) .
Kearney, Thomas H. 1901. Report on a botanical
survey of the Dismal Swamp region. Contrib.
U. S. Natl. Herbarium 5 (No. 6), 321-585 (pis.
65-77. text-figs. 51-90, maps 1, 2).
Shaler, N. S’. 1890. General account of the fresh-
water morasses of the United States, with a
description of the Dismal Swamp district of
Virginia and North Carolina. 10th Ann. Rept.
Director U. S. Geol. Surv. 255-339 (pis. 6-19,
text-figs. 2-38).
The Personal Side of a Research Project
Archibald T. McPherson *
Associate Director , Office of Technical Services , Department of Commerce
This is a story from real life about
Richard, Daniel, their mother, and a series
of studies on field mice. Also concerned in
the story are the boys’ father, whose job
keeps him away from home much of the
time, a curator of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, and other scientists.
The Committee on Grants-in-Aid of Re-
search is presenting this story because all
too often the human side of research is left
unrecorded. Only occasionally, by reading
between the lines of published reports, is
it possible to conjecture some of the many
problems, difficulties, and disappointments
that were encountered, and some of the
rewards and satisfactions that came from
doing the work. The principal characters
in this story have cooperated in preparing
this account, and it is presented, for the
most part, in their own words. The Com-
* Dr. McPherson is chairman of the Academy’s
Committee on Grants-in-Aid of Research.
mittee hopes that this account may aid in
stimulating the collaboration of sons and
daughters with scientist parents in worth-
while original investigations.
Background
The Mother speaks: “It would be very
convenient for me if I could say that I set
out deliberately to prepare my two sons
for careers in science, but such is not the
case so this article is difficult to write.
“Just as scientific discoveries can seldom
be foreseen, likewise just which contact or
combination of circumstances will be the
‘magic button’ that releases the latent
capabilities of a child cannot be predicted.
Sometimes it may not be what we do, as
parents, but what we do not do that brings
results. With this in mind, I shall try to
give an account of our efforts.
“Since I have been a bird bander for
the Fish and Wildlife Service for 13 years
on a voluntary basis, the boys were aware
March, 1963
63
more than most children of the problems
connected with research. They saw the
reams of records which had to be kept
faithfully and the constant vigilance that
had to be maintained to keep stray cats and
dogs from harming the birds in traps and
nets. Also, they knew that their mother
worked hard without pay while other work-
ing mothers in the neighborhood bought
expensive toys for their children and lived
in houses whose living rooms could almost
hold their entire home. For me there was
no choice. I had to pursue the mystery of
‘where the wild bird flieth.’ Also, next to
baseball, both boys enjoyed the birds and
found their greatest enjoyment in bird
walks and family outings with the Virginia
Society of Ornithology.”
How the Project Started
In his request for a grant from the
Washington Academy of Sciences, Richard
describes the beginning of his project very
concisely as follows: “I first became aware
of the rodent situation at Dulles Airport
during a field trip with the Northern Vir-
ginia Chapter of the Virginia Society of
Ornithology in November 1959, on which I
saw a large concentration of hawks and
short-eared owls. While observing the birds
of prey, I noticed that the ground was
honeycombed with runs and small holes.
Mice were seen running everywhere. I
asked Dr. C. 0. Handley, Jr., mammalogist
of the U. S. National Museum, to suggest
a science project. He said, ‘You are stand-
ing on the best one I know of.’ I took
his suggestion and began an intensive
study of the mouse eruption.”
The Mother fills in the details: “
Since the boys had always pretended that
they could not take a tangled bird out of
a net, their decision to study the mouse
eruption at Dulles Airport was not met
with any enthusiasm from me. The diffi-
culty of working 20 miles from home and
checking traps at least twice a day and
the problem of getting back to school on
time, made the idea seem too amibitious
and too costly for boys who had never done
any serious work before. But something
happened to them on that cold, gray No-
vember morning in 1959 as we stood on
ground spongy from mouse runs and
watched the hawks and owls wheel and
swoop for their prey. The study of ecology
had real meaning for them for the first
time. So dramatic was nature’s perform-
ance that a curiosity was born that no
practical consideration could dampen.
“They were adamant. I was equally de-
termined that it should be a real scientific
study and not just another science project.
Because Dr. Handley was leaving for Pana-
ma shortly, I told them that we would
cooperate if they met certain conditions.
First, it had to be a joint project and each
had to keep meticulous daily notes as a
check on each other’s accuracy. Finally,
I was not going to skin a single mouse!
“ Since then I have had reason
to regret that last statement. Several times
when they have been bowed down with
routine assignments, I have suggested that
I could do some trapping. ‘And what would
you do with the specimens, Mother?’ was
the reply in such a condescending manner,
that I have not had the nerve to reply, ‘You
could teach me.’ ”
Conduct of the Investigation
Richard describes the purpose and
method of the investigation in impersonal
terms as follows: “ The purpose of
my investigation was: (1) To compare
the density of mice per acre at Dullas Air-
port with acres of similar habitat away
from the airport. (2) To determine the
extent of the eruption. (3) To follow any
relative change in the population. (4) To
find the predator-prey relationship between
the short-eared owl and the mice. (5) To
determine, if possible, the cause of the
mouse eruption.
“ Methods . The density studies were per-
formed by using saturation trappings,
which consists of setting 100 traps per
acre for three consecutive nights. This is
the standard method of determining the
number of small mammals per acre. ‘Mu-
seum Special’ snap traps were used. These
are similar to ordinary household mouse
64
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
traps but are larger. They are designed to
kill the mouse in such a manner that the
skull is not crushed, as the skull is most
important in the identification of a mam-
mal.
“Moistened oatmeal was used for bait,
and the traps were checked at least once
a day. The extent of the eruption was
calculated by making local inquiries, by
observing birds of prey, and by trapping.
The progress of the eruption was deter-
mined by trapping in different areas over
a period of two years.
“Specimens of each species caught were
carefully measured and preserved by skin-
ning according to museum standards and
deposited in the collection of the U. S.
National Museum, Washington, D. C.
“The predator-prey relationship between
the short-eared owl and the mice was de-
termined each winter by an analysis of
short-eared owl pellets. A pellet is a
cylindrical piece of undigested hair and
bone which is regurgitated by the owl.”
The results of the investigation will not
be given here, since they have been pub-
lished in The Junior Science and Humani-
ties Symposium Brochure (Walter Reed
Army Institute of Research, Washington,
D. C.). Richard comments on the investi-
gation as follows: “ One of the most
rewarding byproducts of the study was
the trapping of rare mice. While trapping
on one of the comparative acres on January
j 3, 1960, the first record of the eastern
harvest mouse, Reithrodontomys humulis,
was obtained for Fairfax County since
1902. An article on this mouse was pub-
lished in the November issue of the Journal
of Mammalogy. On December 7, 1960, the
first specimens for Virginia of the prairie
deer mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus
hairdii , were taken on Site ‘E’ at the air-
port. In August of 1961, I caught an ad-
normally white-spotted meadow jumping
mouse, Zapus hudsonius, 1.1 miles south-
southwest of Merrifield, in Fairfax County,
Virginia. The specimen was requested by
the U. S. National Museum and represents
the only one in their collection.”
March, 1963
The discovery that the prairie deer
mouse had migrated eastward to Virginia
was reported by Daniel in the Journal of
Mammalogy (Vol. 43, p. 98, February
1962), as follows:
“Ever since the paririe deer mouse,
Peromyscus maniculatus hairdii, started its
march eastward, it has been the subject
of many biological papers as it was cap-
tured in new states. From our trapping
data in northern Virginia, hairdii now ap-
pears to have become established in the
State. (William H. Stickel (Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. 64: 25) reported that Osgood (1909)
only knew this mouse from Central Ohio,
but by 1949 it had spread to the states of
Pennsylvania, West Virginia, New York,
Tennessee, and Maryland.)
“The first four Virginia specimens of
hairdii were trapped 2.6 miles north-north-
west of Chantilly at the Dulles Interna-
tional Airport on an abandoned field,
sloping down to Cub Run, with moderately
thick cover of grass and weeds. Dr. Hand-
ley confirmed our identification and sug-
gested further trapping. After line-trapping
in adjoining fields with his help, it was
concluded that the mice probably had
moved into the area recently. But they are
now established in view of their relative
abundance and distribution.”
Extension of the Investigation
Richard entered Randolph-Macon Col-
lege at Ashland, Va., in the fall of 1962.
His mother reports that “ he is
enjoying his courses in biology and history.
He misses dinner sometimes in order to
spend five hours or more in the laboratory.
His professor has bought traps and other
supplies so that he can make a collection
of mammals for Hanover County while he
is at college ”
Daniel, who had been working with
Richard, continued the study of Virginia
field mice over a larger area, with the as-
sistance of a grant from the Washington
Academy of Sciences. In Daniel’s words:
“After I trapped the prairie deer mouse
near Warrenton on Route 17 in August, I
decided to undertake a more ambitious
65
study. As you know, Route 17 runs SE
down the middle peninsula to Gloucester
County. 1 now plan to use an old farm
house there as ‘home base’ and trap in the
counties of Essex, Middlesex, Mathews,
King and Queen, and Gloucester. No work
has been done at all in this area and two
weekend trips have already yielded new
records for Zapus, Blarina, and Reith-
rodontomys. Dr. Handley is especially in-
terested in obtaining specimens of Blarina
from the Tappahannock area. In this way I
can add to the study of mamals in general
while still studying bairdii in particular.”
The Parents’ Part in the
Investigation
A paper by Daniel on “The Prairie Deer
Mouse in Northern Virginia” contains an
acknowledgment to his mother for check-
ing traps while he was at school, to his
father for typing the manuscript, and to
Dr. Handley for assistance in the identifi-
cation of specimens. This brief acknowledg-
ment only hints at what went on in the field
work or the impact on the home life. The
Mother tells more about this as follows:
“. . . As a parent, one of my tasks has
been to convince the teachers that the field
study of mammals is important enough to
warrant taking time out from school. This
is especially true since Daniel has been
working 100-140 miles from home this
fall. Again it takes time to convince the
owner of the area on which you wish to
trap that you are serious. With the sun-
light already fading, Daniel has to start
his trap line while I try to find the owner.
We always find people cooperative, but it
does take time to answer questions and to
reassure them.
“When working in unfamiliar territory,
in order to conserve both time and expense,
it is of practical importance to be able to
select the most productive habitats. Here is
where past experience and keen observa-
tion pay off. Such things as amount and
type of cover, number of years a field has
been fallow, and the glimpse of a hawk
may tell as much as actual examination
for runs and other mammal signs. No less
important are the nuisance factors to be
avoided in order to obtain the maximum
‘catch.’
“As to the use of the refrigerator for
specimens, etc., we have given the boys
the privilege of using anything in the house
needed for their study. In return they have
given us their confidence and the comfort
of their presence while they were en-
grossed in their work. It is true that my
living room, in addition to being strewn
with bird feathers and wet leaves, now has
boxes of pinned insects on the table and
the piano seems to be the favorite display
place for the last collection of mammals.
Also there are strings of small skulls hang-
ing in the basement and a colony of
dermestid beetles live in a tin under
Daniel’s bed.”
Consequences of the Study
The boys received awards in Science
Fairs and recognition in the Future Sci-
entists of America contest, but their Mother
states: “Both boys consider the following
their best prizes: (1) The privilege of
going with Dr. Handley on a two-week
collecting trip to southwest Virginia last
June; and (2) the opportunity of working
on a natural history inventory of Wildcat
Mountain near Warrenton, Va. under the
direction of Dr. Raymond Fosberg.”
Further, she notes, “. . . I do not know
whether they will ever be true research
scientists and work in a laboratory and
make a big salary as most people envision,
but they are developing strength of char-
acter and work habits which are important
no matter how they may have to make a
livelihood.”
66
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
MARCH MEETING
(472nd Meeting of the Washington Aca<leniy of Sciences)
SPEAKER: Raymond J. Seeger
Special Assistant to the Director,
National Science Foundation
SUBJECT : On the Sociology of Science
DATE: Thursday, March 21, 1963
8:15 P. M.
PLACE: John Wesley Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Cluh
2170 Florida Avenue, N. W.
Abstract of Address — Science for the sake of science is not sufficient, though necessary,
for its own growth; science for the sake of man is a sine qua non. Why, then, does the
sociology of science lag behind the increasing role of science in society? Is it because
sociology itself is not properly a science? What, indeed, is a science? To what extent, if
any, can the development of science be planned? Is the obvious lag owing to different
systems of social thought being too intimately related to the philosophy of science, too
deeply embedded in the technology of society? How can the history of science and tech-
nology be of assistance in our attempt to achieve a more scientific understanding about
science as a social phenomenon?
The Speaker — Born in Elizabeth, N. J., Raymond J. Seeger received the B.A. degree
from Rutgers University in 1926 and, in 1929, the Ph.D. degree from Yale University,
where he was a Loomis fellow. He holds honorary D.Sc. degrees from Kent State Uni-
versity and Dubuque University. He began his professional life as an associate professor
of physics, first at Presbyterian College in South Carolina, then, from 1930 to 1946, at
George Washington University. Then followed six years with the Naval Ordnance Lab-
oratory. In 1952 he went to the National Science Foundation, assuming his present posi-
tion of special assistant to the director in 1962. He has continuously maintained contact
with the academic world, and is now adjunct professor of physics at American University.
Dr. Seeger spent his sabbatical leave last year at the University of Oxford, studying not
only theoretical physics but also his other absorbing interest, the history and philosophy
of science.
March, 1963
67
THE BROWNSTONE TOWER
Wishing to write
on legislative mat-
ters. a field in
which I. like most
scientists, am not
at home, I con-
suited my old
friend, Joseph S.
Lawrence, M.D..
who before his re-
tirement was the
lobbyist for the American Medical Associ-
ation in Washington. He knows how im-
portant it is to inform Congressional lead-
ers of the significance of technical bills
while they are in committee. A professional
man of wisdom and integrity, he repre-
sented the medical profession in the public
interest and performed a real public serv-
ice. He responded most cordially to my
request for help.
1 told Dr. Lawrence that some of the
leaders of the Washington Academy of
Sciences are concerned about a current
bill (S.533) that is intended “to provide
(by regulation and enforcement) for the
humane treatment of vertebrate animals
used in experiments and tests by recipients
of grants from the United States.” We
doubt, I said, that the Committee on Labor
and Public Welfare, to whom the bill was
referred, will have a complete picture of
the possible consequences of such legisla-
tion unless interested and knowledgeable
scientists take the trouble to tell the com-
mittee what effect it would have, if passed,
on them and their work. Dr. Lawrence ad-
vised that a representative of the Academy
should visit the chairman to discuss the
bill, and that the president of the Academy
should request in writing that the chair-
man invite a representative of the Academy
to testify, if and when hearings are held.
Informative letters to the chairman from
individual users of laboratory animals
also will be helpful. Please remember that
these proposed actions would not interfere
with the legislative process but would
assist it; that the right to be heard is also
a civic duty.
Now I should like to comment on S.533
and similar bills. The intent of these bills
is worthy; no normal person would de-
liberately cause unnecessary pain in any
animal. But by implication the bill charges
all users of laboratory animals with acts of
cruelty, which, it implies, can be prevented
only by policing the users and threatening
them with the loss of grant funds if they
do not comply. The Committee in charge of
the bill needs to know whether this alleged
cruelty actually exists and to what extent,
with respect to what animals, used for
what purposes. And what criteria are used
to draw the conclusion that the animals are
actually suffering “pain and fear”? Pre-
sumably the proponents of the bill can
supply such information.
If considerable demonstrable abuse of
animals is found, the next question to ask
is whether the objective of protecting the
animals cannot be attained by the prepara-
tion and dissemination of information and
recommendations; for example, by the
Department of Health. Education and Wel-
fare; the Institute of Laboratory Animal
Resources, NAS-NRC; or the Animal Care
Panel. This would be a positive step that
would recognize the humanity of most
scientists and technicians and would as-
sume that existing abuses are the result of
ignorance or carelessness. Corrective super-
vision by professional personnel might be
anticipated, since the best scientific results
are to be expected from “contented” ani-
mals. The Animal Care Panel, as the name
implies, is trying to improve animal care
not only for humanitarian reasons but also
because sound animals give reliable results.
There needs no Government appear with
a big stick to force users of animals to do
what is obviously to their advantage. If
education in animal care and treatment is
believed to be insufficient to take care of
the situation, the Government might be
helpful by offering support for the im-
68
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
provement of housing and equipment used
in care and treatment of animals.
Nevertheless, the Committee may be
persuaded that users of laboratory animals
are irresponsible and that nothing but
strict licensing and policing of their work
will give real protection to the animals. In
that case the Committee should know what
this proposed regulatory activity will cost
in terms of money and of scientific man-
power and, more important, what effect it
may have on medical research and training,
and indirectly on public health. Investi-
gators and teachers subject to the harrass-
ments of licensing, record keeping, and re-
porting will not be able to do as much work
as they could without it. Indeed, their
incentive and motivation may be consider-
ably dampened. I repeat, every user of
laboratory animals should tell the Com-
mittee on Labor and Public Welfare how
this bill, if passed, would affect him and
his work. Then the well-informed Com-
mittee can decide whether the gain that
might be made under the bill would justify
the cost of it.
— Frank L. Campbell
LETTER TO THE EDITOR
Prospect Harbor, Maine
January 29, 1963
Dear Sir:
On my return from a conference with
the Department of Economic Development
in Augusta, I was much pleased to see that
you had transmitted my offer of assistance
to those who may contemplate visiting
Maine this coming summer to observe the
eclipse. For more specific information re-
garding sites for observations and weather
probabilities, you may care to refer your
readers to a series of articles in the Decem-
ber 1962, and January and February 1963
issues of Sky and Telescope ( Sky Publish
ing Company, 49 Bay State Road, Cam-
bridge 38, Mass.). The last of these con-
tains important notice that Acadia National
Park has set aside certain areas as reserved
for exclusive use of scientific parties with
programs of observation, and that space
may be applied for by addressing Harold
A. Hubler, superintendent, Acadia National
Park, Bar Harbor, Maine.
In addition, this material is supple-
mented by information which is now being
assembled for general distribution by the
Department of Economic Development
free on request. It is also contemplated that
about May 1, a special strip map of the
path of totality will be available, showing
not only the principal highways, but also
the byways leading to favorable sites.
You have my present geographic posi-
tion correctly stated, but for 24 hours
prior to the eclipse this will be approxi-
mately lat. 44° 21' 04.530"N, long. 68°
13' 37.542"W (North American datum of
1927) or in other words, the top of
Cadillac, as Mr. Hubler has asked me to
assist in looking out for parties that make
reservations for space.
It certainly would be a pleasure to meet
members of the Academy, and I appreciate
your conveying this thought to your
readers.
Sincerely,
Carroll F. Merriam
(Mr. Merriam refers to the total solar eclipse
that will occur on July 20, 1963; the path of
totality will pass through the neighborhood of
Prospect Harbor. (See also the January issue of
this Journal, page 11.) On the day of the eclipse,
Mr. Merriam will be stationed, not at Prospect
Harbor, but rather atop Cadillac Mountain (el.
1530 feet), which is located within Acadia Na-
tional Park, about 2.5 miles SbyW of Bar Harbor.
—Ed.)
March, 1963
69
WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
ORGANIZATION FOR 1963
Officers
Managers
(EM 2-4040 X7855 ; home WA 7-4659)
Delegates of Affiliated Societies
See inside rear cover.
70
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Editor
Associate Editors
The Journal
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Frank L. Campbell
Harold T. Cook
Richard P. Farrow
Russell B. Stevens
John K. Taylor
Lawrence A. Wood
Department of Agriculture
(DU 8-6548; home JA 7-8775)
National Academy of Sciences
Department of Agriculture
National Canners Association
George Washington University
National Bureau of Standards
National Bureau of Standards
Summary Annual Report of Secretary for 1962
The Secretary’s annual report of Acad-
emy activities in 1962 is intended to supple-
ment, and in some instances summarize,
detailed reports of other officers and com-
mittee chairmen.
Membership. The following changes in
membership occurred between the secre-
tary’s report in January 1962 and January
31, 1963: Sixty-nine new members quali-
fied for membership; thirty-five members
resigned and four were dropped from the
rolls; seven members changed to emeritus
status; eighteen members changed from
resident to nonresident with four reversing
the process, changing from nonresident to
resident status.
The following deaths were reported on
the dates indicated where known: Ray S.
Bassler, October 3, 1961; Charles S. Gil-
man, January 25, 1962; W. F. G. Swann,
January 29, 1962; L. B. Tuckerman, Feb-
ruary 4, 1962; Oscar S. Adams, March 4,
1962; Eugene C. Sullivan, May 12, 1962;
Erich Mosettig, May 31, 1962; Arthur C.
Christie, Maurice B. Linford, William D.
Strong and Harry Wexler.
Meetings. Except for the November and
March meetings of the Academy, all regu-
lar meetings in 1962 were held in the John
Wesley Powell Auditorium of the Cosmos
Club. The November meeting was held in
the lecture hall of the National Academy
of Sciences, and the March meeting at the
Carnegie Institution of Washington.
Philip H. Abelson, retiring president,
addressed the 463rd regular meeting of the
Academy on February 15, 1962, on the
subject, “Long Term Fate of Biochemi-
cals.”
“Energetic Particles Near the Earth,”
was the subject of the address of James A.
Van Allen of the State University of Iowa,
at the 464th meeting on March 22.
The 465th meeting of the Academy on
April 19 was sponsored jointly with the
Washington Junior Academy of Sciences.
The speaker was Prof. Samuel Bilenberg
of Columbia University, on the subject,
“New Horizons in Pure Mathematics.”
Marshall Nirenberg of the National In-
stitutes of Health (winner of the 1962 WAS
award for scientific achievement in the
biological sciences), addressed the Acad-
emy at its 466th meeting on May 17, on
“Characteristics of Genetic Coding Units.”
In view of the great interest in insecti-
cides as a result of the publication of
Rachel Carson’s book, “Silent Spring,”
President Van Evera, acting as Meetings
Committee chairman, arranged a panel
discussion for the 467th meeting on Octo-
ber 18, on the subject, “Insecticides: Bene-
fit or Peril?” Clarence Hoffman of the
Agricultural Research Service, L^SDA,
spoke of the benefits; Walter Dykstra of
the Fish and Wildlife Service, Department
of the Interior, spoke of the perils: and
Russell Stevens of George Washington
University served as a “neutral.”
Merredith P. Crawford of George Wash-
ington University, director of HumRRO,
was the lecturer at the 468th meeting of
March, 1963
71
the Academy of November 28. His subject
was. “Practical Aspects of Behavioral Sci-
ences.’*
John D. Hoffman of the National Bureau
of Standards, who received the Academy’s
award for scientific achievement in the
physical sciences in 1961, was the lecturer
at the 469th meeting of the Academy on
December 20. on the subject, “The Crystal-
lization of Linear Polymers with Chain
Folding.’*
The 470th meeting of the Academy on
January 17, 1963 was concerned with the
“Biological Exploration of Space,” pre-
sented by Freeman H. Quimby of the Na-
tional Aeronautics and Space Administra-
tion.
The annual dinner, usually held in Janu-
ary and devoted to listening to the retiring
president, was held this year on February
21, 1963; this situation was made possible
and reasonable because B. D. Van Evera,
president for 1962, succeeded himself as
president for 1963. Featuring the dinner
was the presentation of Academy awards
for scientific achievement in 1962 to:
Marshall Nirenberg of the National Insti-
tutes of Health (biological sciences) ; Lin-
dell E. Steele of the Naval Research Labora-
tory (engineering sciences) ; Bruce L.
Reinhart of the University of Maryland
(mathematics) ; Edward A. Mason of the
University of Maryland (physical sci-
ences) ; and Rev. Francis J. Heyden of
Georgetown University (teaching of sci-
ence ) .
Miscellany. One of the highlights of the
year was a dinner on April 4 at George-
town University, arranged by Abner Bren-
ner. chairman of the Committee for the
Encouragement of Science Talent, to
honor outstanding high school science stu-
dents. Forty-four certificates of merit and
technical books of their choice were pre-
sented to these students. The program
included presentation of the certificates and
books by President Van Evera, and a talk
by Chester Page on “Mathematics: A Use-
ful Game.”
Upon recommendation of the committee
headed by A. T. McPherson, the Academy’s
Board approved nine grants-in-aid for
aspiring young scientists to pursue per-
sonal science projects, and authorized the
American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science to disburse $740.00 for
this purpose.
The Academy operated most of the year
without a president-elect, since the incum-
bent, Heinz Specht, was sent to Japan by
the Office of International Research, and
will remain there for two years.
Volume 52 of the Academy’s Journal
appeared during the year, in nine issues
having a total of 228 pages. Eight of the
issues, as in 1961, contained a variety of
articles by leading area scientists, review-
ing the status of research in a number of
important fields; special reports on science
education and other major Academy pro-
grams; and news concerning the Acad-
emy’s organization, plans, and accomplish-
ments. The ninth issue appearing in
September, contained a directory of the
membership, classified alphabetically, by
place of employment, and by membership
in affiliated societies. It is expected that
the directory will continue as a regular
annual feature of the Journal, rather than
as an occassional separate publication as
in previous years.
— George W. Irving, Jr., Secretary, 1962
72
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Summary Annual Report of Treasurer for 1962
Washington Academy of Sciences
Statement of Receipts and Disbursements
Receipts
Dues:
1961 $ 52.50
1962 8,790.75
1963 167.75
Subscriptions to Journal:
1961 36.75
1962 735.25
1963 925.50
1964 13.50
1965 6.75
Sales of back issues of Journal
Sales of Journal reprints
Miscellaneous sales
Meetings and committees
Tax reimbursement
Grants reimbursed
Dividends and interest
Capital receipts
Reimbursements and refunds
Junior Academy receipts undistributed
Total receipts
Balance carried forward from 1961
Total
Disbursements
Journal:
Printing and mailing 8 budgeted issues plus directory (September) issue $6,941.36
Reprints 406.80
Secretary (printing and office expenses)
Treasurer (printing, postage, miscellaneous)
Meetings Committee:
Rental of Cosmos Club auditorium 1,307.46
Printing, notices, etc. 800.74
Outright grants:
Joint Board 500.00
Academy conference 21.62
Summer education program 200.00
Science talent activities 250.00
Junior Academy Proceedings 68.17
Reimbursable grants:
Loguirato 41 .60
Smul 39.00
Gurney 150.00
Thomas 75.00
S’teakley 75.00
Peacock 100.00
Tibbits 54.00
Curtis 200.00
March, 1963
$ 9,011.00
1,717.75
1,289.57
247.90
45,65
521.75
117.32
750.60
2,951.30
752.93
136.26
190.00
$17,732.03
5,680.70
$23,412.73
$ 7,348.16
1,133.25
142.14
2,108.20
1,039.79
690.60
73
Headquarters office:
Supplies, postage, equipment (purchase of duplicator and adding machine
shared with Joint Board) 1,174.42
Salaries (assistant treasurer and occasional help) 2,449.96 3,624.38
Taxes (withholding on social security, Federal income, D. C. income) :
Academy 439.64
Advance to Joint Board (reimbursable) 1,283.25 1,722.89
Science talent awards, dinner, etc. 210.95
Science calendar 74.00
Refunds (back issues of Journal not available) 91.85
Packing expenses (reimbursable) 264.92
Miscellaneous 34.78
Total $18,485.91
Balance carried forward to 1963 4,926.82
Total $23,412.73
Income Account
Receipts, less capital Expenditures
and Junior Academy $16,777.10 Accounts payable:
Accounts receivable: Joint Board, 2/5 of
Joint Board $ 200.00 exec, secy’s salary
Joint Board taxes 1,404.25 Joint Board, taxes
W. J. Johnson 309.00 1,913.25 on same
Sub-total $18,690.35
Excess exp./rec 1,160.62
$19,850.97
$18,473.91
1,256.66
120.40
$19,850.97
Cash Account
Membership and Dues
New members, 1962: Elected, 59; qualified, 47.
Delinquent (billed for third time
12/14/62) :
1960 or previous 6
1961 15
1962 62 83
Life members 10
Retired :
Paying $2.00 1
Paying $3.75 4 5
Dues excused, 1962 22
Dues paid:
1962 904
1963 21 925
Investments
Dividends Received
Massachusetts Investors Trust (plus 107 shares @ 1633.20) $ 831.49
Investment Company of America (including capital gains dividend 382.16) 584.48
State Street Investment Company (plus 3 shares @ 106.50) 65.53
Washington Mutual Investment Fund (including capital gains dividend 847.50) 1,423.80
Discount earned on Treasury bills 34.00
Total $2,939.30
74
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Capital Funds
(as of 1/4/63)
2829 shares Massachusetts Investors Trust @ 13.42 bid $37,965.18
1124 shares Investment Company of America @ 9.54 10,722.96
61 shares State Street Investment Company @ 35.50 2,165.50
1695 shares Washington Mutual Investment Fund @ 9.91 16,797.43
Capital cash (sold $800 New York City Corporate Stock, 6/20/62) 752.93
Income cash 4,173.89
Total $72,577.89
Summary of Assets
( market value and cash)
Stocks ...
Cash
Total
1/1/62 12/21/62
$78,117.38 $67,651.07
5,680.70 4,926.82
$83,798.08 $72,577.89
Joint Board on Science Education
Balance carried forward from 1961 $10,077.46
Receipts:
From National Science Foundation $18,600.00
Other 456.60 19,056.60
Total $29,134.06
Expenditures (paid through WAS) 20,202.38
Balance carried forward to 1963 $ 8,931.68
Assets
Cash in checking account
1/1/62
$10,077.46
12/21/62
$8,931.68
Washington Junior Academy of Sciences
Savings Checking
account account
Balances carried forward from 1961 $2,149.28 $ 403.25
Receipts 1,090.64 5,129.72
Total $3,239.92 $5,532.97
Expenditures (paid through WAS) 1,800.00 5,183.38
Balances carried forward to 1963 $1,439.92 $ 349.59
Total
$2,552.53
6,220.36
$8,772.89
6,983.38
$1,789.51
Assets
Cash in checking and savings accounts $1,789.51
On deposit with WAS 190.00
Total Sl.979.5l
— Malcolm C. Henderson, Treasurer, 1962
March, 1963
75
1963 Budget Approved
The following budget for 1963 was approved by the Board of Managers at its meet-
ing of February 12. For comparative purposes, estimated and actual figures for 1962
also are included.
Receipts
Dues
Journal subscriptions, back issues, reprints
interest, dividends
Services to Joint Board
Receipts from meetings, committees, dinners
Acct. receivable from W. J. Johnson, Inc.
Estd. sales of back issues by W. J. Johnson, Inc.
Total
Expenses
Journal printing, addressing, postage, miscellaneous
Reprints
Grants
Meetings Committee (hall, refreshments, etc.)
Secretary (printing, mailing, list maintenance)
Treasurer (headquarters office equipment, printing, mailing, etc.)
Part-time assistant treasurer and occasional help in headquarters
office
Executive secretary at Academy headquarters 7
.Miscellaneous debits (packing, tips, Christmas fund, parking,
taxis, etc.)
Total
1 Sale of back issues is now handled by W. J. Johnson, Inc., of New York City.
2 Reprints are eventually a reimbursable item, and are omitted in 1963.
3 Eight issues, not including Directory issue.
4 Nine issues, including Directory issue.
5 Breakdown: Committee on S’cience Education, for summer program, etc., 784.79; Committee on
Encouragement of Science Talent, 406.60; Committee on Awards for Scientific Achievement, 54.35;
science calendar, 74.00.
6 About $380 was paid for adding machine, duplicator, etc., which are shared with the Joint Board.
7 Represents two-fifths of salary in 1962, one-fifth in 1963.
8 Of this, $264.92 is a non-recurring packing expense, for which the Academy is to be reimbursed.
76
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Summary of Journal Operations for 1962 (Volume 52)
(At the beginning of 1962, the Board approved a budget item of $6,500 for eight issues of the
Journal (January through May, and October through December) ; it later authorized publication of a
ninth (September) issue, containing the directory of members. These nine issues contained 228 pages
of text, as compared with 148 pages for eight issues in 1961.)
Income Credits 2
Subscriptions
Sale of back issues
Total
Reprints 3
Reprint income received
Plus reprint income due
Minus reprint costs
Net reprint income
Summary
Journal expenses
Minus income credits
Minus income on reprints
Net cost of Journal
1 Obligated in year.
2 Received in year.
3 Income earned, expenses obligated in year.
March. 1963
Science in Washington
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook, Associate
Editor, c/o U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Room
2628 South Building, Washington 25, D.C.
APPLIED PHYSICS LABORATORY
R. E. Gibson, director, addressed man-
agement teams at David Taylor Model
Basin on January 17; the title of his talk
was, “Systems Approach to Management
of Research and Development.” On
January 11 Dr. Gibson addressed an
audience at the Catonsville (Md.) Com-
munity College on the subject, “Cultural
Implications of Scientific Research.”
A. M. Stone participated in the
Strategy for Peace Conference at Airlie
House, Warrenton, Va., January 24-26.
DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
A. L. Ryall served as a U.S. delegate
to the United Nations Conference on Ap-
plication of Science and Technology for
the Benefit of Less Developed Areas, held
in Geneva February 2-19. He was dis-
cussion leader of sessions on transportation
of perishables, and on handling, storage,
and processing of agriculture produce.
Karl H. Norris was recently awarded
a USDA Certificate of Merit for his
achievements in the development of instru-
ments and techniques for rapid, nonde-
structive measurement of quality in agri-
cultural commodities.
John W. Mitchell was recently selec-
ted as one of the original 12 for the new
Alumni Hall of Fame at the University of
Idaho.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
S. Kenneth Love has received a dis-
tinguished service citation from the De-
partment of the Interior, in recognition of
exceptional contributions in the field of
water resources during continuous service
of more than 34 years in the Geological
Survey.
GEORGE WASHINGTON
UNIVERSITY
B. D. Van Evera and President
Thomas H. Carroll visited George Wash-
ington University research units at Fort
Knox, Ky., Fort Bliss, Texas, and the
Presidio of Monterey, Calif., during the
last two weeks of December.
W. F. Sager of the Department of
Chemistry gave a talk on application of
linear free energy relationships to bio-
chemical systems, at the Chemistry Semi-
nar, Catholic University, on January 4.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Milton Harris participated in a con-
ference on Engineering Education and the
Development of Industrial Technology on
January 29, at a meeting of the Commis-
sion on Engineering Education in Wash-
ington.
Milton Harris and Alfred E. Brown
attended the annual meeting of the
Gillette Company directors of research on
January 23-25: this year the meeting was
held at the Paper Mate Laboratories in
Santa Monica. Calif.
On the same trip. Dr. Brown also visited
USDA’s Western Regional Research Lab-
oratory at Albany, Calif., and gave a semi-
nar on technical activities at HRL.
NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF
HEALTH
Aaron S. Posner has been appointed
chief of the newly-established Crystal
Chemistry Section of the Laboratory of
Histology and Pathology, National In-
stitute of Dental Research. Before join-
ing the NIDR staff in June 1961, Dr.
Posner was an American Dental Associa-
78
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
tion Research Associate at the National
Bureau of Standards.
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
William A. Geyger has been named
as the outstanding writer of a technical
paper on instrumentation for 1962, by the
Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers. Dr. Geyger received $100 and
a certificate of award at the winter meeting
of IEEE on January 28. The paper was
entitled, “The Ring-Core Magnetometer—
a New Type of Second Harmonic Flux-Gate
Magnetometer.”
Horace M. Trent, chief of the Applied
Mathematics Staff, is presently serving a
three-year term as a member of the Coun-
cil of Acoustical Society of America. Dr.
Trent has been invited to spend 16 weeks
at Dartmouth College, commencing Febru-
ary 3, in a study of the basic curriculum
of the Thayer School of Engineering.
Peter King, associate director of re-
search for materials, recently completed
the Weapons Orientation Advance Course
at Sandia Air Force Base, Albuquerque,
N.M.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
Richard S. Cowan has been moved
from the Department of Botany, where he
was associate curator of phanerogams, to
the Director’s Office, where he is assistant
director. Waldo R. Wedel is the new
head curator of anthropology, succeeding
T. D. Stewart, who was recently made
director of the Museum. Dr. Wedel was
formerly curator of archeology. Clifford
Evans succeeds Dr. Wedel as curator of
archeology, having been an associate cura-
tor in that Division.
The following scientists have recently
joined the staff of the Smithsonian’s
Museum of Natural History:
Richard E. Norris, formerly professor
of botany at the University of Minnesota,
as associate curator, Division of Crypto-
grams.
Stanley H. Weitzman, formerly of
the Department of Anatomy, Stanford
University, as associate curator, Division
of Fishes.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
New faculty appointments to the De-
partment of Physics and Astronomy in-
clude William C. Erickson, as associate
professor of astronomy, and Charles A.
Misner, as associate professor of physics.
Dr. Erickson, a radioastronomer, was sen-
ior staff scientist at Convair Astronautics
in San Diego, Calif., where he built and
used a large antenna for radioastronomy.
Dr. Misner comes to the staff from Prince-
ton University, where he has been active
in studies on general relativity and quan-
tum field theory.
Several visiting professors have been
added to the staff for the 1963 spring
semester, as follows:
L. Woltjer, professor of astrophysics
at the University of Leiden, Holland, as
visiting professor of astronomy;
Frank B. McDonald of NASA’s God-
dard Space Flight Center, as part-time
visiting professor of physics;
A. A. Jaffe, a nuclear experimentalist,
as visiting associate professor of physics;
David Korff, as visiting assistant pro-
fessor of physics;
Dan W. Schlitt, a quantum field
theorist, as visiting assistant professor of
physics ;
Carl E. Fichtel of NASA, as visiting
lecturer in the program of the Center for
Atmospheric and Space Physics.
DEATH
Herbert E. Merwin, a petrologist with
the Carnegie Institution’s Geophysical
Laboratory for 36 years, died on January
28, aged 84. He retired in 1945, but re-
mained a research associate with the
Laboratory until 1959. He was particularly
interested in volcanic and hot spring de-
posits, the relationship among volcanic
rocks, and the optical properties of crystals
and pigments. Dr. Merwin, a native of
Newton, Kans., received his bachelor’s and
doctor’s degrees from Harvard University.
March, 1963
79
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
M arch 11 — Institute of Radio Engi-
neers
Luncheon meeting, co-sponsored by
IRE-PGEM and D.C. Science Chapter,
Armed Forces Management Association.
James Holahan, associate editor of Space
Aeronautics, “A Primer on Space Flight
Physics.”
11:30 a.m., Knickerbocker Restaurant,
5510 Connecticut Ave., N.W.
March 11 — American Society of Civil
Engineers
Dinner meeting. Program to be an-
nounced.
6:30 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
March 11 — American Society for
Metals
Dinner meeting. Program to be an-
nounced.
6:00 p.m., AAUW Building, 2401
Virginia Ave., N.W.
March 11 — Society of Photographic
Scientists and Engineers
“Cronar Conversion Film.”
8:15 p.m., National Academy of
Sciences, 2101 Constitution Ave., N.W.
March 12 — American Institute of
Chemists
Luncheon meeting. George J. Rotarin,
Division of Isotopes Development, AEC, on
industrial uses of atomic energy.
Presidential Arms, 1320 G St., N.W.
March 13 — Institute of Environ-
mental Sciences
Annual meeting. Election of officers; re-
view of the year’s activities; preparation
for national meeting (April 17-19).
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center,
1615 L St., N.W.
March 13 — Geological Society of
Washington
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
March 14 — American Society of Me-
chanical Engineers
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., PEPCO Auditorium, 10th &
E Sts., N.W.
March 18 — Society of American Mili-
tary Engineers
Luncheon meeting. Program to be an-
nounced.
Noon, YWCA, 17th & K Sts., N.W.
March 19 — Anthropological Society
of Washington
Edward T. Hall, Washington School of
Psychiatry, “Field Methodology in Proxe-
mics.”
8:15 p.m., Room 43, National Museum,
10th & Constitution Ave., N.W.
March 20 — American Meteorological
Society
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., National Academy of
Sciences, 2101 Constitution Ave., N.W.
March 20 — Washington Society of
Engineers
Jack E. Walters, “Painting for Fun.”
8:00 p.m.. Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
March 20 — American Society for
Quality Control
Dinner meeting. Victor Shellburne,
quality control supervisor, Atlantic Re-
search Corporation, “Characteristics of
Production Weighing Accuracy-” Tour of
ARC facilities.
7:00 p.m., Atlantic Research Corpora-
tion, Shirley Highway at Edsall Rd.,
Alexandria, Va.
March 25 — American Society of Pho-
togrammetrv
29th Annual Meeting, March 25-28.
Shoreham Hotel. Also, the 23rd Annual
Meeting of the American Congress on
Surveying and Mapping will be held
March 26-29.
March 25 — II. C. Society of Profes-
sional Engineers
Program to be announced.
80
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center,
1625 L St., N.W.
March 26 — American Society of Civil
Engineers
Luncheon meeting. Program to be an-
nounced.
Noon, YWCA, 17th & K Sts., N.W.
March 26 — American Society for
Microbiology
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Sternberg Auditorium, Wal-
ter Reed Hospital.
March 27 — Geological Society of
Washington
Program to be announced.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
March 28 — American Society of Me-
chanical Engineers
Annual elections.
8:00 p.m., PEPCO Auditorium, 10th
& E Sts., N.W.
JOINT BOARD ON
SCIENCE EDUCATION
Frontiers of Science
Lectures Scheduled
The Joint Board announces that its an-
nual Frontiers of Science lectures will be
held during March, April, and May, in the
Biology Building auditorium at Howard
University. Howard E. Finley of Howard’s
Zoology Department, chairman of the
JBSE Frontiers Committee, has arranged
the outstanding program outlined below.
March 16 — “Tektites and the Moon”, by
John A. O’Keefe, Goddard Space Flight
Center.
April 13 — “What Color Do You Really
See?” by Z. V. Harvalik. Basic Research
Group, Engineering and Development
Laboratories, Ft. Belvoir, Va.
April 27 — “Medicinal Chemistry,” by
Samuel Massey, Grants Division, National
Science Foundation.
May 18 — “Life in the Tropics, Para-
sites Permitting,” by D. R. Lincicome,
Zoology Department, Howard University.
All sessions are scheduled to begin at
10:30 a.m. on the indicated dates; no
tickets are required. This is the only series
of lectures, and students from the entire
Metropolitan Area junior and senior high
schools are invited to come. This is in
contrast to other years, when lectures were
scheduled in several locations of the area.
A printed announcement of these lectures
has been prepared and will be distributed
for bulletin-board posting in the schools.
Teachers are requested to urge their stu-
dents to attend.
ES&A Day Science Teacher Awards
The Joint Board on February 20 pre-
sented Distinguished Teacher Awards to 12
science and mathematics teachers of the
Washington area, and cited 62 others for
outstanding accomplishment in teaching.
Presentations were made at the annual
Engineers, Scientists, and Architects Day
luncheon, held at the Presidential Arms.
Both groups received Certificates of
Citation as evidence of their teaching ac-
complishments. In addition, the award
winners will receive an air trip to New
York City, to visit the scientific and engi-
neering laboratories of the International
Telephone and Telegraph Company and the
Bell Telephone Company. This will afford
an opportunity to view the latest develop-
ments in many fields of science and tech-
nology.
Presentation of awards and citations to
outstanding teachers is a major feature of
ES&A Day, cosponsored by the D. C.
Council of Engineering and Architectural
Societies and the Washington Academy of
Sciences. It is a method of recognizing the
prime importance of good teaching in the
advancement of these professions. Teach-
ers receiving the honors are nominated by
their principals, as well as by leading engi
neers and scientists of the community. A
panel of distinguished members of these
professions makes the selection of the
award winners.
The judges noted that nominations were
March, 1963
81
well distributed geographically among ele-
mentary. junior high, and senior high
schools of the Washington area. Partici-
pation by parochial and private schools
was greater than in previous years. The
nominations indicated high interest on the
part of school principals, and attested to
the depth and activity of the teachers them-
selves. A growing improvement was noted
particularly in the basic educational quali-
fications. pursuit of additional courses, and
ingenuity and resourcefulness of elemen-
tary school teachers in the inspiration of
their students and getting scientific princi-
ples across.
Distinguished Teacher Award Winners
Sister Catharine Virginia, Academy of Notre
Dame. W ashington
Col. Kenney T. Brunsvold (USA Retd.), St.
Stephen’s, Alexandria
Arthur B. Bauley, Richard Montgomery High,
Rockville
Pamela Hanrahan, Oxon Hill Senior High, Oxon
Hill
Bertha H. Hall. Eliot Junior High, Washington
Mabel Sturm, North Bethesda Junior High,
Bethesda
Sterling M. Derricotte, Hine Junior High, Wash-
ington
Donald Buttermore, Gunston Junior High, Arling-
ton
Margaret K. Noble, Congress Heights Elemen-
mentary, Washington
Ann P. Faulconer, McKinley Elementary, Arling-
ton
Nancy K. Peirce, Beltsville Elementary, Beltsville
Mrs. Ritchie B. Mathews, Wyngate Elementary,
Bethesda
Recipients of Citations
Elementary School Teachers
Fredna D. Belue, Crestwood (Fairfax) ; David
Mason, Tall Oaks (Prince Georges) ; Elizabeth M.
Conroy, Stephen Knolls (Montgomery) ; Mr. N.
J. Poulos, Columbia Park (Prince Georges) ; Avis
E. Dolecek, Forest Heights (Prince Georges) ;
Elizabeth Reynolds, Somerset (Montgomery) ;
Mrs. Richard B. Palmer, Connecticut Park (Mont-
gomery) ; Elizabeth M. Pearson, Herndon (Fair-
fax) ; Mary K. Ewing, Belvedere (Fairfax) ;
Frances C. Triplett, Annandale (Fairfax) ;
Patricia S. Scharr, Camp Springs (Prince
Georges) ; Alice E. Grizzard, Keene Mill (Fair-
fax) ; Pauline D. Powell, Randolph (D.C.) ;
Catherine Readyhough, Woodley Hills (Fairfax) ;
Rebecca Evans, Garfield (Fairfax) ; Louise Mul-
lendore, Parkwood (Montgomery).
Nettie J. Hooks, Jennie Dean (Manassas) ;
Eloise Hauver, Highland View (Montgomery) ;
Mary G. Butler, James Monroe (D.C.) ; Alma
Evensta, Georgetown Day School; Ruth H.
Brewer, Fairlington (Arlington) ; David A.
Mitchell, Suitland (Prince Georges) ; Mary Lou
Munsey, Pine S'pring (Fairfax).
Junior High School Teachers
Barbara Jureidini, Williamsburg (Arlington) ;
Col. K. B. Potter, Flint Hill Private School;
Leola W. Headley, Alice Deal (D.C.) ; Garland
C. Dardee, Washington Irving (Fairfax) ; Eliza-
beth S. Smith, Terrell (D.C.) ; Robert L. Thomp-
son, Henry Thoreau (Fairfax) ; Charles Coblentz,
Broome (Montgomery) ; Mrs. Laurine C. Decker,
Takoma Park (Montgomery).
Roland Foskey, Glenridge (Prince Georges) ;
James C. Bryant, H. W. Longfellow (Fairfax) ;
Mrs. Jo. Torpy, Jefferson (Alexandria) ; Evelyn
H. Reid, Montgomery Hills (Montgomery) ; Sylvia
H. Peppers, Taft (D.C.) ; Mrs. Marion B. De-
Berry, Banneker (D.C.).
Senior High School Teachers
Thomas C. Beavers, Gar-Field (Prince Wil-
liam) ; Susan E. Aud, Montgomery Blair (Mont-
gomery) ; Mr. Amil Jinar, Bladensburg (Prince
Georges) ; Eugene W. Skinner, Luther Jackson
(Fairfax) ; Edith M. Elliott, McLean (Fairfax) ;
Theodore D. Lewis, Jr., Northwestern (Prince
Georges) ; Bro. E. Stephen, FSC, Bishop O’Con-
nell; Ruth Dial, Wakefield (Arlington) ; George
B. Griswold, J.E.B. Stuart (Fairfax) ; Emily
Lampert, Mt. Vernon Seminary.
Ruth M. Nelson, Calvin Coolidge (D.C.) ; Sister
Marceline, S'.P., Immaculata; Dorothy M. Allen,
M. M. Washington Vocational (D.C.) ; Jane M.
Randle, Lackey, (Charles County) ; John M.
Woolford, Bethesda-Chevy Chase (Montgomery) ;
Edward F. Scott, DuVal (Prince Georges) ; Melba
B. Robinson, McKinley (D.C.); Bro. Eugene
Peter, FSC, St. Johns; Earl Shaw, Damascus
(Montgomery) ; Helen lddings, George Washing-
ton (Alexandria) ; Louis R. Perkins, Dunbar
(D.C.) ; Beatrice V. Barnes, Anacostia (D.C.).
— John K. Taylor
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
Several medical research seminars
for teenage scientists were recently
held at the National Institutes of
Health and the Naval Medical Center.
Presented by the Montgomery County
Tuberculosis and Heart Associations, in
cooperation with the National Heart In-
stitute and the Naval Medical Center, they
dealt with congenital heart disease, cause
and treatment of hypertension, hypercholes-
82
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
terolemia and artery disease, and the kid-
ney. Over 600 Montgomery County high
school science students attended the four
seminars; last year about 360 students
participated.
“Friendship 7”, the first United
States manned orhital spacecraft,
officially became a part of the Na-
tional Aeronautical and Space Collec-
tions of the Smithsonian Institution
at a presentation ceremony on Febru-
ary 20. The ceremony marked the first
anniversary of the historic flight of
Astronaut John H. Glenn; the presentation
was made by Hugh L. Dryden, deputy ad-
ministrator of the National Aeronautics
and Space Administration. The space-
craft will be placed on permanent display
in the Air and Space Building of the Na-
tional Air Museum.
The Ford Foundation has granted
$200,000 to NAS-NRC to support
an examination of the nation’s utiliza-
tion of its scientific and engineering
manpower. Clark Kerr, president of the
University of California, is chairman of
a special committee that is conducting the
study. The 16-member committee includes
representatives of each of the three sectors
of national life directly concerned —
colleges and universities, industry, and the
Government. Staff director for the com-
mittee is Richard H. Bolt, associate di-
rector for planning, National Science
Foundation.
A new hall, “Life in the Sea,” was
formally opened on February 18 at
the Museum of Natural History. The
exhibits attempt to show how some of the
world’s marine animals — from the largest
to the smallest — look in life; how they are
adapted to resist the physical forces of
their environment, to elude their enemies,
and to reproduce, and how their existence
benefits or harasses man. A unique feature
is a life-size model of a blue whale, the
largest mammal that has ever lived. It is
92 feet long, and represents a living whale
that weighed about 135 tons.
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
February Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 553rd
meeting on February 12 at the National
Academy of Sciences, with President Van
Evera presiding.
The minutes of the 552nd meeting were
approved with a correction. (Minutes as
shown in February issue, page 49, have
been corrected.)
Appointments. Dr. Van Evera announced
that Father Francis J. Heyden would serve
as chairman of the Committee on Science
Talent. W. C. Brombacher has been ap-
pointed chairman of the Auditing Commit-
tee, with Carl L. Aslakson and Norman F.
Braaten as members.
He also anouneed that the Executive
Committee would meet regularly at noon
at George Washington University beginning
February 27, and thereafter every month
on the Wednesday following the general
meeting; and that the Committee would
assume responsibility for more of the op-
erating problems of the Academy, thus
freeing the Policy and Planning Commit-
tee for other assignments. The Executive
Committee will develop an agenda for the
Board meeting to follow; this will be
mailed to Board members with the meeting
notice and minutes of the previous Board
meeting.
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson reported
the following balances for January 1963:
Washington Academy, $6,756.65: Joint
Board, $7,923.77; junior Academy, $4„-
097.30. Dr. Henderson also filed with the
secretary the treasurer’s annual report for
1962, which was to be summarized for the
general meeting on February 21. (See also
elsewhere in the present issue.)
Budget. The budget for 1963 was pre-
sented by the treasurer. (See elsewhere in
this issue.) A question was raised by Dr.
Saville concerning the budgeting of $8,000
for the Journal; this was explained by
Editor Detwiler as due primarily to the
extra cost of printing a directory issue.
March, 1963
83
Also. Messrs. Saville and Weil questioned
the policy of budgeting capital gains as op-
erating income. It was moved by Weil that
as a matter of policy, capital gains be con-
sidered by the treasurer as investment
rather than operating funds. An amend-
ment was offered by Saville, that the ac-
tion proposed in the motion be considered
as discretionary, subject to change by the
Board as circumstances dictate, to avoid
handicapping operations; but that it is
desirable to increase the Academy’s capital
against the future, when sizeable commit-
ments may need to be made for building
costs. The motion was passed as amended.
The Board thereupon approved the pro-
posed budget, as it will need to be modified
by the action taken above.
Meetings. Chairman Robbins announced
that the annual dinner and presentation of
awards would be held on February 21. The
March 21 meeting will be addressed by
Raymond J. Seeger of the National Science
Foundation, on the subject, “On the Soci-
ology of Science.” Members of the Com-
mittee on Meetings have not yet been ap-
pointed.
Membership. Chairman Hobbs presented
the names of three candidates for resident
fellow, for First Reading.
Dr. Hobbs anounced that one new mem-
ber. Donald H. Williams, had been elected
by unanimous vote of the Committee.
( Election of members is accomplished by a
favorable vote of at least two-thirds of the
Committee on Membership. Mr. Williams
is the first official member of the Academy
under the new membership rules.)
Dr. Hobbs asked and was answered af-
firmatively, “Can the Membership Commit-
tee offer membership to nominees who do
not qualify for fellow, if the sponsors of the
nominee do not wish to appeal directly to
the Board?” Also, Dr. Van Evera asked
Dr. Hobbs to consider and report at the
next Board meeting what, if anything, the
Academy should do to notify the former
members of the Academy that they have
become fellows under the change of mem-
bership rules.
Grants-in-Aid. On motion of Chairman
McPherson, the Board approved a grant of
not over $50 to Myron Givits of Anacostia
High School, to defray the cost of polishing
a crystal for a ruby laser; it was under-
stood that the grant would be made only
after receipt of supporting information
from Mr. Givits and Mr. Hopkins, assistant
science director of D.C. Schools.
Editor. Editor Detwiler reported that the
February issue of The Journal was about
to go to press, featuring articles on the
Academy’s award winners, on lasers, and
on Mr. Haseltine of the Washington Post.
New Business. The Board approved a
motion for affiliation with the Academy of
the Washington-Baltimore Section of the
Electro chemical Society.
The Board approved the recommenda-
tion of the Executive Committee, that Mr.
Detwiler be continued in office for another
year as editor and managing editor of
The Journal.
Dr. Van Evera asked for an expression
of opinion concerning the need for several
committees, as follows: (1) Ways and
Means Committee (no apparent need for
one now) ; (2) Publicity Committee (prob-
ably no need for one now, but the sug-
gestion was made that Dr. Henderson ex-
plore the possibility of obtaining occasional
newspaper publicity about Academy af-
fairs) ; (3) committee to consider what to
do for or with affiliates of the Academy
(consensus was that this might be desir-
able, and the suggestion was made that we
explore the desirability of making certain
meetings of the Academy, joint meetings
with appropriate groups of affiliated soci-
eties) ; (4) committee to explore whether
there are other societies that should be
invited to affiliate with the Academy (reac- J
tion favorable).
Dr. Campbell suggested the desirability
of having the Academy take a position and
communicate it to the Congress, on bills
now pending concerned with the care of
laboratory animals. Dr. Van Evera ex-
pected to appoint a committee to prepare a
statement for review by the Board.
84
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzi eld
John A. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fo wells
Carl I. Aslakson
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
Gerhard M. Brauer
Francois N. Frenkiel
Jack Thompson
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53 MARCH 1963 No. 3
CONTENTS
A Brief Look at the Dismal Swamp and Its Natural History,
Especially the Insects 57
The Personal Side of a Research Project 63
March Meeting of the Academy 67
The Brownstone Tower 68
Letter to the Editor 69
WAS Organization for 1963 70
Summary Annual Report of Secretary for 1962 71
Summary Annual Report of Treasurer for 1962 73
Budget for 1963 76
Summary of Journal Operations for 1962 77
Science in Washington
Scientists in the News 78
Calendar of Events 80
Joint Board on Science Education 81
Science and Development 82
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 83
Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
1530— P St., N.W. Paid at
Washington, D. C. Washington, 1). C.
Return Requested
LIBRARY OF ARNOiD
AReOHE TUM
2 2 DIVINITY A Y £ J
CAMBRIDGE ze v A $ $ * AS
* Is
/\PR 1 8 A963
ueRAgX^
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
SCIENCES
' S'
^ ^ % % ,» % <*, l
m n ~ •**.,•
Yol. 53 • No. 4
APRIL 1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate Editors
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Margaret D. Foster, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues of the Journal and Proceedings of the Academy have been taken in charge by the
Johnson Reprint Corporation of New York City, which will handle sales on a commission basis.
This firm expects to be set up early in 1963 for the direct handling of orders for back numbers.
Meanwhile, requests for back numbers should continue to be addressed to the Academy Office at
1530 P St., N.W., Washington, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
Agricultural Research:
The First and Second Hundred Years*
Theodore C. Byerly
Administrator , Cooperative State Experiment Station Service , USD A
The centenary of the Morrill Act, which
established the foundation for our Land
Grant College system, is drawing to a
close. We have come a long way. During
the first hundred years, we have increased
our farm output by five times and our
farm input by two-and-a-half times, and
thus have doubled our efficiency. Increase
in efficiency of use of manpower on farms
has been much greater than the increase
in efficiency of all inputs. In 1860, one
farm worker supplied farm products for 4.5
persons; in 1961, one farm worker supplied
27.4 persons, or about six times the 1860
rate. We almost doubled man-hour output
on the farm during the fifties. Application
of technology developed through informa-
tion produced by research in the Land
Grant Colleges and the USDA was a major
factor, in that it increased efficiency. It is
reasonable to suppose that we can double
efficiency again in the next 100 years, if
we continue to accelerate research achieve-
ment.
P.L. 84-352, the Hatch Act of 1887 as
amended in 1955, states in Sec. 2 — “It is
also the intent of Congress to assure agri-
culture a position in research equal to that
of industry, which will aid in maintaining
an equitable balance between agriculture
and other segments of our economy. It
shall be the object and duty of the State
Agricultural Experiment Stations through
the expenditure of the appropriations here-
inafter authorized to conduct original and
other researches, investigations and ex-
* Condensation of speech before the annual
meeting of the Experiment Station staff, Missis-
sippi State University, December 5, 1962.
periments bearing directly on and con-
tributing to the establishment and mainte-
nance of a permanent and effective
agricultural industry of the United States,
including researches basic to the problems
of agriculture in its broadest aspects, and
such investigations as have for their pur-
pose the development and improvement of
the rural home and rural life and the maxi-
mum contribution by agriculture to the
welfare of the consumer, as may be deemed
advisable, having due regard to the vary-
ing conditions and needs of the respective
States.”
The law further states, Sec. 7 — “It shall
be the duty of the Secretary to furnish
such advice and assistance as will best
promote the purposes of this Act, including
participation in coordination of research
initiated under this Act by the State Agri-
cultural Experiment Stations from time to
time to indicate such lines of inquiry as
to him seem most important, and to encour-
age and assist in the establishment and
maintenance of cooperation by and between
the several State agricultural experiment
stations, and between the stations and the
United States Department of Agriculture.’
The terms of reference of the Hatch
Act provided well-tested guidelines for
effective research for the past 75 years.
What steps must we take to assure the
future?
I have stated the improvement in effi-
ciency of production we have achieved.
As consumers, this has benefited all of us.
On the average, each of us spends about
$75 less per year for food than would have
been necessary at production efficiencies of
20 years ago. A large portion of our
April, 1963
85
increase in efficiency has been achieved by
increasing yield per acre, yield per annual
breeding unit, and yield per unit of feed
used. Since our land area is limited, we
must continue to increase yield if our
population continues to grow. Population
of the USA has never taken longer than
50 years to double — this longest period
was 1900-1950. A present reasonable
population projection is that there will be
a third more people in 1980 than there are
now, and perhaps twice as many in the
year 2000.
We have also increased the convenience
of our food supply. We have processed,
packaged, frozen, or concentrated many of
our foods so that working wives and
mothers can prepare good meals with a
minimum of time and effort. Recent studies
indicate that convenience foods constitute
about 4 percent of total food sales in U.S.
grocery stores and that they are on the
average, no more expensive than the same
foods purchased in original condition and
prepared in the kitchen.
But enough of the past; the benefits of
past achievements will continue but they
will not be enough. We have problems. I
shall discuss four very broad ones: first,
research necessary for the sustained pro-
ductive use and conservation of soil and
water; second, research to develop more
effective materials and methods for protec-
tion of crops and livestock against pests,
including insects, diseases, parasites and
weeds, and environmental hazards, e.g.
air and water pollutants; third, secure ad-
justment of agriculture within the economy;
and fourth, the stabilization and enhance-
ment of product quality.
Use and Conservation of Soil and Water.
We in the U.S. have enough good cropland
for the present and the next generation.
We have a total of 636 million acres of
land in land-capability classes I — III,
which may be used regularly for crop
production. We harvested crops from only
about half those acres last year. We have
enough land and water for production of
food, fiber, and forest products, wildlife,
recreation, and open space. We will con-
tinue to have enough only if we continue
to gain new research knowledge and apply
it.
Agriculture uses most of the land surface
and most of the water — uses them lavishly.
Growing crops, forests, and pastures return
great quantities of moisture to the air by
transpiration from their leaves. When
plants are most actively forming and stor-
ing materials as seed, leaf, root, or fiber,
they use most water. During warm weather,
evaporation helps keep the leaf cool enough
to stay alive. But we do not know how
much transpiration is necessary for maxi-
mum plant efficiency. Recent studies at
the Connecticut Experiment Station have
demonstrated that a chemical may be used
to regulate the stomatal openings on leaf
surfaces, thus regulating the rate of tran-
spiration. Use of this and other tools will
help us determine how much reduction in
transpiration is compatible with efficiency.
Since plants vary widely in transpiration
rate due to the nature of the leaf surface,
from hydrophytic or phreatophytic to
xerophytic, we have ample room for genetic
modification, too.
If we can find ways to increase output
per unit of water used, and ways to
enhance production during periods of
drought, we can plan more effective use of
land and water. Of equal importance, as
we learn the principles governing the move-
ment of water with and through the many
kinds of soils, we shall become capable of
draining, irrigating, or cultivating the suit-
able soils effectively, and shift to alternate
uses those not suited to cultivation.
Crop and Livestock Protection. Protec-
tion of crops and livestock against pests
and environmental hazards presents many
challenging problems. Recent research of
the Cotton Insect Laboratory in Mississippi
has isolated a chemical from the cotton
plant which enables the boll weevil to rec-
ognize the cotton plant. This is a most
important step toward selective control of
the boll weevil. Analogous research at the
Wisconsin Station has identified a substance
86
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
attracting termites to wood. The sex at-
tractant of the gypsy moth has been syn-
thesized, and provides a powerful tool for
determining infestation of our woods with
this defoliating pest. Attractants provide
one means of reducing amount of insec-
ticides required for control, as well as aids
to more selective effects on insects.
We are beginning to learn about the
immuno-genetic relations between host and
parasite. Flor, a USDA phytopathologist
stationed at the North Dakota Station, and
his colleagues demonstrated a common
chemical component in susceptible host
flax and virulent flax rust. Genetic resist-
ance is a major defense against cereal
rusts, and against corn borers, Hessian
flies, and several alfalfa insects, too.
The 1961-62 report of the CSIRO in
Australia contains an intriguing note on
an antifungal agent produced by infected
peas. The compound, named “pisatin,”
has been established as 3-hydroxypterocar-
pin, an isoflavonoid. Pisatin is a weak
antibiotic effective against a wide range
of fungi. It is significant that fungi
pathogenic for peas tolerate higher con-
centrations of pisatin than other pea fungi,
although both pathogens and nonpathogens
induce the formation of pisatin.
We are learning more about animal im-
munity, too. Some of the parthenogenetic
turkeys produced by Olsen at Beltsville
have been used in transplantation studies,
being of special interest since they have a
single parent. Studies on the use of radio-
mimetic drugs which supress the defense
mechanism by which cells reject foreign
cells, as does radiation in appropriate dos-
age, include 6-mercapto purine reported
from the Prairie View Station in Texas.
Research at the Oregon Station has iden-
tified a microorganism, Micrococcus radio-
durans, which is highly resistant to radia-
tion. From cultures of this organism, a
substance has been isolated which affords
partial protection against radiation to mice
injected with it.
Economic Adjustment. Of the third
problem, economic adjustment, much has
been said. I oo little recognition has been
given to the enormous adjustments farmers
have made. These include the doubling of
the nation’s beef cow herd during the past
20 years — a beef cow instead of a horse
during much of the period, but a beef
cow for a milk cow for the past several
years. The growth of the broiler industry
from about 40 million in the mid-thirties
to about 2 billion now is more spectacular.
While the beef enterprise has taken over
our grazing land, broilers have provided
a market for the feed grown on more than
5 million acres of cropland. Soybeans have
increased in acreage from near nothing to
more than 25 million acres. From the
economic standpoint, yield of beef per
head of cattle on hand January 1, has
increased from about 200 pounds in 1929
to almost 300 in 1960. During the past few
years, the proportion of beef and dairy
cows has changed rapidly. In 1945, 60
percent of our cows were kept for milk;
in 1961, 60 percent were beef cows.
For all livestock, we have doubled the
output per animal breeding unit since 1919,
while the number of animal breeding units
has remained about the same.
While feed efficiency of broiler produc-
tion has almost doubled during the past 30
years, efficiency of feed used in beef pro-
duction has changed but little. Our course
for the future, if we are to produce domes-
tically the beef we want, presents no
alternative to the necessity for improving
feed efficiency. Questions we must ask and
answer include whether or not the added
beef we will want is to come from pasture
and other forage or from concentrate. We
have made real progress in feed-crop yields
and related materials handling; very little
in forage utilization.
Product Quality Enhancement. Research
to maintain and enhance product quality
presents one of our major challenges.
Flavor, color, and texture of fruits and
vegetables fresh and processed will yield
to the skill of the biologist and the chemist.
Strawberry flavor has been separated by
chromatography into more than 100 com-
April, 1963
ponents. As we identify flavor components,
we can develop methods for their stabiliza-
tion in appropriate storage environments,
their chemical enhancement, and their
enhancement through genetic and cultural
methods.
We have come a long way with sweet
corn: it is available at reasonable prices
most of the year. We have learned to
control insects that otherwise would render
the ears unattractive; but we have yet to
learn how to get it from the grower’s field
to our tables with the flavor we can get in
garden grown corn pulled, cooked, and
eaten within the hour. Tomatoes present
an even greater problem. They, too, are
available the year round. But many of
them do not have the color, texture, or
flavor of the vine-ripened product. Tree-
ripened peaches, vine-ripened muskmelons,
garden fresh peas — the list is as long as
the fruits and vegetables we eat. The
problem can be solved.
Genetic selection for yield, appearance,
disease resistance has been highly effective.
Genetic selection can add flavor, color, and
texture, too, to a much greater extent.
Deterioration in quality of many prod-
ucts— alfalfa meal, soybean oil, chicken —
is due to oxidative changes which take place
even at low temperatures. Antioxidants
such as santoquin, BHT, and tocopherol
are widely used. Other methods of chem-
ical stablization are under study, e.g., use
of phosphates in frozen fried chicken.
Much of the research needed in the four
problem areas I have discussed will be
basic research. My definition of basic re-
search is: identification and quantification
of parameters, both constants and variables,
and of their action and interaction through-
out their effective range.
Certainly it is not enough to know soil
science, plant physiology, hydrology, and
ecology to build and maintain productive
soil and to use water efficiently. We must
have knowledge also of the interaction of
various soils and various amounts of water
at various fertility levels with crop plants
of various genetic capacity.
Tomorrow’s agricultural research work-
ers will require more knowledge of physics,
chemistry, biology, and mathematics than
most of us have. They will need more
knowledge of social science and economics
too.
The rural population exceeds the urban
population in 11 states: Alaska, Arkansas,
Idaho, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Caro-
lina, North Dakota, South Carolina, South
Dakota, Vermont, and West Virginia. Only
30 percent of the people in the U.S. are
rural. Tomorrow’s world will be a city
world, and agricultural research must help
rural people to maintain their essential role
compatibly with city dwellers.
For the future, many of our scientists
must become adept at new systems of re-
search that take into account the avail-
ability of computers which can solve in
a moment equations which might require
a lifetime of a man with pencil and paper.
It is possible — indeed, it is desirable — in
planning research for the future, to estimate
the probable costs and benefits attached to
our research undertakings. Computers will
help in these estimates. But no matter how
sophisticated our approach — whether
through operations research, systems engi-
neering, game theory, or some new ap-
proach— the machine is not a decision
maker. Man must assign values. An
excellent article on “The Man-Computer
Relationship” appeared in Science for
November 23, 1962. The authors, David
L. Johnson, of the University of Washing-
ton, and Arthur L. Kobler, a clinical
psychologist of Seattle, close their article
with the following statement, “Let us be
certain that, in response to Samuel Butler’s
question. ‘May not man himself become a
sort of parasite upon the machines; . . .’
we will always be able to answer, ‘No.’ ”
Butler asked this question in his
“Erewlion,” published in 1872.
One further quotation in closing, from
W. 0. Atwater, first director of the OES
(a predecessor organization of CSESS),
in 1888 when he was director of the Storrs
Connecticut Experiment Station:
88
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
“The Managers of the Station recognize
that its duty is to select for study such
questions as are of the most immediate and
practical importance to the agriculture of
the State; and that its work will be success-
ful in proportion to the intimacy of its
connection with the farmers whom it repre-
sents. But they feel bound to accept the
lesson taught by years of experience, in this
country and elsewhere, that the most valu-
able results will be obtained by selecting a
small number of questions for investiga-
tion, by making them narrow and specific,
and by studying them with the greatest
possible thoroughness. And they desire to
avoid, so far as may be, the error into
which so many Stations, in their early
experience, have fallen, in failing to rec-
ognize that often the questions which seem
most theoretical are really most practical;
that the highest, and on the long run, the
most useful work for agriculture is the
discovery of the laws that underlie its prac-
tice and that not infrequently the interests
of the farmer require that theoretical ques-
tions be considered first, for the same
reason that the foundation of the house is
the first part to be built. In using part of
its resources for abstract research, the
managers of the Station feel assured that
it is doing its highest duty and will have
the heartiest support of its constituency.”
Those words are appropriate today.
The Role of Microbiologists in
Assistance Programs for
Underdeveloped Nations*
Carl Lamanna
Deputy Chief and Scientific Advisor , Life Sciences Division , Army Research
Office
Here in Washington we reside at the
focal point of all those activities of gov-
ernment that impinge upon the provision
of material resources for the support of
the sciences of microbiology, and the oppor-
tunities for utilization of microbiological
knowledge for the advancement of our
nation and the welfare of humanity. By
reason of its location, and its large mem-
bership element of government scientists,
it would be proper for the Washington
Branch of the American Society for Micro-
biology to be especially concerned with
* A speech presented by Dr. Lamanna at the
annual banquet of the Washington, D. C., Branch
of the American Society for Microbiology, Novem-
ber 27, 1962.
those broad issues of government and
society that affect the progress of our
scientific and professional interests. I
have thought, therefore, that it would be
proper for us to turn our attention to one
current social issue, namely, the role of
microbiologists in the efforts aimed at
raising the standards of living in those
areas of the world that are called under-
developed.
The urgent social task we face is the
discovery and adoption of those means
that will lead to the peaceful evolution of
human society to decent standards of con-
duct and material well being. Toward this
effort the sciences of microbiology can
make significant contributions. It is an
April, 1963
39
ethical duty both as citizens and as mem-
bers of an organized profession that micro-
biologists recognize such opportunities and
accept the challenge for making such
inputs.
Traditionally Americans have been in-
terested in giving assistance to persons less
fortunate than themselves. The American
concept of individual responsibility and
generosity coincides with our professional
ethics. The tradition of assistance to one’s
neighbors has evolved to include the
thought that we should act as a community
when we can act more effectively, and has
nurtured the political concept that as a
nation we should render economic and
technical asistance to underdeveloped areas
as a matter of Federal Government policy.
Since World War II this policy has resulted
in the growth on an unprecedented scale
of efforts to make available American
material resources and scientific and tech-
nical know-how to other nations.
Concurrently the United Nations has
come into existence, and has organized
several international technical and scientific
agencies which give assistance to so-called
underdeveloped areas. These agencies make
important contributions to social welfare,
international good will, and the expansion
of scientific activities by governments. The
United States makes substantial contribu-
tions to these international assistance
activities both in money and personnel,
and in addition conducts both cooperative
and independent efforts in these same areas
through such groups as the Agency for
International Development and the Peace
Corps, and by participation in multilateral
assistance pacts between allied nations as
in the Columbo Plan, SEATO, and CENTO.
As citizens we have a general interest in
these activities, and as persons with special
interests in the microbiological sciences, we
should have a particular interest in the
state of the microbiological sciences and
technologies in underdeveloped nations,
and our potential for making technical and
scientific contributions to these assistance
programs.
My excuse for having the temerity to
speak to you on microbiologists’ contribu-
tions to assistance programs in under-
developed areas is that I have a personal
curiosity and interest in the subject, aroused
in part by having taught students from
these areas. In addition, I had the good
fortune to go with my family to serve in
the Philippine Islands for a year on an
assistance program at the Institute of
Hygiene, University of the Philippines.
These personal experiences, I hope, may
lend some validity to what I have to say.
If we are to make intelligent contribu-
tions to assistance programs we must have
some knowledge of the nature of the prob-
lems that exist in underdeveloped nations.
I will draw upon the Philippine Islands
for purposes of general illustration, though
I recognize that each region we might be
interested in will present special features.
The Philippine Islands are in a tropical
environment and have predominantly an
agricultural economy, characteristic of the
underdeveloped nations as a whole. Also
characteristic is the four-fold increase in
population of the Philippines from about
7 million in 1900 to an estimated 28 mil-
lion in 1963. This outburst of population
has compounded difficulties in trying to
raise standards of living, and threatens
to frustrate efforts to increase economic
growth significantly. It results, of course,
in an abnormal distribution of age groups:
only a minority of the population is avail-
able to feed and shelter the nation, and
to provide for the amenities of life. The
problem is more acute for these countries
than for the industrially advanced nations,
as indicated in Table 1. It is not surprising,
therefore, that per capita wealth that makes
possible savings for capital investments is
woefully inadequate in underdeveloped
areas, as compared to per capita wealth
of the countries of North America.
For the increase in population we can
credit in good part the control of infectious
disease. While we can be proud of this
proof of the efficacy of application of the
microbiological sciences, can we ignore the
90
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
* Economically productive segment of popula-
tion, and that age group with the experience
necessary for providing productive community
leadership.
existence of new problems we have helped
to create? Must we not be concerned that
the uses of our science be within the context
of a broader scientific and social program
that relates one set of problems to others,
so that we will proceed along a broad
front of improvement of human welfare?
We must take care that in solving one
problem we are not creating equally serious
ones. Microbiologists will be remiss as
reasoning citizens and as professional work-
ers if they ignore this challenge. 1 contend
that as a profession we have an obligation
to be concerned with the problem of con-
trol of population growth, and that we
should be committed to particular ethical
courses of action that promise solutions.
This does not suggest that we should
stop microbiological progress and regress
to a stage where infectious disease again
plays one of its historical biological roles
as a major device for population control.
We can insist on the advance and applica-
tion of our science, but we should demand
simultaneous effort to solve the demo-
graphic problem we help create if our
efforts are narrowly conceived and isolated
from their consequences. We should rec-
ognize too that this population growth is
a causative and sustaining factor in gen-
erating the political conflicts in under-
developed nations that lead to the threat
of war on the world scene. This threat of
war has for us, as microbiologists, a special
significance since it forces the micro-
biological community from traditional pur-
suits into pursuits of weaponry. Micro-
biologists must recognize that biological
warfare is a threat that cannot be ignored,
and that this threat exists in interconnec-
tion with those very applications of the
science that have had both a practical
economic and humanitarian impulse.
Those underdeveloped areas of the world
with their population pressures are the
very areas that are least equipped to feed
their peoples. To the extent that the in-
troduction of better farming practices and
agricultural technology can improve yields
(Table 2), we might hope that the popula-
tion pressure can be alleviated, and cer-
tainly in the field of plant pathology,
microbiologists can make immense utilita-
rian contributions. In a sense it might be
said to be the better part of wisdom, that
the study of the microbiology of parasitism
in underdeveloped nations should be de-
voted more to plant diseases than to human
and animal diseases. But no matter how
we increase yield per acre, we cannot
ignore the fact that each acre must feed
an increasing number of people. It is
doubtful that the progress in increasing
the productivity of the underdeveloped
nations by application of microbiological
and other scientific knowledge can soon
catch up with population growth to permit
a standard of living that we are familiar
with in the United States or western Europe.
The problem, then, is whether we will seek
peaceful means for controlling population
growth while we press forward on the
agricultural front, or permit misery and
its accompanying violence to continue.
In this context we might inquire into
the local resources for support and utilita-
rian application of microbiological knowl-
Table 2. — Comparison of Yields of
Agricultural Produce Per Hectare
April, 1963
91
edge. The role of microbiology rests on an
educational base. At first blush, we can
expect the educational resources in under-
developed nations to be grossly inadequate
in a quantitative sense. This is certainly
true of many nations, but it is surprising
and instructive to learn that this is not
always true. Witness the Philippine Islands,
which have a great number of students in
schools (see Table 3).
Table 3. — College Population and
National Income
Students to Per capita income
population in U.S.A. dollars
(1960)
U.S’.A 1 to 88 2222
Philippines 1 to 88 144
Denmark 1 to 412 1000
England 1 to 847 1352
Japan 1 to 972 307
It is clear that the Filipino people are
committed to education, and this is indeed
a progressive attitude. Unfortunately, the
drive for education is not channeled to
meet the existing needs. And this condi-
tion of the educational scene in the Philip-
pines (Table 4) is true for other under-
developed nations. I quote from the Bell
report, which analyzed the problem of
education and its impact in the Philippines:
“Only five per cent of all secondary
school students are taking agricultural
courses and an additional five per cent
trade or vocational courses. The number
preparing for a professional career is out
of all proportion to the needs of the coun-
try. Instead of being well provided with
trained workers and managers for agricul-
ture and industry, where they can be em-
ployed, the country will soon be faced with
the problem of white collar unemployment.
This is a misdirection of education that
must prove costly to the Philippine econ-
omy and painful to the unfortunate
victims.”
Incidental to this pressure for education
in certain professions, in disregard of
national needs and balanced growth in
human resources, is the great desire for
students in these lands to study for their
chosen profession in the United States. On
return to their country, the prestige at-
tached to their association with an Amer-
ican university often places them at a
competitive advantage relative to the stay-
at-homes. These students educated in
American schools will often become teach-
ers and professional leaders in their com-
munities. The question we must ask our-
selves is whether or not we are properly
preparing these student visitors and col-
leagues with the attitudes and skills they
need to benefit their nation’s economy. I
have grave doubts that in microbiology we
do. We offer them an educational experi-
ence designed for the American apprentice
or student who will practice his skills in
the economic and social context of our
country, which is in many respects different
from their homeland. I will try to visualize
for you the character of some of these
differences.
Table 4. — Ratio of Students to Population
Philippines U.S.
Law 1 to 1818 1 to 2800
Agriculture 1 to 6666 1 to 2700
Medicine 1 to 3510 1 to 5000
If we were to view a typical town or
village away from the great metropolitan
center of Manila we should note the ab-
sence of a skyline that we as Americans
might expect. We should miss the presence
of a conglomerate of buildings of varying
height, chimneys, smokestacks, and water
towers. In the town, the great majority
of people are living in a one-room nipa
hut, a well-ventilated, thatched-roof struc-
ture standing on stilts above the ground,
which is kept free of vegetation by human
passage, the ubiquitous chicken, and the
occasional free-roaming pig. Only the
more fastidious and well-to-do may have a
special facility, though it lacks running
water and Sears Roebuck catalog. The
streets are unpaved, there is little evidence
of motor transport, and there are none or
92
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
few telephone poles festooned with wires.
Except for size, the picture of one village
is the picture of all villages.
Can the people in this village and the
outlying area use the services of a resident
microbiologist? As microbiologists we
tend to answer the question by reflex and
unconscious selfish interest, and say, Yes.
But are we sure that our answer is right?
If we are sure, are we prepared to specify
in terms of real needs what skills our
microbiologist colleague, situated in this
town, should have? Should he educate the
people? If he does, are they prepared to
follow his teachings? Should he diagnose
their microbiological troubles? Should he
do research? Will he have local resources
to do the things we say he should be
doing?
If we say he should do microbiology re-
search because we in the United States are
wedded to the primacy of research, what
kind of research should he do? If his
research interests are basic, will his efforts
decrease his opportunity to contribute im-
mediately to the welfare of his people?
If we could answer these questions
wisely, we still must answer the most im-
portant question. Will our microbiologist
colleague go to live and work in the com-
munity I have shown you? I am extremely
doubtful that he will if he has been feeding
on a diet rich in Warburg manometers,
microbial genetics, or molecular biology,
and if, as a possible result of this rich
diet, he has ingested a measure of intel-
lectual snobbery. By intellectual snobbery
I mean an intolerance of the efforts of
those who do not engage in the newest
and supposedly sophisticated techniques.
If we assume that our microbiologist col-
league has escaped these pitfalls of attitude,
we still have the problem that he may
not be able to cope with the problems of
practicing his profession in a resource-
limited and thus backward area. He may
tend to become cynical or discouraged and
depart for greener pastures. It is the rare
individual who will spend much time on
re-educating himself. And so we come to
another sad and hard fact: in under-
developed nations, professional workers,
including trained microbiologists, are con-
centrated in a few metropolitan areas. They
are not found in the hinterland that might
use their services. The professionals are
established in institutions that are modern
in design and ambition. Though they are
located in urban communities, they often
stand in startling contrast to their imme-
diate surroundings; they stand in the midst
of evidence of another era, the parapher-
nalia of an agrarian economy resistant to
change. The professionals in the university
are often remote from these surroundings,
and do not respond to them or to the
challenge to prepare their students for a
life of service in these areas.
If you will keep in mind this background
picture I have painted we can proceed to
consider what might be done to improve
the contributions that microbiologists could
and should be making.
First and foremost, I again emphasize
that the allocation of resources, and the
direction of efforts of microbiologists,
should fit into a general scheme of balanced
activities aimed at raising living standards
as a whole. The variety of microbiological
efforts should be proportioned among a
spectrum of efforts seeking to reduce bar-
riers to change and to raise the economic
resources of the community. This means
work in agricultural and industrial micro-
biology as well as in medical microbiology.
Only in this way can we expect an optimum
return from the limited capital resources
that underdeveloped nations can devote to
microbiological enterprises.
The efforts in medical microbiology
should be tailored to meet needs promising
the most ready expansion of economic
activity. Thus, for example, collection of
epidemiological data on the incidence of
infectious disease should aim at giving
an accurate account of the economic toll
exacted by individual diseases. These data
would then guide the allocation of prior-
ities among projects in the field and labora-
tory. It might thus prove, for example,
April, 1963
93
more sensible to concentrate on efforts to
understand, control, and treat the infectious
diseases of the most productive age group
in the population rather than the diseases
of infants and old people.
Second, I believe we should seek and
support efforts to reduce the cost of micro-
biological activities. The microbiological
sciences are fundamentally laboratory
sciences. A considerable capital invest-
ment in physical facilities and equipment
is required to support the microbiologist.
I recently directed a research laboratory
where I calculated that it required $45,000
per annum to support one professional
worker. While these workers probably had
an unusual appetite for conspicuous con-
sumption, the experience is not unusual
for our country. This figure would be
reduced in an underdeveloped nation where
salaries are lower. But it would be higher
for items of equipment much, if not most,
of which must be imported, even in the
case of many consumable supplies. These
facts then support the recommendation that
to assist the role of microbiologists in
underdeveloped nations, we must be inter-
ested in learning how to revise old ways,
and invent new ways, of doing things more
economically. For some time to come, I
believe that it will be desirable and prac-
tical to adopt microbiological techniques
that require less of an expenditure in
laboratory equipment and utilities, even
though they may require more manpower
than currently accepted practice. In most
cases manpower will be more readily avail-
able, certainly in the semiskilled and
technician categories, than resources for
sophisticated laboratory facilities and
gadgetry. As a matter of fact, we should
have more knowledge of how to reduce
the educational requirement for training
of technicians.
A corollary of this recommendation is
that we should seek for local substitutes
for imported materiel. Often unexploited
possibilities exist in this area, particularly
for consumable supplies.
These considerations lead to a third rec-
ommendation, having to do with the devel-
opment of research programs. Microbi-
ological research programs in an under-
developed nation should evolve by a natural
progression from efforts to solve practical
needs. The basic research program would
initially be small and slowly develop as
a response to the stimuli provided by the
attempts to meet the needs of the nation’s
economy. This approach would have a
number of purposes and advantages.
It would promise an immediate return
for the investment made in microbiological
activities. If this return adds to the true
wealth of the nation, an increase in the
total amount, if not the proportion, of the
national wealth can then be added to
developing the local resources for advanc-
ing the microbiological sciences. In this
way we provide for a self-generating in-
digenous expansion of the material bases
needed for the practice and research of
microbiologists in underdeveloped coun-
tries.
There are also significant psychological
benefits in such an approach that should
be noted.
First, it would provide objective evidence
of the social worthwhileness of microbi-
ology, and in doing so would aid in mar-
shalling community and political support
for necessary professional scientific pur-
suits. This consideration is of particular
importance in democratically organized
underdeveloped nations.
Secondly, and in my opinion more im-
portant, it would clearly place the micro-
biologist in a situation where he must
accept his social responsibilities. In the
long run this is good for his soul and his
science. By becoming more responsive to
social needs he will become a better citizen,
and incidentally most rapidly advance his
scientific cause.
For illustration, I would now like to
briefly review a slight effort of research
which was generated in the Philippine
Islands in response to the aforementioned
thoughts.
A chief cause of morbidity in the Philip-
94
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
pine Islands is the diarrheal group of dis-
eases. In spite of the importance of diar-
rheal diseases, there is little systematic
attempt at routine bacteriological diagnoses.
This is particularly true in villages and
rural areas, since there are few diagnostic
facilities. A systematic attack on the prob-
lem of diarrheal diseases would be greatly
assisted if there were available reliable
knowledge of the causes of such diseases
and the relative role played by Salmonella-
Shigella infections. Attempts to simplify
and reduce the cost of bacteriological diag-
nostic procedures are desirable since this
would provide an incentive for more rou-
tine application of diagnostic procedures —
and epidemiological surveys.
We undertook the task of determining
how important it might be to control the
temperature when incubating plates of SS
agar medium inoculated with specimens
from stools. If there were no necessity for
precise control of incubation temperature
with this selective medium, then it would
be more practical than hitherto considered
to do bacteriological diagnosis in the Phil-
ippine hinterland. For one thing, any local
health officer, physician, practical nurse,
or sanitarian could streak specimens on
SS agar plates and hope to isolate patho-
genic organisms, even though a bacterio-
logical incubator were not available. We
must not forget that often a reliable, in-
expensive source of energy on a 24-hour
basis is not available to operate a bacterio-
logical incubator.
In a tropical country such as the Philip-
pines, the annual mean temperature is about
27°C., with minor fluctuations in temper-
ature between day and night. Often, how-
ever, in many areas the temperature will be
higher, and frequently approaches 34 °C.
Therefore, if the temperatures at which
pathogens will grow on agar include the
range from 25 to 37 °C., it should be pos-
sible to ship inoculated SS agar without
harm and without giving any attention to
special means for maintenance of a con-
trolled temperature during transit of the
specimens. SS agar could be streaked with
fecal material at the patient’s bedside and
mailed or otherwise transported to a central
diagnostic laboratory, the time during
transit at atmospheric temperatures con-
stituting a portion of the incubation period
necessary for development of bacterial col-
onies.
At the Manila Health Department a study
was undertaken with stool specimens ob-
tained from the gastroenteritis clinics and
wards of the San Lazaro Hospital in Ma-
nila. The procedure was to take a pea-
sized fecal sample and emulsify it in a
tube of tetrathionate broth. After overnight
incubation, a loopful of the emulsion was
streaked on each of two SS agar plates,
one plate being kept for 24 hours at room
temperature and the other plate at 37 °C.
Suspicious-appearing nonpigmented colo-
nies were then picked into Kligler iron agar
tubes. The isolated organisms were identi-
fied by their morphological, staining, and
biochemical characteristics. All presumed
pathogens were sent for final serological
identification to the referral laboratory of
the 406th Medical General Laboratory of
the U. S. Army stationed in Japan. A total
of 2,011 stool specimens were studied, and
59 yielded Shigella or Salmonella species.
The study was conducted in the month of
February, one of the cooler months in
Manila. The extremes of room tempera-
ture of the laboratory were 25 and 34 °C.,
with about 30 °C. representing the mean
temperature; these values are somewhat
higher than the actual atmospheric temper-
atures outdoors. From the results it was
evident that no advantage was presented by
controlled incubation at 37 °C. As a matter
of fact, with the procedure employed there
was a distinct advantage to incubating each
specimen at both room temperature and
37 °C., since in numerous instances patho-
gens were isolated at one temperature and
not the other. Experienced technicians who
assisted in the study of these fecal speci-
mens were asked to indicate their prefer-
ence if they had to make a choice between
37 °C. and room temperature as the only
temperature of incubation. Since there was
April, 1963
95
less tendency for confluent growth to occur,
and fewer lactose fermenting colonies ap-
peared at room temperature, they chose
room temperature.
From the results presented there can be
no doubt of the capacity of pathogens to
grow on SS agar medium at tropical am-
bient temperatures. In a tropical country
the absence of equipment for controlled
incubation at the temperatures recom-
mended by commercial suppliers of media
need not be a deterrent to efforts at isola-
tion of pathogens on a selective medium
such as SS agar. To the bacteriologist this
should not be a surprising finding since the
Enter obacteriaceae are known to grow over
a wide range of temperatures on ordinary
media.
It should be recalled that in the historical
development of selective media, laboratory
workers have proceeded on the basis of a
controlled incubation temperature simulat-
ing the body environment. Thus the results
reported would make for an optimistic pre-
diction of success if qualified bacteriolo-
gists were to devote attention to modifica-
tion of the usual selective media for
employment in situations in underdevel-
oped countries where the best and often-
times the simplest of scientific laboratory
equipment is unavailable. Problems of
communication and transportation exist
which will require that serious thought
be given to making laboratory facilities
serve effectively the populations in the serv-
ice areas at some distance from the imme-
diate neighborhood of laboratories. The
data presented are scientific justification
for those having responsibility for plan-
ning operations of the laboratories, to ex-
plore the practical possibilities of having
inoculated selective media instead of fecal
and other clinical specimens transported to
the laboratories. In the past, thinking has
centered upon preserving stool specimens
for transit to a laboratory. For reasons of
economy in time, practical difficulties of
maintaining pathogens viable in stool speci-
mens during transit in the tropics, and
esthetics, this may be less desirable than
the submission of inoculated selective or
enrichment media. We also have reason to
believe that it will be easier for public
health personnel to get village and rural
people to submit and transport bacteriolog-
ical media than stool specimens for exam-
ination.
Experiments suggest that even in the
United States there may be an advantage
in incubating cultures below 30°C. Thus,
by starting with a practical problem, we
are led to some interesting questions re-
garding optimum temperatures of bacterial
growth in selective and inhibitory media,
which with a little imagination could lead
to some significant basic research in bac-
terial physiology and disinfection. I hope
I have succeeded in communicating an ex-
ample of how a practical effort to meet a
real need can succeed in its objective, and
at the same time raise questions for basic
research efforts.
If we can succeed in reducing the capital
equipment requirements for microbiolog-
ical work, we are contributing to solving
the most important problem of getting
microbiologists to work effectively in un-
derdeveloped areas. We are increasing the
opportunity for meaningful work in situa-
tions where lack of equipment and reliable
sources of energy have been a deterrent
to the employment of microbiologists. In
essence, we are making the working situa-
tion more tolerable for the disadvantaged
worker who does volunteer to serve under
difficult circumstances. If this can be done,
and at the same time we can communicate
a feeling that the work being done is recog-
nized as important and commands respect
in the eyes of professional peers, we will
have gone a long way in keeping the micro-
biologist out in the fields and villages where
he is needed in underdeveloped nations.
To help achieve the dispersal of members
of the microbiological community away
from favored metropolitan centers, we must
combat tendencies to develop an intellec-
tual caste system within our closed fra-
ternity. In plain words, this means that
you do not let the other fellow know you
96
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
believe he is a lower order of microbiolo-
gist because he is not working on what you
consider to be the frontiers of knowledge
at the favored institutions. As a matter of
fact, if we want to go to heaven we should
not have any mean or snobbish feelings to
hide from our less fortunately placed col-
leagues who are doing the work of the
world that must be done.
Specifically, what can we do in the
United States to maximize the contributions
that microbiologists can make to assistance
programs in underdeveloped nations? By
improving the training offered, I believe
that American universities can make a
special contribution to help the foreign stu-
dent meet the problems he will face at
home. This may be asking too much of the
American university whose main concern is
with the American community and student,
and which attracts foreign students from
all over the globe. Perhaps this latter situa-
tion needs reform. Might it not be possible
to arrange for students from a particular
underdeveloped nation to be channeled to a
given American university? The number
and concentration of students would then
justify development of a special program to
meet the needs of these students from a
selected underdeveloped nation or region.
In part, this could be done by developing
a faculty which includes numbers of per-
sons knowledgeable in the language, his-
tory, customs, and problems of the under-
developed nation. At the same time, num-
bers of American students could be in-
volved in such a program, and thus prepare
them for possible future assignments in
assistance programs to the underdeveloped
nation. Under this scheme, an individual
university would not attempt to be all
things to all students from all the varied
corners of the earth.
Another possibility is to develop Amer-
ican knowledge of problems at the village
level in underdeveloped nations by sys-
tematic tapping of the experience of Peace
Corps members. The Peace Corps experi-
ence is outstanding in the opportunity it
provides volunteers to learn at first hand
the problems of underdeveloped nations at
the grass roots level. It would be logical
for American universities and other insti-
tutions to seek to utilize this experience in
developing training and research programs
of assistance. A catalogue of Peace Corps
service-revealed problems would be a stim-
ulus and guide of great value. In such a
catalogue, I am sure we would find numer-
ous microbiological problems listed to
which we might profitably devote atten-
tion in our own American laboratories.
In our Armed Forces we face problems of
microbiology that arise from logistics that
as civilians we are not often seriously con-
cerned with. As a result the military have
solved or are striving to solve problems of
organization, support, transportation, and
equipment of which the civilian community
is ignorant. I have a suspicion that in un-
derdeveloped nations these techniques and
equipment would often be practical substi-
tutes for more elaborate ways of doing
things that are common in the civilian com-
munity. It would be worthwhile to explore
this situation systematically. I know of no
one who is doing so.
Can our American Society for Micro-
biology take any action to assist the role of
microbiologists in assistance programs in
underdeveloped nations? Might not the
Washington Branch be best equipped to
raise this question? While I could suggest
answers to these questions, I prefer that you
answer them. It is stated in the constitution
of our organization that an object of our
society is to “stimulate scientific investiga-
tions and their applications, to plan, or-
ganize and administer projects for the ad-
vancement of knowledge in this field, and
to improve professional qualifications. ’
One of these projects might well be to un-
derstand how microbiologists can play an
increasingly significant role in assistance
programs to underdeveloped nations.
April, 1963
97
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
April 15 — Society of American Mili-
tary Engineers
Luncheon meeting.
Noon. Barker Hall, YWCA.
April 16 — Anthropological Society of
Washington
William Crocker, Smithsonian Institu-
tion, “Fieldwork in Brazil.”
8:15 p.m., Room 43 National Museum,
10th St. and Constitution Ave., N.W.
April 17 — American Society of Qual-
ity Control
Joint meeting with Institute of Radio
Engineers. H. Dean Voegtlen, RCA Service
Company, “Maintenance and Support As-
pects-— The Neglected Elements in Quality
Control.”
Refreshments, 6:30 p.m.; dinner, 7:00
p.m.; presentation, 8:00 p.m., Roger Smith
Hotel ballroom.
April 17-19 — American Institute of
Electrical Engineers and Institute
of Radio Engineers
International nonlinear magnetics con-
ference.
Shoreham Hotel.
April 17-19 — American Geophysical
Union
Annual meeting. Papers will be pre-
sented at sessions on geodesy, seismology,
meteorology, geomagnetism, oceanogra-
phy, volcanology, and planetary sciences.
National Academy of Sciences. Ac-
tivities will begin with an informal smoker
on April 17 at 8:30 p.m., in the National
Press Club ballroom.
April 18 — Washington Society of En-
gineers
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
April 22 — Society of Professional En-
gineers
Regular meeting .
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center.
1625 L St., N.W.
April 23 — American Society of Civil
Engineers
Luncheon meeting.
Noon, Barker Hall, YWCA.
April 23 — American Society of Me-
chanical Engineers
Annual banquet. Carlos Fallon, admin- ,
istrator of value engineering, Missile and
Surface Radar Division, RCA, “Decision
Making for Greater Value in Design and
Production, and at Home.”
Dinner at 7 :30, preceded by cocktail j
hour. Capital Plaza Room, Continental
Hotel.
April 23 — Washington History of Sci-
ence Cluh
Dinner meeting. Raymond J. Seeger,
special assistant to the director, National
Science Foundation, “Impressions of Sci-
ence from Oxford University.”
7:00 p.m., Kennedy-Warren, 3133 Con- j
necticut Ave., N.W.
April 24 — Geological Society of
Washington
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., Powell Auditorium, Cosmos |
Club.
CU Schedules
Summer Institute
A Summer Institute on Analog Compu-
tation is being offered by the Department
of Mechanical Engineering at Catholic Uni-
versity. There will be two sessions of one
week each, during June 10 through 21.
Further particulars may be obtained from
B. P. Shah, director of the Summer Insti-
tute, in care of the CU Department of Me-
chanical Engineering.
98
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
MARCH MEETING
(473rd Meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences)
SPEAKER: Ragnar Rollefson
Director of International Scientific Affairs
Department of State
SUBJECT : Science in the Department of State
TIME: Thursday, April 18, 1963
8:15 P. M.
PLACE: John Wesley Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club
2170 Florida Avenue, N. W.
Abstract of Address — After World War II, the obvious involvement of science in in-
ternational affairs prompted the establishment of a Science Office in the Department of
State. Following a short burst of activity, the Office and the assoicated Science Attache
Program were allowed to dwindle almost to zero; but they have since grown steadily
with the general resurgence of science in government following Sputnik. The Office now
includes sections on the peaceful uses of atomic energy and on space, as well as the
group on general science with which it started. All three groups have what might be
called service functions in support of the activities of the scientific community, but per-
haps their most important function is to see that foreign policy is correctly influenced
by science and technology. Among the groups of the scientific community with which
the Office must keep in close contact to carry out its responsibilities are the universi-
ties, the government scientific agencies, the National Academy of Sciences, the inter-
national scientific unions, and the industrial scientific organizations. The scientific
fields of activity which have an important role in foreign policy include atomic energy,
outer space, experiments with large-scale environmental effects, and international co-
operative programs. The Science Office is concerned both with formulation of policy
in these fields and with anticipating, and thereby avoiding, initial difficulties which
might arise.
The Speaker — A native of Chicago, Ragnar Rollefson received the B.A., M.A., and
Ph.D. (1930) degrees from the University of Wisconsin. He taught at his alma mater
from 1930 to 1961, and was chairman of the Physics Department from 1947 until he
left the University. During World War II he worked with the radar laboratory at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. After the War he served as chief scientist of
the Naval Research Laboratory field station in Boston, while transferring his radiation
laboratory program to the Navy. He helped start the Lincoln Laboratory at MIT in
1951-52, worked for the President’s Scientific Advisory Committee in 1954, and in
1956-57 served as chief scientist of the United States Army. From 1957 to 1960 he was
acting director of the Midwestern Universities Research Association (MURA) Acceler-
ator Development Laboratory in Madison. In the fall of 1962 he was appointed to his
present position as director of the newly-created Office of International Scientific Af-
fairs of the Department of State.
April, 1963
99
Science in Washington
ELECTIONS TO FELLOWSHIP
The following persons were elected to
fellowship in the Academy at the Board of
Managers meeting of March 12:
Aaron D. Alexander, chief of the Vet-
erinary Bacteriology Section, Division of
Veterinary Medicine, Walter Reed Army
Institute of Research, and chief, WHO/
FAO Leptospirosis Reference Laboratory,
“in recognition of his contributions to
microbiology, and in particular his re-
search on leptospirosis and his interna-
tional leadership as chief of the World
Health Orgnaization Leptospirosis Refer-
ence Laboratory.” (Sponsors: Mary L. Rob-
bins, Howard E. Noyes, L. S. Baron.)
Robert C. Parlett, professor of micro-
biology and chairman of the Department of
Microbiology, George Washington Univer-
sity, “in recognition of his contributions to
immunology, and in particular his research
on antigens of the mycobacteria.” (Spon-
sors: Mary L. Robbins, Carleton R. Tread-
well, H. George Mandel.)
Roy E. Ritts, Jr., professor of micro-
biology and chairman of the Department of
Microbiology, Georgetown University, “in
recognition of his contributions to immu-
nology, and in particular his research on
the fate of labelled antigens in immunologic
unresponsiveness and in delayed-type hy-
persensitivity.” (Sponsors: Mary L. Rob-
bins, Carlton R. Treadwell, Howard E.
Noyes.)
ELECTIONS TO MEMBERSHIP
At the Board meeting of February 12,
the Membership Committee announced that
Donald H. Williams of the Dairy Indus-
tries Supply Association had been elected
to membership by unanimous vote of the
Committee. Mr. Williams is thus the first
official member of the Academy to be
elected under Article II, Section 2 of the
revised Bylaws (see February issue, page
51).
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook, Associate
Editor , c/o U . S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Room
2628 South Building, Washington 25, D.C.
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT
Harold Morrison, a member of the
Washington Academy of Sciences for
about 36 years, died on March 11, 1963.
W. D. McClellan served as chairman
of the Science Fair sponsored by OPED A
(Organization of Professional Employees
of the Department of Agriculture). This
fair, previously held in the patio of USDA’s
Administration Building, was held this
year in the Plant Industry Station Audi-
torium at Beltsville, April 9-10. The fair
brings together the best agriculture-related
science fair projects from the five area fairs
held in Washington and the surrounding
counties.
Joseph R. Spies gave a lecture en-
titled, “Oilseed Allergens” at the Seed Pro-
tein Conference in New Orleans on January
22, sponsored by USDA’s Southern Utiliza-
tion Research and Development Division.
Calvin Golumhic attended the Trans-
portation and Storage Research and Mark-
eting Advisory Committee meeting in Or-
lando, Fla., March 5-8.
USDA Marketing Research Report No.
587, prepared by Lawrence Zelenv et al.
and entitled, “Sedimentation as a Measure
of Wheat Quality — 1962 Crop,” has just
been issued. Sedimentation value deter-
mined by the wheat sedimentation test de-
vised by USDA has replaced protein con-
tent as a basis for loan value premiums
paid to farmers in connection with the
Government’s wheat price support pro-
gram, starting with the 1962 crop. The
merits of this action have been quite con-
troversial. The new report presents strong
100
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
statistical evidence supporting the action
of the Department.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
R. L. Nace attended a conference of
American hydrologists in Chicago, Febru-
ary 12-15. The purpose of the conference
was to draft proposals for U. S. participa-
tion in a program of international coopera-
tion in scientific hydrology.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Harris Research Laboratories was host
to the Harvard Business School Club of
Washington for its monthly meeting on
March 5. Alfred E. Brown addressed the
group on “Creative People in R&D — Their
Selection and Stimulation.” Several senior
scientists at HRL then escorted small
groups of Club members through the Lab-
oratories.
Lyman Fourt attended a meeting of
the American Society for Testing Materials,
at which he presided as chairman of the
Committee on Chemical and Performance
Test Methods for Textiles. The meeting was
held in New York on March 5-8.
Milton Harris was a panelist in a R&D
Symposium on “The Role of Non-Defense
Agencies in the Growth of Civilian Tech-
nology” on March 13 and 14. The Sym-
posium was sponsored by the National
Security Industrial Association.
NATIONAL BUREAU
OF STANDARDS
Recent talks by staff members have in-
cluded the following:
F. Alt: “Automatic Language Transla-
tion”— Syracuse (N.Y. ) Section, Institute
of Radio Engineers.
G. Dickson: “Dental Amalgam: Physi-
cal Properties and Clinical Service” — Lan-
caster County Dental Society, Lancaster,
Pa.
A. F. Robertson: “Plans for an Ex-
panded Fire Technology Program in the
Department of Commerce” — -M o - K a n
Chapter of the Society of Fire Protection
Engineers, Kansas City.
C. M. Tchen: “I ^andau Damping of
Plasmas with Collective Correlations” — -
American Physical Society, New York.
W. J. Youden: “Picking Winners and
Losers” — Philadelphia Section, American
Society for Quality Control.
L. A. Wall: “Remarks on High Tem-
perature Polymers” — Winter Gordon Re-
search Conference, Santa Barbara, Calif.
R. G. Bates: “Thermodynamic Be-
havior of Electrolytes in Alcohol-Water
Media” — Solution Chemistry Seminar,
University of Maryland.
R. K. Cook: “Infrasonic Waves in the
Atmosphere” — Texas Western College, El
Paso.
D. P. Johnson: “Problems in Pressure
Measurements” — Chemical Engineering
Department, University of Oklahoma,
Norman.
K. Kessler: “The Spectroscopy Pro-
gram at the National Bureau of Standards,
Washington” — JILA Colloquia. Boulder.
Colo.
L. A. Wall: “High Pressure Poly-
merization”— North American Aviation
Science Center, Canoga Park. Calif.
G. C. Paffengarger : “Denture Base
Resins”, “Research and the Saving of
Teeth,” and “Fillings, Resins and Silicate
Cements” — Pinellas County Dental Socie-
ty, St. Petersburg, Fla.
H. S. Peiser: “NBS/ARPA Research
Program on Crystal Growth and Defect
Characterization” — Pennsylvania State
University, University Park.
J. R. McNesby: “Vacuum Ultraviolet
Photochemistry of Hydrocarbons” — Car-
negie Institute of Technology, Pittsburgh,
and “Vacuum Ultraviolet Photolysis of
Hydrocarbons” — American Chemical So-
ciety, Houston, Tex.
W. J. Youden: “The Procedure and
the Laboratory” — Delaware Section, Amer-
ican Chemical Society, University of Del-
aware.
Early in February, Allen V. Astin took
part in a United Nations conference in
Geneva and presented a paper, “The Role
of the National Laboratory.”
April, 1963
101
Forest K. Harris has been appointed
chief of the Absolute Electrical Measure-
ments Section, which studies methods for
determining electrical units in terms of the
mechanical units of length, mass, and time.
It will also continually check the stability
of the standards with which the Bureau
preserves the national electrical units.
Bourdon F. Scribner is being con-
gratulated on his marriage on February 22
to Sally Mount of Baltimore. Also, Mr.
Scribner has been elected a Member of
Honor of the Groupement pour l’Advance-
ment des Methods Spectrographiques of
France, in recognition of his contributions
as general chairman of the 10th Colloqui-
um Spectroscopicum Internationale held at
the University of Maryland last June.
Leroy L. Wyman, consultant on metal-
lurgy, has returned from a 9-week trip
through Mexico and South America, where
he worked on uniform standards for ma-
terials in Latin America.
NATIONAL ACADEMY
OF SCIENCES —
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL
A cooperative program of research on
foot-and-mouth disease between Argentina
and the United States is about to begin
under the Alliance for Progress. Its im-
mediate purpose is to develop methods to
process Argentine beef in such a way as
to free it from the virus of foot-and-mouth
disease and thus make it acceptable for
import into the United States. NAS-NRC
is the agency through which the United
States Government is directing its part
in the program. The administration of
this project for NAS-NRC was assigned
to the Division of Biology and Agriculture,
of which Frank L. Campbell is Execu-
tive Secretary.
One of the most comprehensive projects
ever undertaken by NAS-NRC was brought
to completion recently by the staff of the
Committee on Natural Resources, led by
John S. Coleman. The study, requested
by President Kennedy, covered all aspects
of our nation’s resources. The responsible
committee held a series of meetings each
concerned with a different area of re-
sources. At each meeting the Committee
was briefed by specialists in the field being
considered, the proceedings were recorded
and later were converted into a series of
reports from which the final recommenda-
tions of the Committee were distilled. This
summary report is now available as Pub-
lication 1000 of NAS-NRC. The subjects
of the supporting reports were as follows:
Renewable Resources, Water Resources,
Mineral Resources, Energy Resources, Ma-
rine Resources, Environmental Resources,
and Social and Economic Aspects of Natu-
ral Resources.
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
Destruction of dams and other
water barriers can be accomplished
more effectively by placing the explo-
sives under water rather than above,
according to the Army Engineers at Fort
Belvoir. Engineer Howard J. Vandersluis
demonstrated the effectiveness of the under-
water explosives in a series of spectacular
tests on the Ohio River, in which two out-
moded locks were destroyed. The tests
showed that as little as 30 pounds of explo-
sive effectively breached a five-foot wall as
compared to 50 to 60 pounds of explosives
above the water level. In one particular
test, two 40-pound charges placed under
water 26 feet apart were detonated by elec-
tric caps in series to blast a 35-foot breach
in the wall.
The National Referral Center for
Science and Technology, established
last August, has initiated its referral
service on a limited scale. Set up in the
Library of Congress with NSF support, the
Center intends to catalog all activities —
facilities, collections, publications, and
services — whose principal purposes include
the provision of data or other material that
may be of value in satisfying information
requirements of the scientific and technical
community. Major emphasis is given to spe-
cialized libraries and document centers, in-
dexing and abstracting services, and sources
of knowledge in unpublished form.
102
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
THE BROWNSTONE TOWER
Disregarding the
ominous reputa-
tion of the ides of
March, the officials
of the American
Type Culture Col-
lection chose that
day of 1963 to cel-
ebrate the begin-
ning of construc-
tion of its new
home in the new industrial park area south
of Rockville, Md. The sun shone brilliantly
on that occasion as if to turn the celestial
spotlight upon the successful culmination
of the efforts of the devoted scientists who
through many a crisis had struggled to pre-
serve and strengthen the private enterprise
and public service of the Collection, and to
provide facilities in which its work could
be done with increasing proficiency. To this
reporter, who is old enough to have read
Horatio Alger, the story of the Collection
is heartwarming, like Alger’s poor boy who
made good and attracted wealthy clients
hut maintained his principles and inde-
pendence.
To many in this area connected with
medicine, agriculture, or industry in which
microbiology plays a part, the foregoing
paragraph will be meaningful; to the elec-
tronics and hardware people and others,
it may not. The latter may ask, “What is
this American Type Culture Collection?
Could it be a museum collection of types
of American culture being recognized and
promoted by the New Frontier?” No, the
‘Culture” is not behavioral; it is micro-
biological. It is a collection of dormant,
viable, pedigreed microorganisms or cell
lines, not for display but for use by who-
ever needs an authentic species or strain
for research, for clinical comparison, for
seeding industrial cultures, for teaching,
etc. Biologically, it is the microcounterpart
of a zoo, aquarium, botanical garden, or
arboretum. Here, ideally, one should find
all species of microorganisms: viruses,
rickettsiae, bacteriophages, bacteria, algae
and fungi, protozoa, and tissue cultures.
Actually, representatives of all these groups
are in the Collection, hut bacteria, with
which the Collection was at first exclusively
concerned, are predominant. The Collec-
tion issues a catalog of its holdings and
helps to support itself by making a charge
for specimens ordered. It is feasible for
the Collection to keep its stock of specimens
in a relatively small space because most
microorganisms can be preserved by freez-
ing and drying in vacuo. Thus the visitor
sees the bulk of the stock as numbered
boxes on shelves, each containing tiny vials
of bacterial residue within sealed tubes.
Some specimens must be preserved in
liquid nitrogen; others lie dormant in test
tubes each containing a bacterial colony
on a medium covered by a layer of mineral
oil, the whole kept in a refrigerator.
There is not space here to tell of the
beginning of the Collection in 1925 and
of its moves from place to place, always
trying to do its work in inadequate facili-
ties with an insufficient staff. Now the lab-
oratories of the Collection are located in an
old, narrow, three-story brick house on the
southeast corner of 21st and M Streets,
N.W. The three floors and basement are
crowded with equipment. One wonders how
work that requires meticulous attention to
detail can be done under such conditions.
As there is no longer room for office work
in the house, the offices of the Collection
are located in nearby buildings.
How the members of the staff must look
forward to the day when they can work in
a new building designed for their use!
They were all on hand at the ground-break-
ing ceremonies. The contractor had laid a
boardwalk from the paved road to a tem-
porary platform for the audience on the
muddy field where the million-dollar build-
ing will stand. A small boardwalk and
platform were provided for the speakers
who came out one at a time and standing
before a seated audience of about 90, spoke
to them with the aid of a battery-powered
microphone. Carl Lamanna, chairman of
the Board of Trustees, gave the principal
April, 1963
103
address on the Collection. R. D. Coghill
told the story of the fund-raising campaign
for the building — how NIH had made a
matching grant that had been more than
equalled by generous contributions from
industry, including a number of companies
not directly concerned with the Collection.
About 80 percent of these donations came
from the pharmaceutical industry. Finally,
NSF provided the largest grant of all,
which put the project into the hands of an
architect and builder. Representatives of
the contributing agencies and companies
were called upon to speak. With thanks all
around, Dr. Lamanna took a gilded shovel
in hand and lifted a clod of mud as a toast
to the future.
I am grateful to W. A. Clark, director
of the Collection, to his assistant, I. C.
Mohler, and to other members of the staff
for their courtesies to me. I wish them all
a productive future in their new home,
which will undoubtedly become the world’s
leading establishment for research and
practice in the preservation of microorgan-
isms. Thus another jewel is to be added to
Washington’s crown of science.
— Frank L. Campbell
104
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzfeld
John L. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fo wells
Carl I. Aslakson
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
Gerhard M. Brauer
Francois N. Frenkiel
Morris Tepper
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
APRIL 1963
No. 4
CONTENTS
Agricultural Reserach: The First and Second Hundred Years 85
The Role of Microbiologists in Assistance Programs
for Underdeveolped Nations 89
Calendar of Events 98
April Meeting of the Academy 99
Science in Washington
Elections to Fellowship 100
Elections to Membership 100
Scientists in the News 100
Science and Development 102
The Brownstone Tower 103
Washington Academy of Sciences
1530— P St., N.W.
Washington, D. C.
Return Requested
2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, D.C.
LIBRARY C F ARNOLD
ARBORETUM
2 Z DIVINITY AVE
CAMBRIDGE 38 MASS
J
A AS
f
\y /
I:
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 5
MAY 1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate Editors
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Marjorie Hooker, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (prior to Volume 51) can be purchased
direct from the Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 5th Avenue, New York 3, N.Y. This firm also
handles the sale of the Proceedings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) , the Index, and
the Monograph.
Current issues of the Journal (past two calendar years) may still be obtained directly
from the Academy office at 1530 P S’treet, N.W., Washington 5, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
Second class postage paid at Washington, D.C.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
Organic Geochemistry*
Philip H. Abelson
Geophysical Laboratory , Carnegie Institution of W ashington
Since life began on earth, living forms
have synthesized a mass of organic chemi-
cals about equivalent to the weight of the
earth. Most of this material has been de-
stroyed or consumed through biological
action, but a significant fraction remains,
mainly distributed in sedimentary rocks,
which make up about 80 percent of the
rocks of the surface of the continents.
Averaged over the world’s entire surface,
the thickness of these rocks is a little less
than a mile. On the average, below each
square centimeter of the earth’s crust there
are 1300 grams of organic chemicals or
carbon of biological origin. These sub-
stances are found in rocks of all ages, in-
cluding both recent and some of the oldest
rocks on earth. Part of these chemicals are
found as coal, oil, and natural gas, but
the commercial occurrences represent a
very small fraction of the total (Rubey,
1951). Moreover, in terms of scientific
significance, the commercial aspects repre-
sent only a fraction of the interesting
problems. Organic chemicals in rocks un-
dergo with time and temperature a vast
series of chemical transformations which
challenge one’s ingenuity to unravel. In
the old sedimentary rocks are buried
chemicals remaining from ancient life.
These carry with them a potential wealth
of information yet to be deciphered but
nevertheless knowable.
In an oxygen-containing environment,
organic matter is usually speedily de-
*An address to the Chemical Society of
Washington on March 14, 1963, following pre-
sentation to Dr. Abelson of the Hillebrand Award
for 1962.
stroyed, although in a few notable in-
stances, preservation of material has
occurred under aerobic conditions. Under
very dry conditions, organic matter may
escape bacterial action for a long time;
thus it has been possible to determine the
blood types of some of the Egyptian mum-
mies (Boyd and Boyd, 1937). Given long
enough time, however, organic matter is
degraded or destroyed in the presence of
oxygen even without biological action.
A familiar example is the action of air on
fats. Most living matter contains roughly
a third of this material. In turn, most fats
contain unsaturated fatty acids. The home-
maker knows that fatty meats become
rancid in the refrigerator or even in the
deep freeze after a few months. Other ma-
terials are less easily affected by oxygen.
Some amino acids are fairly resistant, but
at room temperature in air even the
stablest amino acids are destroyed in
about 100,000 years (Abelson, 1959).
The action of oxygen is often more rapid
when the substance involved is colored.
I recall isolating some porphyrin from an
old rock where it had been preserved in
an anaerobic environment and in the ab-
sence of light. The porphyrin had remained
substantially unchanged for more than
400 million years. This same material,
when extracted and left in solution in a
flask in the light, was destroyed in 24
hours by the combination of oxygen and
the sun’s rays. Fortunately for geochemis-
try, there are many environments in which
oxygen is absent, and under these circum-
stances material can be preserved. Anaer-
obic organisms take their toll, but they
are much less efficient in destroying the
May, 1963
105
organic matter than are the aerobic or-
ganisms.
The natural anaerobic environments
usually are wet, and it is not surprising
that water has a significant role in effect-
ing chemical changes. Shortly after depo-
sition, fats are hydrolyzed to glycerol plus
free fatty acids; glycerol disappears, but
the acids or their salts often remain. Com-
plex carbohydrates tend to be broken
down to simple sugars; these smaller
soluble molecules tend to be lost. Rarely,
under favorable circumstances, cellulose
and chitin (polymerized acetyl glucosa-
mine) may persist for tens of millions of
years. As we shall see, proteins are hydro-
lyzed in a damp environment in about
50,000 years, but under special circum-
stances some of the amino acids may
remain.
Perhaps the most important chemical
events affecting the organic matter are re-
actions among the constituents themselves.
The components of living matter are high-
ly reactive. In the organized cell their
mutual interactions are limited, but on
death and lysis of the cell many reactions
can occur. For instance, in an alkaline
environment the aldehyde groups of liber-
ated carbohydrates react readily with
amines to make non-biological materials.
Within a year or two after deposition of
organic matter in an anaerobic environ-
ment, profound changes have occurred.
Biochemists have a simple set of pro-
cedures to fractionate the components of
living matter into carbohydrates, lipides,
and proteins. The fats can be isolated by
solvent extraction and the amino acids of
proteins liberated through acid hydrolysis.
The organic matter in sediments presents
a puzzling problem. In a short period and
at temperatures of 5° to 20°C., profound
changes have occurred. Carbon, hydrogen,
oxygen, and nitrogen analyses are only
moderately different from the original liv-
ing matter, yet solvent extraction allows one
to isolate only a tenth of a percent or less
of the original fatty acids. Similiary, al-
though much bound nitrogen is present,
only a small fraction of it can be isolated
as amino acids.
The residual organic matter, often called
kerogen, is practically insoluble in organic
or inorganic solvents. It behaves like a
plastic or a polymer of very high molecu-
lar weight. In an anaerobic environment,
kerogen is apparently immune to biologi-
cal attack. Being insoluble, it is not moved
around by percolating ground waters.
These properties lend great survival value,
and it is not surprising that about 95 per-
cent of the world’s organic matter (Hunt
and Jamieson, 1956) is in the form of
kerogen. Asphaltenes, which are insoluble
in water but can be extracted by carbon
tetrachloride, constitute most of the re-
mainder. However, a fraction of the origi-
nal organic matter escapes incorporation
into kerogen or asphaltenes and is found
in rocks in an extractable form. These sub-
stances are present in low concentrations,
but new techniques and modern instrumen-
tation make them readily accessible for
study.
Amino Acids in Fossils and Rocks
In 1953 it occurred to me that organic
matter could be preserved in shells and
bones under conditions where it might be
free from bacterial attack. This fortunately
proved to be the case. When a calcium
carbonate-secreting organism forms its
shell, it employs an organic matrix. Thus,
one can dissolve a clam shell in trichlo-
roacetic acid and find thin sheets of pro-
tein. If one examines shells that have been
buried for a few years, the accompanying
protein is not perceptibly different from
that associated with living clams. After a
few thousand years the layers of protein in
the shell are no longer as resilient as pre-
viously, but they contain the same amino
acids as before and have been little
hydrolyzed. After 50,000 years in a moist
environment, the proteins have largely
hydrolyzed and most of the amino acids
are present in the form of small peptides
or even as free amino acids (Abelson.
1959). Through the action of ground
106
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
water, part of these tend to be lost, but
even after millions of years the shell still
contains some of the original amino acids.
One of my favorite collecting spots is on
Chesapeake Bay. The shells in the vicinity
of Scientists Cliffs were deposited about 25
million years ago. Many of these contain
about a hundredth of a percent of amino
acids. The technique for isolation of these
is quite simple. About 5 grams of shell are
dissolved in hydrochloric acid. The result-
ing solution is made up to a volume of
100 ml and placed on a Dowex-50 ion-
exchange resin which is in the H+ form.
On washing with distilled water, calcium
and the amino acids are retained, while
hydrochloric acid is removed. After wash-
ing with water the column is treated with
six volumes of 5N ammonium hydroxide.
Owing to the amphoteric nature of amino
acids, they are eluted while the calcium is
retained. The ammonia solution is taken to
dryness, leaving a residue containing the
amino acids and very few impurities. Com-
ponents of the mixture can subsequently be
identified by paper or column chromatog-
raphy.
Using these procedures I have examined
a large number of shells, bones, and sedi-
mentary rocks and have found amino acids
in environments that were deposited as
much as 450 million years ago.
There are some limitations. All amino
acids are not sufficiently stable to exist for
so long a period of time. Serine, threonine,
and arginine can remain for only about 10
million years. Amino acids have been
found only in geologic settings which have
been clearly anaerobic. Amino acids have
not been found in fossils showing evidence
of recrystallization. Even the most stable
amino acids are destroyed if exposed to ele-
vated temperatures. Laboratory studies
(Abelson, 1959) show that alanine could be
expected to persist after three billion years
at 25° C., but that at 100° C. it would last
about 100,000 years. In the older fossils I
found alanine, glycine, glutamic acid, the
leucines, and valine. These are the most
stable of the group. The laboratory studies
show that the 4-carbon g-amino butyric
acid is as stable as alanine or valine, and
there have been synthesized a large num-
ber of amino acids which would be equally
stable. In my studies of old rocks I did not
observe any of these amino acids. I was
able to show that the organisms of 300 mil-
lion years ago were using some of the
same amino acids as are used today. If
they had been employing sizable quantities
of some of the other stable entities, it
would have been possible to find them.
The absence of these other substances is
evidence for an unchanging pattern of
utilization of amino acids.
Recently I have been associated with
Drs. Hoering and Parker of the Geophysi-
cal Laboratory in a study of fatty acids in
various rocks (Abelson, 1962). Photo-
synthetic algae make up a large fraction of
the base and pyramid of marine life. They
contain roughly 15 percent fatty acids,
and these in turn are pricipally made up
of compounds with 12, 14, 16, 18, and 20
carbons. Palmitic acid, a saturated com-
pound with 16 carbons, is a ubiquitous
Figure 1. Gas-liquid chromatograms of methyl
esters of fatty acids extracted from algae. The
lower curve is the control, and the peaks repre-
sent most of the total fatty acid content. The
upper two curves were obtained from extracts
of algae which had been incubated at elevated
temperatures. The label C-16 sat. stands for the
saturated 16-carbon fatty acid, palmitic acid ;
C-16 ( — 2H), palmitoleic; C-18( — 2H), oleic;
C-18 ( — 4H), linoleic; and C-18(— 6H), lin-
olenic.
May, 1963
107
constituent of living matter. A large frac-
tion of the fatty acids are unsaturated 18-
carbon entities.
Figure 2. Gas-liquid chromatograms of methyl
esters of fatty acids extracted from marine sedi-
ments. The peaks labelled C-14, C-16,. and C-18
represent myristic, palmitic, and stearic acids,
respectively.
If the material is a soft sediment, we
extract it directly. If it is a hard rock, the
material may be ground in a ball mill be-
fore extraction. In some instances it has
been useful to treat the fine powder with
hydrochloric acid and hydrofluoric acid
to remove much of the mineral material.
Following extraction, the fats are hydro-
lyzed when necessary and ultimately con-
verted into the methyl ester. The mixtures
can be purified by solvent extraction, or
the fatty acids can be cleaned up by ion-
exchange procedures. The components of
the esters are separated and their amounts
determined by means of gas-liquid chroma-
tography. This tool permits the identifica-
tion of a few micrograms of a substance.
To provide a basis for comparison, we
have performed some studies of fatty acids
in modern algae. In the lower curve in
Figure 1 is a gas-liquid chromatogram of
fatty acids in Chlorella. This chroma-
togram is similar to that obtained by
others and also to results observed on ex-
amination of many photosynthetic marine
organisms. The upper two curves were
derived from experiments performed to
give us information concerning the ther-
mal stability of unsaturated fatty acids.
It may be noted that the highly unsatu-
rated 18-carbon fatty acid disappears after
18 days at 190° C. It is significant that
the 18-carbon oleic acid, containing only
one double bond, survives this treatment
rather well.
In Figure 2 are shown chromatograms
of extracts from marine sediments. The
lower curve represents a sample obtained
from the San Nicolas Basin, which is
located in the Pacific Ocean west of Los
Angeles. The material was deposited just a
few years ago. Below the surface of the
fine-grained sediment anaerobic conditions
prevail, and treatment with dilute HC1
releases H2S. The predominant fatty acids
present are the saturated 14-carbon myris-
tic acid and the 16-carbon palmitic acid;
also present is a small amount of saturated
18-carbon stearic acid. It is significant
that oleic acid, which is such a prominent
component in the fats of algae, is missing.
The upper chromatogram in Figure 2 was
obtained from material extracted from a
5,000-year-old core. The upper and lower
curves are quite similar. The extraction
process was monitored by use of radio-
active tracers. This technique indicated
Figure 3. Gas-liquid chromatograms of methyl
esters of fatty acids extracted from Green River
shale. This is a 40-million-year-old formation oc-
cupying a large area in Colorado, Utah, and
Wyoming. The lower curve was derived from a
crude extract. The upper curve was obtained
after purification with concentrated hydriodic
acid.
108
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
that unless care is employed, incomplete
recovery may ensue. In circumstances
where the tracer was largely recovered, our
best yields of fatty acid amounted to no
more than one part in a thousand of or-
ganic matter present. These curves indicate
that major changes in fatty acid content
occur very quickly and that further
changes are at a comparatively slow rate.
In Figure 3 are shown chromatograms
obtained from treatment of the 40-million-
year-old Green River shale. Extraction
procedures yield a complex mixture of
asphaltenes and fatty acids, with the
former greatly predominating. Two per-
cent of the total organic matter in a typical
sample can be extracted, and of this only
about two parts in a thousand are fatty
acids. Substantial purification of the crude
material can be achieved by solvent extrac-
tion, and by this means one can obtain a
mixture like that which yielded the lower
chromatogram in Figure 3. The fatty acids
in the crude material can be further re-
fined through chemical manipulation, such
as boiling with concentrated hydriodic
acid. In the upper curve the principal com-
ponents are myristic, palmitic, and stearic
acids.
In Figure 4 are shown chromatograms
of an extract of a 500-million-year-old alun
shale from Sweden. The crude extract in
this experiment was purified by treatment
with potassium permanganate. The major
components again are myristic, palmitic,
and stearic acids.
The very recent material off California
and the old shale from Sweden contain
fatty acids that are qualitatively almost
identical. There is a quantitative difference
which could be significant. In the very
recent sample the ratio of stearic acid to
palmitic is about 1 to 10, while in the old
material we found more stearic present
than palmitic. It is premature to attempt
to interpret the significance of this in-
teresting observation. A good deal remains
to be learned concerning the fatty acids in
rocks.
Earlier in this paper the quantitative
significance of kerogen was stressed. It is
found in the youngest and the oldest
sedimentary rocks and in the formations
of intermediate age. Kerogen is not a pure
chemical; rather, the name stands for the
result of a series of chemical operations.
C/6 Alun. Shale .
Figure 4. Gas-liquid chromatogram of methyl
esters of fatty acids extracted from the Swedish
Kolm shale. A crude extract from the rock was
purified with dilute KMnOt.
What is left after treatment with acids and
organic solvents is a complex crude mate-
rial containing carbon, hydrogen, oxygen,
nitrogen, and sulfur. Under anaerobic con-
ditions and at elevated temperatures the
composition of kerogen changes. Carbon
dioxide, nitrogen, and methane are
evolved, and the residual end product
tends toward graphite. Fortunately, there
are available very old sedimentary rocks
which have not been exposed to high tem-
peratures and these contain material more
reminiscent of young kerogen than of
graphite. Dr. Hoering has told me of some
observations on the so-called carbon leader,
a 2-billion-year-old organic-rich sediment
from South Africa. On heating this ma-
terial, combustible hydrocarbons were
evolved in considerable volume. His find-
ings confirmed those of earlier South
African workers.
Since kerogen is insoluble and complex,
it is a difficult subject for experimental
studies. However, it represents a rich po-
May, 1963
109
Figure 5. Gas-liquid chromatogram of hydrocarbons formed by incubation of kerogen at 185°C.
The kerogen was prepared from Green River shale. The first peak on the left (unlabelled) is meth-
ane (off scale) .
tential source of information to those who
can find ways of dissecting it in a meaning-
ful way. Our fossil record is fully satis-
factory for only the last 550 million years.
Some of Dr. Hoering’s other studies pro-
vide confirmatory evidence that life began
on earth about 2800 million years ago.
Potentially, kerogen is our best source of
information concerning living activities
in the interval between the creation of
life and 550 million years ago.
We have been groping for various
means of approaching the study of kero-
gen. During the past few months, Dr.
Hoering and I have been doing some
rather simple experiments involving the
thermal degradation of kerogen. Others
have pyrolized shales, but in general these
experiments have been conducted at
temperatures above 400° C. Under these
conditions cracking processes occur which
have little relevance to what might hap-
pen in natural environments at much lower
temperatures.
In Figure 5 is shown a chromatogram
of the hydrocarbons liberated from 60
grams of Green River shale kerogen as
the result of a 17-day exposure to a
temperature of 185° C. This temperature
is not much greater than those which have
been observed in some deep oil wells. The
principal hydrocarbon produced is meth-
ane, with lesser amounts of ethane,
propane, iso-butane, n-butane, iso-pentane,
n-pentane, iso-hexane, and n-hexane. The
total amount of hydrocarbons represented
by the curve is about 60 micrograms. In
the chromatogram there was a change of
scale at the point indicated, so that the
sensitivity was increased by a factor of 8.
The distribution of hydrocarbon shown in
Figure 5 is reminiscent of what is seen in
nature. Methane is the predominant com-
ponent of natural gas.
In Figure 6 are shown chromatograms
of hydrocarbons obtained from the 500-
million-year-old Kolm shale and a recent
San Nicolas Basin sediment. The two
110
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Figure 6. Gas-liquicl chromatograms of hydrocarbons formed by incubation of organic matter at
275°C. An increase in amplification was made at the marked change scale.
curves are qualitatively quite similar and
would appear even more so if the scale
change had been identical in both in-
stances; actually, the amplification factor
in the lower curve was increased more
than in the upper one. One could find two
recent sediments whose hydrocarbons
would differ more than those shown in
the figures. The close similarity of the two
chromatograms is suggestive. It would be
unsafe to claim that this indicated great
similarity between the organic matter in
the old and in the young sediment. How-
ever, if the chemical content were vastly
different, one would expect the hydrocar-
bons produced to reflect such differences.
In examining other shales, notably a
core of the mid-continent Woodford shale,
we found a pattern of hydrocarbons which
was quite different. This core was obtained
at a depth of 6,500 feet and had had a more
rigorous thermal history than that experi-
enced by either of the two samples in
Figure 6. I n the hydrocarbons from the
Woodford shale, ethane was slightly more
abundant than methane.
We are not the first to discover organic
materials in sedimentary rocks; others
have been working and are working in this
field. Those who are at present active have
termendous advantages over the earlier
investigators. We have available a won-
derful array of fine tools — gas-liquid
chromatography, resin chromatography,
infrared, mass spectrometry — which ease
dramatically the problems of separation
and identification of unknowns. In addi-
tion, the development of accurate radio-
active dating gives us a time framework
in dealing with old rocks. Thus we have
May, 1963
111
challenging questions and opportunities
and the tools with which to obtain answers.
We view an interesting vista for continu-
ing research.
References
Abelson, P. H., 1959. Paleobiochemistry and
organic geochemistry. Fortschr. Chem. Org.
Naturstoffe 17, 379-403.
Abelson, P. H., 1962. Annual report of the
director of the Geophysical Laboratory. Car-
negie Inst. Wash. Year Book 61, 179-191.
Boyd, W. C., and L. G. Boyd, 1937. Blood
grouping tests on 300 mummies, with notes on
the precipitin test. J. Immunol. 32, 307.
Hunt, J. M., and G. W. Jamieson, 1956.
Oil and organic matter in source rocks of pe-
troleum, Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petrol. Geol. 40, 477.
Rubey, W. W., 1951. Geologic history of sea
water. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 62, 1111.
Alchemical Manuscripts In
Washington Area Libraries
Sister St. John Nepomucene *
Trinity College , Washington , D. C.
That amazing scientist Nicolaus Steno,
in his Dissertation on the Anatomy of
the Brain (1), made a statement that can
serve as an introduction to this paper:
“I begin by publicly and frankly owning
that I know nothing of the matter.”
Such would have to be the statement
of most moderns, chemists as well as
others, who think of alchemy as the begin-
ning, in most unscientific form, of the
science of chemistry by means of a search
for an elixir of life and immortality, a
*Sister St. John Nepomucene, S.N.D. de N.,
is chairman of the Department of Chemistry at
Trinity College. Last fall she presented a paper
at the national meeting of the American Chemi-
cal Society, on alchemical manuscripts in li-
braries of the Washington area. Believing this
to be an attractive subject the editor persuaded
her to prepare for this journal a less technical
paper than the one she had read in Atlantic
City. She took up the task with great enthusiasm,
and submitted an extensive, thoroughly docu-
mented manuscript, only part of which can be
published here. Readers who wish to delve into
the origin and significance of alchemy should
consult Sister St. John directly and see her
bibliography. — Ed.
universal solvent, or a noble metal. Such
aims, coupled with the limited knowledge
then available, attracted charlatans as well
as the curious, and on the sincere imposed
a sacrificial way of life not unlike that of
modern scientists, whose primary purpose
is to know and understand.
As the philosophic virtues of alchemy
are probably not as easily recognized as its
material goals, it is good to know that an
American, Ethan Allen Hitchcock, deserves
credit for such recognition previously
given to Jung, whose interest in alchemy
developed from his work in psychology.
Hitchcock had found an alchemical manu-
script while browsing in a second-hand
bookstore, and gradually collected a large
library on the subject, most of which
found its way to the Library of Congress
as the result of a sale at the bookstore where
the collection had begun. In 1857 in Bos-
ton, Hitchcock published his Remarks
upon Alchemy and Alchemists (2), now
extremely rare. In it is stated on page 117
“The work of the alchemist was one ol
contemplation and not a work of the
112
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Figure 1. From the Liber Mutus, showing the
alchemist and his wife, part of the opus magnum
or great work, and the characteristic sentence.
hands. The alembic, furnace, cucurbit,
retort, philosophical egg, etc. etc. in which
the work of fermentation, distillation, ex-
traction of essences and spirits and the
preparation of salts is said to have taken
place was Man, — y ourself, friendly
reader; — and if you will take yourself
into your own study and be candid and
honest, acknowledging no other guide or
authority but Truth, you may easily dis-
cover something of hermetic philosophy;
and if at the beginning there should be
fear and trembling, the end may be a
more than compensating peace.”
The devotion of the alchemist is shown
in Figure 1, from the Liber Mutus now
in the Library of Congress. He stands
prayerfully in a laboratory clearly divided
into the parts indicated in the names, labor
and oratory. The picture bears the Latin
imperatives, “Ora, lege, lege, lege, relege,
labora et invenies” (pray, read, read,
read, reread, work and you shall find).
One may paraphrase some pages of the
work attributed generally, but possibly in-
accurately, to Albertus Magnus — Libellus
de Alchimia — by advising for alchemists
silence, discretion, an isolated dwelling,
patience, perseverance, and assiduity.
Others warned them to be rid of anger,
jealousy, hatred, and avarice — in itself
a great work!
Manuscripts in the Washington Area
From consultation of William J. Wilson’s
masterly catalog of alchemical manuscripts
in the United States and Canada (Osiris
6, 1939) and other sources, it is believed
that 13 alchemical manuscripts are now
in the Washington area. Three date from
the fifteenth century, one from the late
sixteenth, one from the seventeenth, and
the rest from the eighteenth. Two are
in English, four in French, four in Ger-
man, one in Italian, and two in Latin.
Folger Library. Perhaps the most gen-
erally interesting is the manuscript at the
Folger Shakespeare Library, written in
quite a clear hand in English. Measuring
only 12 x 19 cm., it is a recipe for
aquavitae — which it is presumably un-
necessary to identify as whiskey. Shakes-
peare’s six or seven references to aquavitae
explain the presence of the manuscript at
the Folger. Although completely repro-
duced elsewhere, it seems worth quoting
in full:
“To make aquavitae . . .
Take a strong ale or strong wyne, or
the lees of strong wyne and ale together
a gallon or 2 as yu please, and take half
a pound or more of good liquoriss and
as much annise seedes; scrape off the
barke from the liquorice, and cutt it
into thin slices, and punne the annise
seede grosse, and steep altogether close
covered 12 hours; then distill itt wth a
limbick or cerpentyne, and of every
gallon of the liquor yw may draw a
quarte of reasonable good Aquavitae,
that is, of 2 gallons 2 quarts but see that
May. 1963
113
\or fyre be temperate, and that the head
of yor limbeck be kept cold continually
wth fresh water, and that the bottome of
\ our limbecke be fast luted with rye
dowgh. that no ayre issue out. The best
ale to make Aquavitae of is to be made
of wheate make, and the next cleane
harly malte, and best wyne for that pur-
pose is sacke.”
National Library of Medicine. Another
recipe for aquavitae, mentioned only in
passing, is in Bethesda at the National
Library of Medicine. Bound in red
morocco (modern) lettered in gold is the
Manuscript Collection of Medical Tracts
and Receipts Latin and English 15th Cen-
tury, which contains the Medieval Leech
Book. On paper, there are 117 folios
averaging 13.5 x 22 cm., mounted on and
inserted between layers of silk, showing
through in worn folios. Only two of these
folios refer to alchemy, The Book of
Alkamy constituting folios 117a and b.
Medieval English Leech Book No. 2 also
is at the National Library of Medicine.
Dating from the fifteenth century, it was
received from Samuel A. Green of Boston
on August 11, 1874. The folios measure
20 x 14.3 cm. and are on badly stained
paper. On Folio 20v in the margin, is
written in a beautiful, clear hand of pre-
sumably later date, “I can’t read it.” This
phrase might almost be taken as the motto
of one working with alchemical manu-
scripts, for if the writing is legible, more
often than not the meaning is obscure.
Figure 2 (from another work. Liber
Sapientiae, discussed elsewhere in this
article) illustrates this point, although it-
self relatively clear.
Holy Name College. A manuscript at-
tributed to Ramon Lull, although his
work as alchemist or author in the field
has long been disbelieved, is listed as one
of 92 medieval manuscripts at Holy Name
College, Brookland. Although of the
fifteenth century, it is bound in modern
white vellum and consists of 48 folios.
22 x 14 cm. A beautiful incipit in red
and blue is followed by smaller ones in
Figure 2. Page from Liber Sapientiae, giving
recipes and showing use of symbols.
alternating colors with separating and ex-
planatory phrases in red. The whole is
beautifully and clearly done, and closely
follows the manuscript of John of
Rupescissa now at Harvard. Other folios
of remedies are bound in the same volume.
Catholic University of America. No. 129
of Catholic University’s medieval manu-
scripts contains alchemical recipes, ex-
tracts from earlier authorities, etc. In a
beautiful white vellum binding, probably
not the original, it has 103 folios and is
not rubricated or indented, except at the
chapter numbers. The fifteenth century
German script is none too clear, and the
German is easier to read than the writing.
Library of Congress. The manuscripts
of the Library of Congress are in the
Manuscript Room and Rare Book Divi-
sion. In the latter are three manuscripts,
one from the collection of General Ethan
Allen Hitchcock (1798-1870), the grand-
son of Ethan Allen of the “Green
114
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Mountain Boys” and the uncle of Ethan
Allen Hitchcock, Secretary of the Interior
under Theodore Roosevelt. The manu-
script is in French, entitled “Concordance
— physico — mitho — cabalo — hermet-
ique.” Immediately after the title of Part
B, there is an interesting bit: “I filled a
vessel with dephlogisticated air and
another with atmospheric air. 1 put an
animal of the same kind into each. The
one breathing atmospheric air at the end
of three, four, or five days fell over from
weakness and inanition — the one in
dephlogisticated air after the same time
enjoyed the best health and the greatest
strength — this experiment repeated several
times and on several different kinds of
animals, always gave the same results.”
An alchemical compendium in Latin
dating from the late sixteenth century, on
paper but still in its original limp vellum
binding with a flap, also is in the Rare
Book Division. There are a diagram in
color of a furnace, a 126-line poem, and
many references.
In the Manuscript Room the first manu-
script opened as if by magic to the dedica-
tion to St. Joannes von Nepomuck* and St.
Anthony of Padua, of whom the latter was
the patron of the author, Joseph Antoni
Maickelbeckh of Dillingen, who claims St.
John had prompted the canon of his church
to procure a Latin codex of Oeduardus
Scotus from the library of the Fugger
family. This page appears in Figure 3.
The manuscript consists of Scotus’ Specu-
lum Alchimiae, the Liber Sapientiae, also
of Scotus, twenty-three recipes of which
sixteen are ascribed to Basil Valentine, and
the Universal Tables, as well as the Phil-
osophers’ Key reproduced here (Figure 4),
which gives the Latin and German names
of the elements, reversed, and their sym-
bols. From the Bolton collection, it is
interesting not merely for its dedication
and repeated references to St. John Nepo-
muck but even more for the frontispiece
in colors — the cover of a book with seals
* Patron saint of the author of this article.
—Ed.
Figure 3. Page from Liber Sapientiae, showing
dedication to Jesus, Mary, Joseph, St. Anthony
of Padua, and St. John Nepomucene.
in red, white, and yellow and highly
symbolic illustrations in five unequal
bands. The manuscript itself is in a quite
legible German script, generously sprinkled
with symbols in red.
The author of the Treatise on the Nature
of Metals and The Treatise on Common
Metals is unknown. Both treatises are bound
together in board, paper-covered and half-
morocco. The two treatises are in French
in a beautifully clear handwriting, but
rather frequently grammatically inexact.
Both treatises are theoretical, with no
specific recipes, but there are frequent
page and chapter references to authorities.
There are two circular diagrams, one with
symbols of the seven metals and a legend,
“Visitabis interiora terrae; Rectificando
invenies oleum limpidum, unicam medi-
cinam” — the initial letters forming the
acrostic “Vitriolum.”
May, 1963
115
l£l
.9ll+i rl£tyHC^ — SiX*
.jMVaXs^ ?
• Siy..,^ ZU. O.
• $-+-&£*y XS , Alwl>v«^*-i»» , cjCrUi i . tX tUXtJ] ^ .
.JM . , Sunru/lat> „
■ ‘ '• c^tu.»v>^A^S , 5^C&j3**j‘. .
« - -, cM^A+jiu^, . . ... SvcnajS. ^ „
^7 . . . /*uSr<^. ... Srt^nv - . . . 0^7
o4. -»uJjl ^
SLvflc^iV /^hhty A
SJ+4U ..,&& A.
,*A*yx- . — !S^-.
' , -_ (SfifacL ,- - -i cfi-r-t-c4 . „ - - . . J^Z.
A.
'Ju4^£a. c^Cmuik
Figure 4. Philosophers’ Key. Names for seven
metals and four “elements,” in German and
Latin reversed, are included.
Another treatise, on the Philosopher’s
Stone, contains a commentary on that of
Sieur Philippe by one Sieur Duclos;
Jacques Le Tesson’s “Oeuvre du Lyon
verd” in dialogue, with no chapter divi-
sions but a long conversation on alchem-
ical matters; and a second dialogue on
the conduct of the philosophers. It dates
from the eighteenth century and is in the
original brown calf binding. The vessels
in which to work are described and
measurements given; windows by which to
see the colors are necessary; but the most
important thing is the control of the fire,
which if too great destroys and corrupts
the thing made, and if too slow extin-
guishes the spirit. The dissolution requires
from forty to fifty days and such processes
must be repeated, sometimes twenty times.
Another manuscript, Alchemical Notes
and Excerpts, is of late sixteenth century
Italian origin. Beautifully rubricated, it
is written in highly abbreviated Latin and
innumerable symbols are used. There are
colored drawings of alchemical apparatus
and nearly 200 Latin hexameters on
alchemy; and on folio 70a there are tables
of great interest, showing the expenses
and profits of the art.
Two other treatises are in German, both
in the same writing. In Miraculum Mundi.
folio 10 has a reference to phlogiston, as
well as a poem in cipher on the Philos-
opher’s Stone. According to this manu-
script, air in the presence of sunlight on
a steel “fire-mirror” will produce a salt
that preserves life. The second treatise
includes a long introductory allegory con-
cerning Adam and Eve. There is also
reference to the Rosy Cross. The manu-
script is not rubricated, and the divisions
are poorly indicated, many paragraphs
extending unbroken over several pages.
The Liber Mutus is from the collection
of H. Carrington Bolton of the Smith-
sonian Institution, and was given to the
Library of Congress by his widow. The
work of one Jacob Saulat Demarets, it
was first published by Denis Tolle, a doctor
of Rochelle. France, in 1677. The genre
of the work is indicated by the fact that
he anagrammatized his name to Altus and
represented the secrets of the process of
transmutation so that only adepts could
understand them. The 17 plates are pref-
aced by an introduction in an extremely
clear French hand. The preface indicates
that the small furnace can be watched
easily for controlling the fire, and that it
is portable and can be taken into the
alchemist’s room where he can stopper it
before retiring, to last till morning since
it will go for eight or ten hours without
touching, if oil is furnished it.
The last manuscript to be mentioned is
“II segreto libro di Artefio, Filosofo
antichissimo che tratta dell’arte occulta e
della Pietro Filosofale.” At first glimpse
this appears to be an almost exact trans-
lation of part of Pierre Arnauld’s Latin-
French Trois Traitez, of which three edi-
tions are in the Rare Book Division. The
116
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
TROIS TRAITEZ
DE LA P H I LO SOPHIE NATV-
RELLE NON ENCORE 1MPRIMEZ.
SCA VOIR
L E SECRET LIVRE DV TRES-
ancien Philofopbe Artephivs, traitant de l' Art
occulte& tranj mutation Metallique,
Latin Francois.
T l r s
LES FIGVRES H I ER O GLI P H I QVE S
dc' Nicolas Flamel ainfi qu’il les a mifcs en la
quatriefmc arche qu’il abaftie au Cimeticrc des Inno-
ccns a Paris, entrant par la grandeportcdc la rue S. De-
nys , &: prenan t la main choice, aucc l’cxplication d’icclles
pariceluy Flamel.
ENSEMBLE,
Lt vruy Hurt du doEIe S 7KESIFS „ 4bbeCrct , tire de UBibUothcqut
deTEmptreur fur [emefmc fubieByle tout tradnit pur J>.
tlsst V L D (ienrdc lu Cbeuullerit Tottiutn.
Si tcfutu fecant , ulius non yir thus rllis t
"Keque ttium duropottrts eonucUtreferrt.
Virgil.
A PARIS,
Ckez Gyimavme M a r e t t e rue Sain& Iacqucs , an
Gril, pres faindl Bcnoift.
M. D C. XII. ~~
*A»(( Triutlt^t du Rjy.
Figure 5. Title page of the first printed edition
(Paris, 1612) of The Secret Book of the Most
Ancient Philosopher Artephius.
title-page of the 1612 edition is repro-
duced here (Figure 5). However, since
Artephius, sometimes called Artesius —
presumably the poet and alchemist
Altughra’i — is thought to have lived in
1128, the manuscript may well be earlier
than the book; dating from the writing is
not easy, and “non encore imprimes”
could imply an earlier date. Little is
known of the provenance of the manuscript
beyond its acquisition by the Library in or
about 1877, with three other alchemical
manuscripts; according to the Library rec-
ords, it and two French treatises were
item 253 in an as-yet-unidentified librarv
or sale.
And so, like the ourobouros — the serpent
with its tail in its mouth, the alchemical
symbol used by Hitchcock on his book-
plate— we shall return to our beginning.
If alchemy does not yield readily to under-
standing, if it does not readily yield gold,
time spent reading in the field pays rich
dividends to the initiated.
References
(1) S’teno, Nicolaus. A Dissertation on the
Anatomy of the Brain. In the Lessing J. Rosen-
wald Collection. “Read in the Assembly Held in
N. Thevenot’s House in the Year 1665.” Pre-
face and Notes by Edu. Gotfredsen, M.D., Cop-
enhagen, 1950. Nyt Nordish Forlag, Arnold
Busch.
(2) Hitchcock, Ethan Allen. Remarks upon
Alchemy and the Alchemists, Indicating a
Method of Discovering the True Nature of Her-
metic Philosophy. 2nd. ed. New York, James
Miller, 1857. (The “Preface” is signed “E. A. H.
St. Louis, 1857.”)
Acknowledgements
To the curators of rare-book and manuscript
divisions, and to the librarians of the Folger
Shakespeare Library, the National Library of
Medicine, Holy Name College, Catholic Univer-
sity of America, and the Library of Congress,
sincerest gratitude is expressed for necessary
permissions, patience, and assistance. Particular-
ly is gratitude expressed to Lessing J. Rosen-
wald.
The illustrations accompanying this article
were very kindly supplied by the Library of
Congress.
May, 1963
117
THE BROWNSTONE TOWER
Nowadays much
time, effort, and
money are being
spent to make our
population scien-
tifically literate
and to attract to
the study of pure
and applied
science a larger
proportion of our
young people with the hope that many of
them will take up careers in teaching, re-
search. or practice in science or engineer-
ing. Various specifications for providing
financial support for qualitative and quan-
titative improvement of our scientific cap-
abilities have come to be known as “pro-
grams,” and the 12th annual report of the
National Science Foundation indicates that
every conceivable “program” is flourish-
ing. I shall not be concerned here with the
improvement of teaching, research, or
facilities, but only with the encouragement
of science talent.
Promising students emerge in the secon-
dary schools through demonstrated pro-
ficiency in their science courses and may
be stimulated by their teachers to greater
scientific effort in and out of school — to
read beyond the required textbooks, to
prepare an exhibit for a science fair, to
become active in science clubs or junior
academies, to seek scientific employment
or experience during summer vacations, to
undertake and report upon a scientific
project (research) that may or may not
include a science fair exhibit, to take ad-
vantage of opportunities to see professional
scientists at work or to hear them talk
about their work, and to compete for
scientific scholarships. Such activities
should help a good student to decide
whether he should point toward science
in college or the university; he should not
at this stage try to determine what kind of
scientist or engineer he should become. If
he leaves the secondary school strongly
attracted to the pursuit of science because
of his proficiency in it and because it
satisfies, he is on his way.
Although an able science teacher can
exert a more profound influence on a stu-
dent than any other person can, the teacher
can be assisted by others who want to help.
Thus the Washington Academy of Sciences,
through its Joint Board on Science Educa-
tion and its Committee on Encouragement
of Science Talent, is organized to offer
assistance — professional members of the
Academy stand ready to advise students
and teachers, to serve as judges at science
fairs, to serve as speakers on their special-
ties, to evaluate student papers, and to talk
about career opportunities. Their time for
such purposes is limited, of course, but I
doubt that they are being used to capacity.
The Washington Junior Academy of
Sciences, established and guided by the
senior Academy, holds an annual paper-
reading meeting, which brings together
from the Washington area students of like
mind who may be able to stimulate one
another in science more than they can be
affected by any adults except their teachers.
Washington is probably not unique in
making it possible for its better science
students to hold their own meetings, but
the practice is certainly not widespread.
In 1958 there emerged in the Army’s
Office of Ordnance Research, at Duke Uni-
versity, a program for assistance to secon-
dary school science teachers and students
not unlike that which had developed dif-
fusely in the Washington Academy. The
Army’s program became known as the
Junior Science and Humanities Symposia.
In July 1961 it became an Army-wide
program administered by the Army Re-
search Office (Durham). In October of
that year I became a member of its Ad-
visory Council, headed by the late C. A.
Elvehjem, president of the University of
Wisconsin. I was attracted by the inclusion
of “humanities” in the title. I soon found
that the program was for science first, the
Army second, and the humanities third.
Whoever reminded the organizers that man
cannot live by science alone should be
118
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
honored, and there is now on the Council
a strong and gracious proponent of the
humanities, Harry L. Levy, dean of Hunter
College, who will not let them be forgotten.
The JSHS has a small, able staff and
an annual appropriation. Its function is to
assist interested organizations anywhere
in the United States to stage a JSH sym-
posium. Although these symposia vary in
arrangements, they are similar in pattern
and have the following characteristics:
1. A two- or three-day meeting dur-
ing which students will have an oppor-
tunity to talk to one another.
2. Sponsorship by an Army installa-
tion where research is being done and
cosponsorship by academic institutions
or private companies that are also en-
gaged in research.
3. Cooperation with local or regional
academies of science and with the
leaders of the school systems from which
outstanding students and teachers, in a
ratio of about 4 to 1, will be drawn for
participation in the symposium.
4. An address by one or more Army
officers on an Army research program
and talks by civilian professionals.
5. An address that may or may not
extol the humanities, but should, if con-
cerned primarily with science, have a
philosophical, historical, or artistic
flavor.
6. Presentation by selected students
of their own research reports.
7. Visits by students and teachers in
small groups to the laboratories of
of scientists who will explain their work
and respond to questions.
8. Conversations among students,
teachers, and professional scientists on
careers in science.
What does a JSH symposium offer
Washington area students and teachers
that they do not already have? Nothing,
really, except the opening of the Army
laboratories to inspection and of access
to Army scientific personnel. But a JSH
symposium provides a convenient combina-
nation of worthwhile experiences, supple-
mentary to those that are available in the
Washington area.
Evidently the leaders of our school sys-
tems did not think the withdrawal of
selected students to attend a symposium
was too great an encroachment on their
school time, for they approved two JSH
symposia for Washington. The first was
held on March 29-30, 1962, at the Walter
Reed Army Institute of Research; the
second on April 15-16. 1963, at George-
town University, with the Harry Diamond
Laboratories on the campus of the Na-
tional Bureau of Standards serving as the
Army’s sponsor. I was well pleased with
the symposium at Walter Reed and liked
particularly the opportunity given to
teachers and students to visit a laboratory
long enough to find out what goes on in
it. I did not think so well of the so-called
Curbstone Clinic, where for too short a
time students tried prematurely to explore
careers in science with the help of pro-
fessional scientists. When a high school
student begins to think seriously about a
specialty in science, he worries about cur-
ricula, forgetting or not realizing that his
first objective in college is to become
broadly educated and well-grounded in the
fundamentals of science.
The total number of JSH symposia held
up to March, 1963. was 37. Most of the
support, amounting to $228,000, was pro-
vided by the Army Research Office
(Durham), but $33,000 came from in-
dustry!
In 1962 it was decided to hold the first
national JSH symposium — at the U.S.
Military Academy at West Point. Students
selected were to be those who had pre-
sented papers at local or regional symposia
and thus were to be recognized and re-
warded for their accomplishments. On
April 3-5, 1963, the great event took place
in the inspiring setting of West Point. Be-
cause the JSH symposia have not yet been
held in certain sections of the country,
only 19 states were represented by the
130 students and 36 teachers present.
Among them were our Phoebe Knipling,
May, 1963
119
Jean G. Taylor, and 8 students from the
Washington area. The program was ex-
cellent. and the experiences these students
had, especially in meeting one another,
certainly must have justified the cost of
the symposium and have far exceeded in
benefit to them what they might have
derived from their own classes during the
same period.
Washington made a great contribution
to the humanistic side of this symposium
through a philosophical luncheon address
by Ralph G. H. Siu of this city, entitled
“The Plunge into Darkness.” In it he
warned would-be scientists against the
temptation to worship gadgetry, the Big
Science fraternity, and the ritualization of
methodology.
Two first-year cadets also stressed the
social side of their technical training when
they gave illustrated talks on their experi-
ences in a program called “Operation
Crossroads Africa.” One had gone to
Ethiopia, the other to Nigeria with other
young Americans to help Africians build
a rural school house and a library. Prob-
ably their help was really not needed, but
the process of working together with
people of different language and culture
did something to prove to them that “a
man’s a man for a’ that.”
On the evening of the first day Edward
Teller, whose views on the need for
strengthening American science led to the
initiation of the JSHS program, spoke not
only to the participants in the symposium,
but also to a large contingent of cadets.
After the first day of the meeting I had
to return to Washington. Having been
inspired by what I had seen and heard, I
should think that impressionable young
students would be affected for life by this
unforgettable experience.
In Oklahoma a well-supported state-wide
junior symposium is held annually with
scientists of national reputation coming
into the state to participate. One can safely
say that never before in the United States
has so much attention been paid to so
many budding scientists. Let us hope that
these fine young people will not be spoiled
by it and that their idealism and desire
for knowledge and truth will prevail over
materialism.
Finally, let me propose the only science-
promoting “program” that has not yet
been funded, because it cannot be; i.e.,
that every altruistic mature scientist find
for himself a young protege to whom he
can be counselor and friend through the
school years.
— Frank L. Campbell
NCA Laboratories Plan
Anniversary Celebration
The Research Laboratories of the Na-
tional Canners Association will celebrate
their golden anniversary in a series of
programs scheduled for May 21 and 22,
in which officials of the canning industry
and the Food and Drug Administration
will participate.
The National Canners Association was
the first food trade association to create
research and technical service laboratories
for the benefit of its members, and it was
among the first trade groups of any kind
to engage in activities of this type. Its
laboratories were first organized and
staffed in June 1913, when the NCA head-
quarters were moved to Washington from
Bel Air, Md. The Association itself has
been in existence since 1907. A second
laboratory has been in operation since
1919 in Seattle, Wash., and a third in
Berkeley, Calif., since 1926.
The program on May 21 will be con-
ducted for Government representatives and
the press, and will include a tour of the
Laboratories, where charts and demon-
strations will illustrate the types of prob-
lems coped with during the earlier years of
canning, compared with the modern proj-
ects now under study. The tour will be
followed by a luncheon at which Food
and Drug Commissioner George P. Lar-
rick will be the principal speaker. The
final event of this program will be the
presentation to Mr. Larrick of a contribu-
tion to the Harvey W. Wiley Award Fund.
On May 22 most of the guests will be
120
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
scientific and technical people from Gov-
ernment and industry. Oral L. Kline,
scientific director of FDA, will be the
principal speaker, followed by staff mem-
bers of the NCA Laboratories. Dr. Kline’s
topic will be “Research — A Vital Factor
in a Food Regulatory Program.” C. W.
Bohrer, chief bacteriologist of the NCA
Washington Laboratory, will describe his
recent work with Staphylococcus entero-
toxin. W. E. Perkins will discuss his work
with Clostridium botulinum spores.
Berkeley chemist J. W. Ralls will discuss
his work with natural flavor constituents;
and W. A. Mercer, assistant director of the
Berkeley Laboratory, will describe some
of the techniques in radiochemistry and
chromatography that are used by NCA re-
searchers.
WETA Schedules
New TV Series
“Science and Engineering Television
Journal,” a series of 12 one-hour programs
on new developments in science and engi-
neering, will be presented beginning
Thursday, May 30, by WETA-TV (UHF
Channel 26 ) , Washington’s educational tele-
vision station. The programs will be broad-
cast every Thursday at 7 :30 p.m. for 12
weeks.
Purpose of the series of programs is to
enable scientists and engineers to view in
their homes, reports and discussions usu-
ally available only at professional meet-
ings.
The series was produced in cooperation
with several engineering and scientific
societies, including the American Society
of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condi-
tioning Engineers, American Psychological
Association, New York Academy of
Sciences, American Chemical Society,
American Institute of Biological Sciences,
Conference Board of the Mathematical
Sciences, Institute of Electrical and Elec-
tronics Engineers, American Meteorolog-
ical Society, and American Society of Civil
Engineers.
Titles of the programs are as follows:
May 30 — The Engineer and Environment
June 6 — Computer Stimulation of Cognitive
Behavior
June 13 — Vertical Take-Off and Landing Air-
craft
June 20 — Problems in Macromolecular Chem-
istry
June 27 — Biology Curriculum improvements
July 4 — What Is Mathematics and How Do
We Teach It?
July 11 — Problems in Organic Chemistry
July 18 — Artificial Intelligence— Present and
Future
July 25 — The Atmospheres of Mars and Venus
August 1 — Biomateriology
August 8 — The Search for Solid Ground
August 15 — Civil Engineering Aspects of the
World’s Fair
WETA-TV, which is on the air daytime
and evenings, Monday through Friday,
broadcasts quality programs in cultural,
public affairs, entertainment, and instruc-
tional areas.
The Channel 26 GHF signal can be re-
ceived by attaching a converter to an ordi-
nary TV set; or in an apartment house
equipped with a master UHF antenna, the
signal can be received on Channels 3 or 6,
on any set connected to the master an-
tenna.
WETA-TV is owned and operated by
the Greater Washington Educational Tele-
vision Association. Inc., which is spon-
sored by area universities, secondary
school systems, and cultural institutions.
It is a non-profit group, and solicits
financial support from the community for
capital and for the evening operation. Its
in-school programs are supported by the
participating school systems.
Further information can be obtained by
calling HUdson 3-4523.
May, 1963
121
MAY MEETING
(474tli Meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences)
SPEAKER : Sherman Beychok
Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
College of Physicians and Surgeons
Columbia University
SUBJECT: Conformation of Proteins in Solution:
Optical Rotatory Dispersion Studies
TIME: Thursday, May 16, 1963
8:15 P.M.
PLACE: John Wesley Powell Auditorium,
Cosmos Club
2170 Florida Avenue, N. W.
Abstract of Address — For the past few years, the emphasis in analysis of optical rota-
tory dispersion of proteins and synthetic polypeptides has been placed on discerning and
estimating helix content in these macromolecules. In both these classes, the spatial disposi-
tion of the peptide bond exerts a profound effect on the optical rotatory dispersion proper-
ties in solution. Dispersion curves of ferrimyoglobin and ferrihemoglobin, as well as the
size of one of the characteristic Cotton effects near 2250° A, have been interpreted in terms
of the helix content of these proteins, in solution. This kind of analysis is useful for study-
ing secondary structure of proteins in solution, but yields little information about details
of tertiary structure. With respect to the latter, a promising approach is to study the op-
tically active absorption bands of bound chromophores whose manner of attachment
depends on specific features of tertiary structure. The chromophore may occur naturally,
as in heme-proteins, or may be deliberately added. Some results of a study of the inter-
action of insulin with acridine orange are presented to illustrate induced optical activity
in a bound chromophore and the effects of modification of protein structure on the size
and magnitude of the Cotton effects.
The Speaker — A native of New York City, Sherman Beychok graduated magna cum
laude from the College of the City of New York in 1952. In 1957 he received his Ph.D.
degree in biochemistry from New York University, working on the physical chemistry
of lysozyme. From 1956 to 1960 he was associated with Jacinto Steinhardt as researcher
on hemoglobin in the Department of Chemistry at Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
During his last year at MIT he was also a lecturer in physical chemistry at Boston Uni-
versity. After a year in the Laboratory of Biophysical Chemistry of the Children’s Cancer
Research Foundation and Harvard Medical School, he returned to New York, and is now
assistant professor of biochemistry at the College of Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia
Lniversity, where he is working in optical methods for determination of the secondarv
and tertiary structure of macromolecules.
122
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Science in Washington
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook, Associate
Editor, c/o U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Room
2628 South Building, W ashington 25, D.C.
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT
John W. Mitchell has been named
leader of a newly-established laboratory
for pioneering research on plant growth
regulators. The laboratory, located at the
Agricultural Research Center, Beltsville,
will conduct basic research on how growth
regulating compounds and hormones affect
plants. It is the 20th pioneering research
unit established by the Agricultural Re-
search Service since 1957.
C. H. Hoffman, Entomology Research
Division, participated in a panel discussion
“To Examine the Use, the Risks, and the
Value of Various Methods of Controlling
the Most Insidious Garden Enemies,” pre-
sented at the Garden Club of America meet*
ing held in New York City on March 13.
John H. Martin presented an address,
“Potentials for Sorghum Improvement in
Africa,” at the Third Biennial Grain Sor-
ghum Research and Utilization Conference,
held in Amarillo, Tex., on March 12.
John T. Presley attended the Interna-
tional Symposium on Biological Control of
Soil-Borne Pathogens, held in Berkeley,
Calif., April 8-12.
Joseph R. Spies was the featured
speaker on the recent Eighth Annual Arthur
Lee Haines Visiting Scientists in Chemistry
Program, sponsored by the State University
of South Dakota, his alma mater. On April
4 Dr. Spies addressed a banquet meeting on
the subject, “The Chemistry and Physio-
logical Properties of Oilseed Allergens.” On
the following day he spoke before a morn-
ing meeting on “Science Education for the
Researcher,” and before an afternoon ses-
sion on “Man as Reagent in Allergen
Research.” The series of programs was
instituted to honor the achievements of
Professor Haines, who is now in his 67th
year as a science teacher.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
Marjorie Hooker was chairman, and
Laura Reiehen a member of the Physical
Sciences Panel “Ask the Scientists” at the
program held at Georgetown Visita-
tion Preparatory School on March 30. The
aim of the program, sponsored by the Com-
mittee on Women in Science of the Joint
Board of Science Education, is to give local
high school girls an opportunity to meet
scientists and discuss careers in science.
George Phair is one of the contributors
to the “Buddington Volume,” a collection
of petrologic papers published by the Geo-
logical Society of America in honor of
Arthur F. Buddington, professor emeritus
in the Department of Geology, Princeton
University.
GEORGE WASHINGTON
UNIVERSITY
Nelson Grisamore, assistant dean (re-
search) of the School of Engineering and
Applied Science, gave five lectures during
the week of February 18-22, which were
broadcast on the WMAL “Lectures in Min-
iature” series.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Anthony M. Schwartz gave a talk on
“The Measurement of Detergency” before
the American Society for Testing Materials
meeting in New York on March 11. Dr.
Schwartz also presented a paper, “Resist-
ance to Capillary Flow at the Liquid-Solid-
Air Interface,” at the Kendall Award Sym-
posium honoring William A. Zisman at
the Los Angeles national meeting of the
American Chemical Society. On April 9
he presented a paper on “Friction Rela-
tionships in Human Hair” at the Chicago
meeting of the Society of Cosmetic Chem-
ists.
May, 1963
123
John F. Krasny presented a paper en-
titled. “Warm, Lofty Cotton Fabrics: Some
Exploratory Studies,” before the 33rd an-
nual meeting of the Textile Research In-
stitute in New York on March 14. John
Menkart and Arnold Sookne also at-
tended the meeting.
Alfred E. Brown participated in a
“Career Day” for undergraduates at the
Georgetown University Science Center on
March 30. His topic was, “Industrial Ca-
reers for Scientists.” Dr. Brown also par-
ticipated in the 1963 Junior Science and
Humanities Symposium which was held at
the GU Science Center on April 16. Ap-
proximately 200 high school science stu-
dents attended this symposium, at which
Dr. Brown, representing industry, discussed
his views on “The Role of Science from the
Viewpoint of Politics, Industry, Govern-
ment Laboratories, and Universities.”
NATIONAL INSTITUTES
OF HEALTH
Margaret Pittman, chief of the Lab-
oratory of Bacterial Products, Division of
Biologies Standards, received the Superior
Service Award at the 12th Annual Depart-
ment of Health Education and Welfare
Honor Awards Ceremony. Dr. Pittman is
a former president of the Washington
Academy of Sciences.
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Richard Tousey received the Draper
Medal during the recent 100th annual meet-
ing of the National Academy of Sciences,
in recognition of his achievements in solar
spectroscopy. Dr. Tousey is the 34th
Draper medalist since establishment of the
award in 1886.
UNCLASSIFIED
Roy C. Dawson attended the Fifth An-
nual Conference on Agricultural Meteor-
ology, held in Lakeland, Fla., April 4-5.
DEATHS
Lyman J. Briggs, director emeritus of
the National Bureau of Standards, died
March 26 at the age of 89. When he retired
in 1945, Dr. Briggs had served the Govern-
ment for 49 years. He graduated from
Michigan State College at 19, and later
earned a masters degree in physics from
the University of Michigan and the Ph.D.
degree from Johns Hopkins University. He
began his Government career in 1896, while
still a student, as a physicist in the Bureau
of Soils of the Department of Agriculture.
In 1906 he organized a biophysical labora-
tory in the Bureau of Plant Industry, and
in 1920 he joined the Bureau of Standards.
He was appointed acting director by Presi-
dent Hoover in 1932, and confirmed as
director in 1933.
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
May 14 — American Society of Civil
Engineers
Dinner meeting.
6:30 p.m. Powell Auditorium, Cosmos
Club.
May 15 — American Meteorological
Society
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., National Academy of Sci-
ences.
May 20 — American Society for Metals
National officers’ night. Speaker, R. J.
Raudebaugh, International Nickel Com-
pany, national president of ASM.
6:30 p.m., dinner; 8:00, program.
AAUW Building, 2401 Virginia Ave., N.W.
May 20 — Society of American Mili-
tary Engineers
Luncheon meeting.
Noon, Barker Hall. YWCA, 17th and K
Sts., N.W.
May 20-23 — American Meteorological
Society (and others)
1963 International Symposium on Hu-
midity and Moisture Measurement and
Control in Science and Industry, sponsored
by American Meteorological Society, In-
strument Society of America, American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air
Conditioning Engineers, National Bureau
of Standards, and Weather Bureau.
Sheraton Park Hotel.
124
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
May 20 — Chemical Engineers Club
Luncheon meeting. Norman C. Laffer,
professor of microbiology, University of
Maryland, “Industrial Microbiology.”
12:15, All States Dining Room, 514 19th
St., N.W.
May 21 — Anthropological Society of
Washington
Gottfried Lang, Catholic University,
“Fieldwork in Tanganyika.”
8:15 p.m., Room 43, National Museum,
10th St. and Constitution Ave., N.W.
May 21 — American Ceramic Society
James Gangler, NASA, “Material prob-
lems and the Moon.”
6:00 p.m., social hour; 6:45, dinner.
Broadmoor Hotel, Connecticut Ave. and
Porter St., N.W.
May 23 — American Society of Me-
chanical Engineers
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., PEPCO Auditorium, 10th and
E Sts. N.W.
May 27 — D. C. Society of Professional
Engineers
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., National Housing Center,
1625 L St., N.W.
May 28 — American Society for Micro-
biology
Regular meeting.
8:00 p.m., Sternberg Auditorium, Wal-
ter Reed.
May 28 — American Society of Civil
Engineers
Luncheon meeting.
Noon, YWCA, 17th and K Sts., N.W.
ELECTIONS TO FELLOWSHIP
The following persons were elected to
fellowship in the Academy at the Board
of Managers meeting on April 9:
John E. Gibson, head, Millimeter
Wave Astronomy Section, Naval Research
Laboratory, “in recognition of his con-
tributions to astrophysics, and in particu-
lar his researches on millimeter wavelength
radiation of solar system and galactic
sources.” (Sponsors: Wayne C. Hall, Ed-
ward F. McClain, Jr., Hubert Friedman.)
William R. Hunter, physicist, Naval
Research Laboratory, “in recognition of
his researches on the optical and photo-
electric properties of materials in the ex-
treme ultaviolet.” (Sponsors: Wayne C.
Hall, Richard Tousey, Hubert Friedman.)
Carl Lamanna, deputy chief and sci-
entific advisor, Life Sciences Division,
Army Research Office, “in recognition of
his contributions to microbiology, in par-
ticular his researches on bacterial toxins
and spores, and his co-authorship of ‘Basic
Bacteriology, Its Biological and Chemical
Background.’” (Sponsors: Mary L. Rob-
bins, Howard E. Noyes, Ray C. Dawson.)
Joseph C. R. Licklider, assistant
director, Advanced Research Projects
Agency, Department of Defense, “in recog-
nition of his contributions to psychology
and communication, and in particular his
researches on speech perception, pitch
perception, and man-computer interaction.”
(Sponsors: Philip J. Franklin, Charles M.
Herzfeld, Maurice Apstein.)
George B. Magin, Jr., radiochemist
and radiohydrologist, Atomic Energy
Commission, “in recognition of his con-
tributions to knowledge of the chemistry
of minerals, in particular his research and
his guidance of research by others on the
inorganic chemistry of rare earths, min-
eral synthesis, chemistry of water and its
relations to aquifers, and tracer applica-
tion of radioisotopes.” (Sponsors: A. P.
Mathers, M. J. Pro, R. L. Schoenemann.)
ELECTIONS TO MEMBERSHIP
The following persons were elected to
membership in the Academy at a meeting
of the Membership Committee on March
25:
Michael Amrine, science editor, Fed-
eration of American Scientists, American
Psychological Association, American Sta-
tistical Association, and American Ortho-
psychiatric Association. (Sponsored by
John S. Toll.)
May, 1963
125
Ernest F. Gray, principal staff member
(physics), Applied Physics Laboratory,
Johns Hopkins University. (Sponsored by
Mary L. Robbins.)
W. W. Hammerschmidt, executive
secretary, Defense Science Board, Office
of the Director of Defense Research and
Engineering.
Berton F. Hill, executive secretary,
Institute of Laboratory Animal Resources,
NAS-NRC. (Sponsored by Frank L. Camp-
bell.)
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
March Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 554th
meeting on March 12 at the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, with President Van Evera
presiding.
The minutes of the 553rd meeting were
approved as previously distributed.
Announcements. Dr. Van Evera an-
nounced that on May 14, Editor Detwiler
would be the recipient of the Honor Award
for 1963 of the Washington Chapter,
American Institute of Chemists.
Dr. Van Evera reported on the meeting
of the Executive Committee on February
27, calling particular attention to the dis-
cussion of a possible joint journal as well
as a joint directory for scientific societies
of the Washington area. Dr. Van Evera
asked the Board members to consider the
pros and cons of establishing such a joint
enterprise and be prepared to discuss the
matter at a subsequent Board meeting.
Membership. Chairman Hobbs presented
the names of five candidates for resident
fellowship, for First Reading.
Dr. Hobbs requested guidance on in-
terpretation of the term, “acceptable” in
considering qualifications for membership
in the Academy. It was concluded that in-
dividuals should be considered “accept-
able” if they could demonstrate an interest
in science, even if they could not demon-
strate professional competence in any
branch thereof. The Board felt that it is
the expressed general intent of the present
Bylaws to provide in the membership cate-
gory an opportunity for amateur scientists,
teachers of science, members of trade or-
ganizations who employ scientists, etc., to
become members of the Academy; and that
a more precise statement of qualifications
for membership may be evolved after some
experience with general guidelines like
those indicated above.
Dr. Hobbs distributed for comment a
tentative “application for membership”
form. It was generally considered that the
form required excessive information on
professional accomplishments, which might
deter many amateurs and teachers from,
seeking membership. Dr. Van Evera asked
Dr. Hobbs to meet with the Executive Com-
mittee on March 27 to continue discussion
of this and other points concerned with
membership.
Election of Fellows. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of their names by Dr. Hobbs,
the following persons were elected to fellow-
ship in the Academy: A. D. Alexander, R.
C. Parlett, and R. E. Ritts, Jr. (See also
April issue, page 100.)
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson reported
the following current balances: Junior
Academy, $2,839.92; Joint Board, $6,-
315.07; Senior Academy, $2,167.88, plus a
91-day bill for $5,000.
Editor. Editor Detwiler reported that the
March issue of the Journal would be in the
mail on Wednesday, March 13.
Meetings. Chairman Robbins reminded
the Board that the Academy’s March 21
meeting would be addressed by Raymond
J. Seeger of the National Science Founda-
tion, “On the Sociology of Science.” She
also announced that the speaker for the
April 18 meeting would be Ragnar Rollef-
son, director of the Office of International
Scientific Affairs, Department of State, on
“Science in the Department of State.”
Dr. Robbins also reported the following
appointments to the Committee on Meet-
ings: F. T. McClure, P. H. Oehser, B. F.
Scribner, and Jacinto Steinhart.
Old Business. Dr. Van Evera announced
his conclusion, reached after consideration
126
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
of a question raised about the propriety of
the Academy having a committee to deal
with Congressional affairs, that there are no
restrictions in the Academy charter in this
respect. Dr. Van Evera has established a
Committee on Congressional Activities Af-
fecting Science, and has named the follow-
ing members: Malcolm W. Henderson
(chairman), Frank L. Campbell, and
Thorndike Saville.
April Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 555th
meeting on April 9 at the National Acade-
my of Sciences, with President-elect
Francois Frenkiel presiding in the un-
avoidable absence of President Van Evera.
The minutes of the 554th meeting were
approved as previously distributed.
Membership. Chairman Hobbs presented
the names of five candidates for resident
fellowship, for First Reading.
Dr. Hobbs announced that the Member-
ship Committee had elected the following
four persons to membership in the Acad-
emy, as follows: M. Amrine, E. P. Gray,
W. W. Hammerschmidt, and B. F. Hill.
Dr. Hobbs submitted for comment a
draft application form for membership;
the Board approved the form and author-
ized the Secretary to duplicate a thousand
copies. Dr. Hobbs indicated that a draft
form for nomination of resident fellows
would be presented at the next Board meet-
ing.
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson reported
the following current balances: Junior
Academy, $1,270.83 in checking account,
$2,839.92 in savings account; Joint Board,
$5,110.45; Senior Academy, $4,044.50 in
checking account, plus a 91-day bill for
$5,000.
Dr. Henderson announced that Mrs.
Richard Humphreys would soon assume
secretarial duties in the Academy office,
succeeding Mrs. Galbraith.
Dr. Henderson suggested that the Board
consider and discuss at the next meeting
the question of bonding the treasurer.
Dr. Henderson reported receipt of a re-
quest from the Department of Defense for
permission to reprint certain entomological
information appearing in the Journal. The
Board could see no reason why the Acad-
emy should object to the DOD proposal;
however, it was agreed that Dr. Henderson
would discuss the matter also with the
Johnson Reprint Company, which handles
the sale of back issues of the Journal.
Secretary. Dr. Irving reported that cer-
tain Bylaws changes recently approved by
the Board (see February Journal, page 44)
would soon be submitted to the member-
ship for ratification by mail ballot. On the
same ballot, the members will be requested
to vote on the affiliation of the Washington-
Baltimore Section of the Electrochemical
Society.
Editor. Editor Detwiler reported that the
April issue of the Journal was in press, and
expressed thanks to Associate Editors Far-
row and Campbell for completing the edi-
torial work on this issue during the Editor’s
absence from the city.
Mr. Detwiler also indicated that he and
President Van Evera would meet with
officers of the Chemical Society of Wash-
ington to discuss the feasibility of combin-
ing the directory of that group with the
Academy’s directory.
Meetings. Chairman Robbins informed
the Board that during her projected sojourn
in Baghdad and until the end of June, Dr.
Steinhart would serve as acting chairman
of the Committee.
Dr. Robbins presented the following
forecast of future Academy meetings: April
18, Ragnar Rollefson on “Science in the
Department of State”; May 16, Sherman
Beychok of Columbia University on optical
rotatory dispersion studies of proteins in
solution; October meeting, John O’Keefe
of Goddard Space Flight Center and
another speaker to be named, sharing a
discussion of some aspects of a flight to the
moon; May 1964 meeting, R. B. Kuschner
of the Applied Physics Laboratory, demon-
strating some aspects of the navigational
satellites. Also in 1964, a commemoration
of Galileo’s 400th birthday may be in-
cluded in the program.
May, 1963
127
Dr. Robbins also presented a Meetings
Committee proposal that the Academy
sponsor an annual symposium particularly
appropriate to Washington and not suitable
for individual scientific societies. The over-
all theme might be “Science and Society”;
and the symposium could be known, for
example, as the Annual Washington Acad-
emy of Sciences Symposium on Science
and Society. The following subjects were
suggested for individual symposia, or for
coverage in two or three successive sym-
posia: Socialization of science; impact of
science on population trends; science as
an economic dislocator; science and com-
munication; and support of science from
the standpoint of allocation of natural re-
sources. It was proposed that a special
committee for planning and conducting the
symposia be appointed.
Dr. Frenkiel indicated that the Executive
Committee had reacted favorably to this
proposal at its meeting on March 27. At the
present meeting, the Board’s reaction like-
wise was generally favorable. It was sug-
gested that Dr. Van Evera might wish to
choose a special committee of Academy
members to explore the general idea with
scientists and perhaps university presidents
in the area, before determining how next to
proceed.
Election of Fellows. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of their names by Dr. Hobbs,
the following persons were elected to fel-
lowship in the Academy: J. E. Gibson, W.
R. Hunter, Carl Lamanna, J. C. R. Lick-
lider, and G. B. Magin, Jr.
New Business. As delegate for the In-
stitute of the Aerospace Sciences, Dr.
Frenkiel reported that within the next six
months this group will go out of independ-
ent existence to become part of the Ameri-
can Institute of Aeronautics and Astro-
nautics. It is possible but not certain that
the latter organization will become formally
affiliated with the Washington Academy of
Sciences.
The Board discussed the feasibility of
publishing a single journal serving all
scientific societies in the Washington area.
The discussion briefly covered such topics
as objectives; format (newsletter type of
journal, or medium for publication of
general scientific papers, or a combination
of both) ; the lack of need for preserving
published items that have little permanent
value; difficulties in merging the Academy’s
Journal with such an established specialized
publication as The Capital Chemist ; and
appeal to advertisers in a joint publication.
With this start, it was agreed that the dis-
cussion might be continued at subsequent
Board meetings.
128
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzfeld
John L. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fo wells
Carl I. Aslakson
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
Gerhard M. Brauer
Francois N. Frenkiel
Morris Tepper
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
MAY 1963
No. 5
CONTENTS
Organic Geochemistry 105
Alchemical Manuscripts in Washington Area Libraries 112
The Brownstone Tower 118
May Meeting of the Academy 122
Science in Washington
Scientists in the News 123
Calendar of Events 124
Elections to Fellowship 125
Elections to Membership 125
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 126
Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
1530— P St., N.W. Paid at
Washington, D. C. Washington, D.C.
Return Requested
LIBRARY OF ABM OLD
arboretum
220 IVINITYAVt J
CAMBRIDGE 3 a MASS & A $
-1
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Directory Issue
Vol. 53 • No. 6
SEPTEMBER
1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate Editors
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
John A. O’Brien, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Marjorie Hooker, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S’.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (prior to Volume 51) can be purchased
direct from the Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 5th Avenue, New York 3, N.Y. This firm also
handles the sale of the Proceedings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910), the Index, and
the Monograph.
Current issues of the Journal (past two calendar years) may still be obtained directly
from the Academy office at 1530 P Street, N.W., Washington 5, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
Second class postage paid at Washington, D.C.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
^astfnngton glcabemp of detente*
1963 Directory
of
The Academy and Four of Its Affiliated Societies
Foreword
The present, 38th, issue of the Academy’s
directory is again this year issued as the
September issue of the Journal.
As was the case last year, we have at-
tempted to produce an up-to-date listing of
the membership at minimum cost to the
Academy. Between the classified listing
and the Washington telephone book, there
should be little difficculty in getting in
touch with local members; hence we have
not given the addresses of members. Also,
the Academy office at 1530 P Street (AD
4-5323) is in a position to supply addresses
for all members, whether local or non-
resident, upon request.
Again this year, members are classified
by three listings — alphabetically, by place
of employment, and by membership in local
societies affiliated with the Academy. Thus,
the directory attempts to answer the basic
questions that arise when the name of a
scientist is mentioned : Where does he
work? and What does he do? The knowl-
edge that John Jones works in the Agri-
cultural Research Service and that he be-
longs to the Entomological Society is the
key to whether we have anything in com-
mon with him, and if so, how to seek him
out.
We have not indicated places of employ-
ment for nonresident members, since this
would lead to a very complex coding sys-
tem; and such codes would scarcely be a
reliable guide for written contacts. Nor
have we classified emeritus members by
place of employment, since most of them,
presumably, have retired from gainful
employment.
Assignment of codes for place of em-
ployment and membership in affiliated so-
cieties is based upon results of a postcard
questionnaire sent to active, resident fel-
lows and members. Where fellows and
members did not answer the questionnaire,
the coding was made on the basis of other
available information. Corrections should
be called to the attention of the Academy
office.
An innovation this year is the inclusion
of complete membership rosters for four
of the Academy’s 29 affiliated societies,
both members and nonmembers of the
Academy. These four affiliates are the En-
tomological Society of Washington, the
Botanical Society of Washington, the In-
ternational Association for Dental Re-
search, and the Institute of Food Tech-
nologists. In return for their cooperation,
the four societies will be provided with
copies of the directory at nominal cost.
This operation is avowedly a pilot-scale
experiment to develop precise figures on
the labor and cost of including nonmembers
of the Academy, and to determine by ex-
perience the usefulness of such listings, to
both the Academy and the affiliates. If
the service does have general usefulness
and the cost is not prohibitive, we shall
hope to extend it next year to other Acad-
emy affiliates. Certainly it can be en-
visioned that a consolidated directory of
the Academy and all its affiliates would
provide a valuable guide to a preponder-
ance of the scientists in the Washington
area.
September, 1963
129
Explanation of Listings
Academy Fellows and Members
The alphabetical listing purports to in-
clude all fellows and members on the
Academy rolls as of July 1, 1963, whether
resident or nonresident, and whether active
(dues-paying) or emeritus (retired).
Employment. — The first column of code
symbols after the name is a semi-mnemonic
cross-reference to place of employment, as
shown in the first classified listing. In the
employment code, 1 refers to Government
agencies (and 1A to Agriculture, 1C to
Commerce, etc.; and 1CNBS refers to the
National Bureau of Standards in the De-
partment of Commerce) ; 2 refers to edu-
cational institutions, both higher (2H) and
secondary (2S) (2HUMD is the University
of Maryland) ; 3A refers to associations
and 31 to private institutions; 4 refers to
consultants, physicians, and other self-
employed persons ; 5 refers to business con-
cerns (5HARE is the Harris Research Lab-
oratories, for example) ; 6 refers to foreign
and international groups (embassies, UN
organizations, etc.) ; 7 refers to retired per-
sons who are still dues-paying fellows; and
8 refers to persons whose places of employ-
ment, if any, are presently not known.
Places of employment are given only for
resident active fellows and members.
Affiliation. — The second column of code
symbols refers to the person’s membership
in one or more of the societies affiliated
with the Academy, as given in the follow-
ing list, which includes also the year of
the societies’ affiliation with the Academy:
Code
B Philosophical Society of Washington (1898)
C Anthropological Society of Washington
(1898)
D Biological Society of Washington (1898)
E Chemical Society of Washington (1898)
F Entomological Society of Washington (1898)
G National Geographic Society (1898)
H Geological Society of Washington (1898)
I Medical Society of the District of Columbia
(1898)
J Columbia Historical Society (1899)
K Botanical Society of Washington (1902)
L Society of American Foresters, Washington
Section (1904)
M Washington Society of Engineers (1907)
N American Institute of Electrical Engineers,
Washington Section (1912)
O American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
Washington Section (1923)
P He^inthological Society of Washington
(1923)
Q American Society for Microbiology, Wash-
ington Branch (1923)
R Society of American Military Engineers,
Washington Post (1927)
S Institute of Radio Engineers, Washington
Section (1933)
T American Society of Civil Engineers, Na-
tional Capital Section (1942)
U Society for Experimental Biology and Medi-
cine, D. C. Section (1952)
V American Society for Metals, Washington
Chapter (1953)
W International Association for Dental Re-
search, Washington Section (1953)
X Institute of the Aerospace Sciences, Wash-
ington Section (1953)
Y American Meteorological Society, D. C.
Branch (1954)
Z Insecticide Society of Washington (1959)
2 Acoustical Society of America, Washington
Chapter (1959)
3 American Nuclear Society, Washington Sec-
tion (1960)
4 Institute of Food Technologists, Washing-
ton Section (1961)
5 American Ceramic Society, Baltimore- Wash-
ington Section (1962)
A systematic effort was made to include
affiliations for all resident active fellows
and members. In the case of nonresidents
and emeriti, affiliations are given where
known, but the listings are not compre-
hensive.
Two recent society mergers should be
noted, since they will affect the future
classification of affiliates. The Institute of
the Aerospace Sciences (Code X) has
merged with the American Rocket Society
(not an Academy affiliate) to become the
American Institute of Aeronautics and As-
tronautics. And the American Institute of
Electrical Engineers (Code N) has merged
with the Institute of Radio Engineers (Code
S) to become the Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers. Since it is not
clear that these mergers have been com-
pletely effected at the local level, we have
130
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
not recognized the changes in the present
directory, but shall doubtless do so in the
next edition.
Academy Status. — The third column of
symbols refers to membership status in the
Academy. AF refers to a fellow of the
Academy, and AM to an Academy member.
RA refers to a resident active fellow or
member; NA refers to a nonresident ac-
tive fellow or member (living more than
50 miles from the White House) ; and RE
and NE refer respectively to resident and
nonresident emeritus fellows.
Nonmembers of the Academy
In the case of four Academy affiliates
(Codes F, K, W, and 4), all members of
the affiliates are listed in the directory,
whether or not they belong to the Academy.
Those who do not belong to the Academy
are designated by a two-letter code in the
third column, instead of a four-letter code
(e.g., RA instead of AFRA). The symbols
RA, NA, RE, and NE refer to status in
the affiliate concerned, rather than in the
Academy.
Organization, Objectives, and Activities
The Washington Academy of Sciences
had its origin in the Philosophical Society
of Washington. The latter, organized in
1871, was for a few years the only sci-
entific society of Washington. As other
more specialized local scientific societies
were formed, need was felt for federation
of all such societies under an academy of
sciences. Therefore 14 local scientific
leaders moved to establish the Washington
Academy of Sciences, which was in-
corporated on February 18, 1898. In that
year the first eight societies listed above
became affiliated with the Academy. The
Philosophical Society heads the list be-
cause of its key position in the estab-
lishment of the Academy; the other seven
are listed in alphabetical order, and the
remaining 21 in chronological order of
affiliation. Some of these 29 societies are
local, without other affiliation ; most are
local sections or branches of national
societies; one, the National Geographic
Society, became a popular national society,
whose present affiliation with the Academy
is only of historical significance.
The primary purpose of the Academy is
the promotion of science in various ways
through cooperation among natural sci-
entists and engineers of the Washington
metropolitan area. Except during the
summer, the Academy holds monthly meet-
ings, stressing subjects of general scientific
interest. It publishes a monthly journal,
which is intended to facilitate and report
the organized scientific activity of the
Washington area. It may sponsor con-
ferences or symposia and publish their
proceedings, or it may publish suitable
scientific monographs. In many ways, the
Academy encourages excellence in sci-
entific research and education, e.g., by
sponsoring the Washington Junior Acad-
emy of Sciences; by sponsoring through
the Joint Board on Science Education,
experiments in and services to secondary
scientific education in the public and
private schools of the area; by making
annual awards to promising high school
students and to a few outstanding young
professional scientists for their achieve-
ments in research or teaching; and by
making small grants-in-aid for support
of research. The Academy also may aid
public understanding of important scien-
tific developments through sponsored con-
ferences and teacher training. It may make
recommendations on public policy involv-
ing scientific matters.
The Academy acts as the federal head
of its affiliated societies, each of which is
represented on the Board of Managers by
a delegate appointed by his society. An-
nual elections are by mail ballot.
The membership consists of three gen-
eral classes : members, fellows, and patrons.
September, 1963
131
At present the membership is composed
principally of resident active fellows who
by reason of scientific attainment are
deemed eligible. Nominations for fellow-
ship, endorsed by at least two fellows of
the Academy, and changes in the status of
members, are acted upon by the Board of
Managers upon recommendation of the
Committee on Membership. The new cate-
gory, “member,” is open, upon application,
to any interested person who is approved
by the Committee on Membership.
As of July 1, 1963, the total membership
of the Academy was approximately 1180.
President
President-Elect
Secretary
T reasurer
Organization for 1963
Officers
Benjamin D. Van Evera
Francois N. Frenkiel
George W. Irving, Jr.
Malcolm C. Henderson
George Washington University
(FE 8-0250 X 681; home CL 6-3298)
David Taylor Model Basin
(EM 5-2600 X292; home WO 6-2344)
Department of Agriculture
(DU 8-5134; home OL 2-8564)
Catholic University
(LA 9-6000 X313; home CO 5-1252)
Managers
132
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Grants-in-Aid of
Research
Policy and Planning
Encouragement of
Science Talent
Science Education
Archibald T. McPherson
To be appointed.
Rev. Francis J. Heyden, SJ.
John K. Taylor
Office of Technical Services, USDC
(EM 2-4040 X7218; home WH 2-4065)
Georgetown University
(FE 7-3300 X577)
National Bureau of Standards
(EM 2-4040 X 7855; home WA 7-4659)
Delegates of Affiliated Societies
See inside rear cover.
Editor
Associate Editors
The Journal
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr.
Frank L. Campbell
Harold T. Cook
Richard P. Farrow
Russell B. Stevens
John K. Taylor
Lawrence A. Wood
Department of Agriculture
(DU 8-6548; home JA 7-8775)
National Academy of Sciences
Department of Agriculture
National Canners Association
George Washington University
National Bureau of Standards
National Bureau of Standards
Past Presidents
1898 John R. Eastman
1899-
1910 Charles D. Walcott
1911 Frank W. Clarke
1912 Frederick V. Coville
1913 Otto H. Tittmann
1914 David White
1915 Robert S. Woodward
1916 Leland 0. Howard
1917 William H. Holmes
1918 Lyman J. Briggs
1919 Frederick L. Ransome
1920 Carl L. Alsberg
1921 Alfred H. Brooks
1922 William J. Humphreys
1923 Thomas W. Vaughan
1924 Arthur L. Day
1925 Vernon Kellogg
1926 George K. Burgess
1927 Alexander Wetmore
1928 Robert B. Sosman
1929 Ales Hrdlicka
1930 William Bowie
1931 Nathan Cobb
1932 Leason H. Adams
1933 Robert F. Griggs
1934 Louis B. Tuckerman
1935 George W. McCoy
1936 Oscar E. Meinzer
1937 Charles Thom
1938 Paul E. Howe
1939 Charles E. Chambliss
1940 Eugene C. Crittenden
1941 Austin H. Clark
1942 Harvey L. Curtis
1943 Leland W. Parr
1944 Clement L. Garner
1945 John E. Graf
1946 Hugh L. Dryden
1947 Waldo L. Schmitt
1948 Frederick D. Rossini
1949 F. H. H. Roberts, Jr.
1950 Francis B. Silsbee
1951 Nathan R. Smith
1952 Walter Ramberg
1953 Frank M. Setzler
1954 Francis M. Defandorf
1955 Margaret Pittman
1956 Ralph E. Gibson,
1957 William M. Rubey
1958 Archibald T. McPherson
1959 Frank L. Campbell
1960 Lawrence A. Wood
1961 Philip H. Abelson
1962 Benjamin D. Van Evera
September, 1963
133
Bylaws
The Bylaws of the Academy, as last
amended in December 1962, appear in the
February 1963 issue of the Journal, pages
51-55. Various new amendments to Article
IV (Officers), approved by the Board of
Managers at its meeting of January 8, 1963
and appearing on pages 44-45 of the Feb-
ruary Journal, are currently before the
membership for ratification by mail ballot.
A new, up-to-date version of the Bylaws
will appear in the Journal in the near
future.
134
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Alphabetical List of Members
ABBOT » CHARLES G
ABELSON, PHILIP H
ABRAMS# ALBERT M
ABRAMS# ESTELLE
ACHTER, MEYER R
ACKERMAN* WILLIAM L
ADAIR, CHARLES R
ADAMS# CAROLINE A
ADAMS# ELLIOT Q
ADAMS# JEAN R
ADAMS# LEASON H
ADLER# VICTOR E
AKERS# ROBERT P
ALBERTS# HUGO
ALDRICH, JOHN W
ALEXANDER, AARON D
ALEXANDER, ALLEN L
ALEXANDER, LYLE T
ALEXANDER, SAMUEL N
ALFORD, HAROLD G
ALFORD# JOHN A
ALLEN# HAROLD B
ALLEN, HARRY C JR
ALLEN, WILLIAM
ALLISON# FRANKLIN E
ALT# FRANZ L
ALTER# HARVEY
AMES# LAWRENCE M
AMIRIKIAN, ARSHAM
AMRINE# MICHAEL
ANASTOS# GEORGE
ANDERSEN, ALICE M
ANderSON, dONaLd m
ANDERSON, EVELYN
ANDERSON# MYRON S
ANDERSON# WENDELL L
ANDERSON, WILLIAM H
ANDREWS, HOWARD L
ANDREWS, JOHN S
ANDREWS# T G
APP, BERNARD A
APPEL, WILLIAM D
APPLEMAN, CHARLES 0
APSTEIN, MAURICE
ARBUCKLE, W S
AREFIAN, DANIEL
ARMSTRONG# CHARLES
ARMSTRONG, GEORGE T
ARNETT# ROSS H
ARNOLD# FRANCIS A JR
ARTZ# LENA
ASLAKSON, CARL I
ASTIN, ALLEN V
AUSLOOS, PIERRE J
AUTRY, HOMER V
AXILROD, BENJAMIN M
BABERS# FRANK H
BAER# PAUL N
BAILEY# ROBERT H
BAILEY# WILLIAM J
BAKER# ARTHUR A
BAKER, EDWARD W
BAKER, HOWARD
BAKER, W L
BAMFORD, RONALD
BARBEAU# MARIUS
BARBROW, LOUIS E
BARCLAY, ARTHUR S
BARKER# HENRY D
BARKER, ROY J
BARNES# R PERCY
BARNHART* CLYDE S
BARON, LOUIS S
BARRE, H W
BARRETT, MARGARET D
BARRETT, MORRIS K
BARRY, CORNELIUS
BARSS, HOWARD P
BARTLETT# RICHARD P
BARTRAM, M THOMAS
BASS# ARNOLD M
BATCHER, OLIVE M
BATEMAN, ALAN M
BATES# P H
BATES, ROGER G
BATT I STONE , G C
BAUER, HUGO
BEACH, LOUIS A
BEACHAM, LOWRIE M
BEAL, JAMES A
BEAN# HOWARD S
BEARCE# HENRY W
BECKER, EDWIN D
BECKETT, CHARLES W
BEE, GERALD R
BEHREND, EDWIN H
BE I J » K HILDING
BEKKEDAHL, NORMAN
BELKIN, MORRIS
BELL# JAMES W
BELOIAN, ARAM
BELSHEIM, ROBERT
BENDER, ALVA H
BENDER, EDWARD K
BENDER, MAURICE
BENDER, ROBERT W
BENEDICT# WILLIAM S
BENJAMIN, CHESTER R
BENNETT, JOHN A
BENNETT, MARTIN
BENNETT, ROBERT R
BENNETT, WILLARD H
BERCH, JULIAN
BERKNER, L V
BERL# WALTER G
BERLINER, ROBERT W
BERMAN, MORRIE D
BERNIER, JOSEPH L
BERNTON, HARRY S
BHASKAR, SURINDAR N
BHUSSRY , B R
BIBERSTEIN, FRANK A
BICKLEY, WILLIAM E
BIEN# CORABEL
September, 1963
135
136 Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
CLAIRE, CHARLES N
CLARK, FRANCIS E
CLARK, G M
CLARK, GEORGE E JR
CLARK, J ALLEN
CLARK, KENNETH G
CLARK, WILLIAM A
CLARKE, J F
CLAUSEN, CURTIS P
CLEAVER, OSCAR P
CLEMENT, J REID JR
COBLENTZ, W W
COCHRAN, DORIS M
COCHRAN, LLOYD C
COE* FRED 0
COE* GERALD E
COE* MAYNE R
COFFMAN* FRANKLIN A
COHN* ROBERT
COLBRY* VERA
COLE* HOWARD I
COLE* KENNETH S
COLEMAN, JOHN S
COLLINS* HENRY B
COMPTON* CHARLES C
COMPTON, DALE W
CONGER, PAUL S
CONKLE, HERBERT J
COOK, HAROLD T
COOK, J WILLIAM
COOK, RICHARD K
COOK* ROBERT C
COOKE, WYTHE C
COOLEY, J S
COOL I DGE , HAROLD J
COOL I DGE , WILLIAM D
COONS, GEORGE H
COOPER, G ARTHUR
COOPER, JAMES F
COOPER, STEWART R
COOTER, IRVIN L
CORNFIELD, JEROME
CORNYN, JOHN
CORRELL, DONOVAN S
CORY* ERNEST N
COTTAM, CLARENCE
COULSON, JACK E
COULSON* JACK R
COWAN, RICHARD S
COWIE, DEAN B
CRAFT, CHARLES C
CRAFTON, PAUL A
CRAGOE, CARL S
CRAVEN, JOHN P
CREITZ* CARROLL E
CRESSMAN, GEORGE P
CRISS, WILLIAM H
CROOKS, DONALD M
CROWTHER, HAROLD E
cuatrecasas* JOSE
CULBERTSON, JOSEPH 0
CULLINAN, FRANK P
CURRAN, HAROLD R
CURRIER, LOUIS W
CURTIS, ROGER W
CURTISS* LEON F
CUSHMAN, HELENE G
CUTTITTA, FRANK
DAFT* FLOYD S
September, 1963
137
138
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
139
HILL* FREEMAN K
HILL* SAMUEL 0
HILL IG* FRED
HILTON, JAMES L
HINER* RICHARD L
HINMAN* WILBUR S JR
HIRST* JOHN M
HIVON, KATHARINE J
HOBBS, ROBERT B
HOCHWALD* FRITZ
HODGE, W H
HODGES* RONALD W
HOERING, THOMAS C
HOFFMAN, JAMES I
HOFFMAN, JOHN D
HOFFMAN, RICHARD E
HOFFMANN, CLARENCE H
HOGE, HAROLD J
HOLLIES, NORMAN R S
HOLLINGSHEAD, ROBERT S
HOLMGREN* HARRY D
HOLSHOUSER, WILLIAM L
HOLSTON, JOHN A
HOLWAY, R T
HOOKER, MARJORIE
HOOVER, JOHN I
HOOVER, SAM R
HOOVER, THOMAS B
HOOVER, WILLIAM J
HOPP, HENRY
HORNSTEIN, IRWIN
HORTON, BILLY M
hostetter, J C
HOTTLE, GEORGE A
HOUGH, FLOYD W
HOWARD, FRANK L
HOWARD, GEORGE W
HOWE, PAUL E
HOWELL, ARDEN J
HUBBARD, DONALD
HUGH, RUDOLPH
HUGHES, JOHN H
HULL, WILLIAM B
HUMPHREYS, CURTIS J
HUNDLEY, JAMES M
HUNT, HOWARD L
HUNT , N REX
HUNTER, GEORGE W III
HUNTER, RICHARD S
hunter, WILLIAM R
HUNTOON* ROBERT D
HUTCHINS, LEE M
HUTTON, GEORGE L
HWANG, SHUH-WEI
HYLAND, HOWARD L
IMAI* ISAO
I MLE , E P
INSLEY, HERBERT
IRVING, GEORGE W JR
IRWIN, GEORGE R
ISBELL, HORACE S
JACKSON, HARTLEY H T
JACKSON, JULIUS L
JACOB, KENNETH D
JACOBS, WALTER W
JACOBS, WOODROW C
JAMES, L H
JAMES, MAURICE T
JAY, GEORGE E JR
JEN, C K
JENKINS, ANNA E
JENKINS, DALE W
JENNESS, DIAMOND
JESSUP, RALPH S
JOHANNESEN, ROLF B
JOHNSON, A G
JOHNSON, BERTRAND L
JOHNSON* D R
JOHNSON, DANIEL P
JOHNSON, FALBA
JOHNSON, KEITH C
JOHNSON* PAUL E
JOHNSON, PHYLLIS T
JOHNSTON, FRANCIS E
JOHNSTON, FREDERICK A
JONES, HENRY A
JONES, JACK C
JONES, SLOAN E
JORDAN, LUZERNE G
JOSEPH, STANLEY E
JOYCE, JAMES W
JUDD, DEANE B
JUDD, NEIL M
JUDSON* LEWIS V
JUHN , MARY
JUSTICE, OREN L
JUSTIN, A CHRISTINE
KAGARISE, RONALD E
KAHN, ARNOLD H
KALCKAR, HERMAN M
KALMBACK, KENNETH H
KALMUS, HENRY P
KANAGY, JOSEPH R
KANE, EDWARD A
KAPLAN, HARRY
KARLE, ISABELLA
KARLE, JEROME
KARR, PHILIP R
KARRER, ANNIE M H
KARRER, SEBASTIAN
KAUFMAN, H PAUL
KECK, DAVID K
KEEGAN* HARRY J
KEGELES, GERSON
KELLUM, LEWIS B
KENK, ROMAN
KENNARD, RALPH B
KENNARD, WILLIAM C
KENNEDY, E R
KENNEDY, JAMES J
KENNEY, ARTHUR W
KENWORTHY, FRANCIS T
KEPHART, L W
KERESZTESY, JOHN C
KERR, ELIZABETH B
KERR, ROSE G
KERR, THOMAS
KESSLER, KARL G
KEULEGAN, GARBIS H
KEYES, PAUL H
KIES, JOSEPH A
K I ESS , CARL C
KIGUEL, ENRIQUE B
KILLIAN, THOMAS J
140
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
141
142
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFNA
AFRA
RA
RA
AFNA
AFRA
RA
AFRA
AFNA
AFRA
AFRA
RA
AFNA
AFNA
AFNA
RA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
RE
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
RA
AFNE
AFNE
RA
AFRA
RA
AFNA
AFNA
AFRA
AFNE
RA
AFRA
RA
AFRA
RA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
RA
AFRA
AFNA
AFNE
AFRA
RA
AFNA
AFNA
AFRA
AFNE
RA
AFRA
RA
RA
RA
RA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRE
143
REINHART, FRANK W
REINHART, FRED M
REITEMEIER* ROBERT F
RENKIN, EUGENE M
REYNOLDS* HOWARD
REYNOLDS* ORR E
RHOADS* AUSTIN T
RHODES* IDA
RICE* DONALD* A
RICE* FRANCIS 0
RICE* STUART A
RICKER, PERCY L
RIDDLE* OSCAR
RIOCH, DAVID M
RITT* PAUL E
RITTS, ROY E JR
RIVELLO, ROBERT M
RIVLIN, RONALD S
ROBBINS* MARY L
ROBERT* ALICE L
ROBERTS* ELLIOTT B
ROBERTS, FRANK H
ROBERTS, RICHARD B
ROBERTSON, A F
ROBERTSON* MYRNA J
ROBERTSON, RANDAL M
ROBINSON, HENRY E
ROCK* GEORGE D
RODENHISER, HERMAN A
RODNEY* WILLIAM S
RODRIGUEZ* RAUL
ROE* ROBERT S
ROEDDER, EDWIN
ROESER, WILLIAM F
ROGERS* LORE A
ROGOSA, MORRISON
ROLLER, JANE W
ROLLER, PAUL S
ROLLOW* J DOUGLAS
ROMNEY* CARL F
ROSE* JOHN C
ROSENBLATT* DAVID
ROSENTHAL, SANFORD M
ROSS* CLARENCE S
ROSS* CULBERTSON W
ROSS* SHERMAN
ROSSINI* FREDERICK D
ROTH, FRANK L
ROTHSCHILD, LOUIS JR
ROTKIN, ISRAEL
ROVELSTAD, GORDON H
ROWE* WALLACE P
ROZEBOOM, L E
RUBEY, WILLIAM W
RUBIN, MEYER
RUBIN, ROBERT J
RUBIN, VERA C
RUDD* VELVA E
RUHOFF, F A
RUMBAuGH, LYNN H
RUSSELL* ALBERT L
RUSSELL, LOUISE M
RYALL, A LLOYD
RYERSON, KNOWLES A
SABROSKY, CURTIS W
SAENZ, ALBERT W
SAGER, THERON
SAGER, WILLIAM F
144
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
145
146
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Classification by Place of Employment
148 Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963 149
150
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
151
1DAWR WALTER REED MEDICAL CENTER 1DNN0 OFFICE CHIEF NAVAL OPERATIONS
152
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
153
154
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
155
156
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
157
158
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
SPOONER# CHARLES S JR G
AFRA
5BECO BENDIX CORPORATION
5MIAS MICROBIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATES
JAY# GEORGE E JR G AFRA
WARD# THOMAS G GQU AFRA
5PORB POPULATION REFERENCE BUREAU
COOK# ROBERT C CGK AFRA
5RACO RAND CORPORATION
SMITH# PAUL A BGHTX AFRA
5RBEN RABINOW ENGINEERING CO
RABINOW# JACOB BS AFRA
5REAN RESEARCH ANALYSIS CORP
RUMBAUGH* LYNN H B AFRA
5RERS RESOURCES RESEARCH CORP
MC CABE# LOUIS C CER AFRA
5SCPR SCIENTIFIC PRODUCTS
POPE# BRUCE R A R A
5SHCH SHELL CHEMICAL CORP
COMPTON# CHARLES C F RA
ULLRICH, DONALD E F RA
5SNUR A H SMALL & SONS NURSERY
TURPIN# JEAN M K RA
5 SURE SURVEYS & RESEARCH CORP
RICE# STUART A AFRA
5UNCA UNION CARBIDE CHEMICALS
MC BRIDE# GORDON W E4 AFRA
5VAEN VALUE ENGINEERING CO
WEINBERG, HAROLD P V AFRA
5WAPO WASHINGTON POST
HASELTINE# NATE AFRA
5WATA WASHINGTON TECH ASSOCIATES
WADEY# WALTER G AFRA
6 FOREIGN & INTERNATIONAL
6AUSO AUSTRALIAN SCIENTIFIC OFFICE
September, 1963
159
160
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Classification by Membership in Affiliated Societies
September, 1963
161
162
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
163
164
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
165
166 Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
167
168
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
0 BR I EN » MURIEL
OAKES* ALBERT J JR
ORELLANA, RODRIGO G
PALMER, JOHN G
PAPAVIZAS, GEORGE C
PARKER, KENNETH W
PARKER, KITTIE
PARKER, MARION W
PATERSON, ROBERT A
PERDUE, ROBERT E JR
PIRINGER, ALBERT A
POLHAMUS, L G
POLLOCK, BRUCE M
PORTERFIELD, W M JR
PRICE, SAMUEL
PULTZ, LEON M
RANDS, ROBERT D
REED, CLYDE F
REID, MARY E
RICKER, PERCY L
ROBERT, ALICE L
RODENHISER, HERMAN A
ROLLER, JANE W
RUDD, VELVA E
SALMON, S C
SAN ANTONIO, JAMES P
SCHAREN, ALBERT L
SCHINDLER, ADOLPH F
SCHLATTER, F P
SCHOEN* JAMES F
SCHUBERT, BERNICE G
SCHULTZ, EUGENE S
SCOFIELD, CARL S
SCOTT, DONALD H
SHETLER, STANWYN G
SHROPSHIRE, WALTER
SIEGLER, EUGENE A
SIEVERS, ARTHUR F
SKINNER, HENRY T
smith, albert c
SMITH, AUGUSTINE V P
SMITH, C EARLE JR
SMITH, LYMAN B
SMITH, NATHAN R
SODERSTROM, THOMAS R
SPETZMAN, LLOYD A
STANTON, T R
STEERE, RUSSELL L
STEINBERG, R A
STERN, WILLIAM L
STEVENS, RUSSELL B
STEVENSON, JOHN A
STEWART, DEWEY
STEWART, ROBERT N
STOKES, I LEY E
STUART, NEIL W
SVENSON, H K
SWALLEN, J R
TAPKE, VICTOR F
TAYLOR, ALBERT L
TAYLOR, MARIE C
TEMPLE, C E
TERRELL, EDWARD E
THOMAS, CHARLES A
THOMAS, H REX
TILLSON, ALBERT H
TOOLE, EBEN H
TOOLE, VIVIAN K
TURPIN, JEAN M
UHRING, JOSEPH
September, 1963
169
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFNA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
AFRA
170
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963
171
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
September, 1963 173
174
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Volume 53
SEPTEMBER 1963
No. 6
CONTENTS
1963 Directory
General Information 129
Alphabetical List of Members 135
Classification by Place of Employment 148
Classification by Membership in Affiliated Societies 161
Washington Academy of Sciences
1530— P St., N.W.
Washington, D. C.
Return Requested
2nd Class Postage
Paid at
Washington, D.C.
L I 6 R A R Y Of ARMQt 0
ARBORS TUm
22 DIVINITY AV£
CAMBRIDGE. 36 MASS
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 7
OCTOBER
1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate Editors
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
Frank A. Biberstein, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Marjorie Hooker, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (prior to Volume 51) can be purchased
direct from the Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 5th Avenue, New York 3, N.Y. This firm also
handles the sale of the Proceedings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) , the Index, and
the Monograph.
Current issues of the Journal (past two calendar years) may still be obtained directly
from the Academy office at 1530 P Street, N.W., Washington 5, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
Second class postage paid at Washington, D.C.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
The Plunge Into Darkness
Ralph G. S. Siu
Scientific Director , Research Division , U. S. Army Materiel Command
I. Introduction
It is a distinct pleasure to be here with
such a select group of kindred spirits. It is
my understanding that most of our younger
colleagues in this hall have decided, at least
tentatively, to embark upon a creative
career, probably in science and engineering,
perhaps in the humanities, and possibly
even in both.
I am sure that Dean Hobbs, General
Beach, and the rest of us here today share
your keen interest in creativity. We realize
that it is one of the dynamos behind the
welfare of our country and the betterment
of man. All of us, therefore, are concerned
with what makes for creativity — especially
with what makes for that rare and true
creative genius who provides the enormous
advances of our culture.
I propose that we search among both the
sciences and the humanities for clues which
bear on this matter. Is there some funda-
mental characteristic that all great creators
must possess? And what must be done to
insure that this important characteristic
be permitted to blossom forth?
II. Myth of Nganaoa
Let us first examine the humanities. One
of the best places to look is mythological
stories. These stories are not factual in the
literal sense, of course. But they can tell us
a lot about how men think, and about the
subconscious forces that move men to ac-
tion. If one is observant, he can draw some
very meaningful conclusions from the sym-
bols that are present throughout these
*An address before the Army’s National Junior
Science and Humanities Symposium at West
Point, N. Y., April 3, 1963.
stories. Among the most fascinating of these
stories are those dealing with heroes.
A typical tale is the Polynesian myth of
Nganaoa.
One day Nganaoa was out in his tiny
canoe in the wide ocean, when suddenly a
great whale came swimming toward him
with its huge jaws wide open. The lower
jaw was already under the boat and the
upper one was above it when Nganaoa
sprang into action. He broke his spear in
two, and just as the jaws were about to
close, he stuck the two pieces in the mon-
ster’s gullet so that his enemy could not
close its jaws. Then our hero leaped into
the maw of the whale and peered into its
belly. And what did he see? There sat his
two parents, his father Tairitokerau and his
mother Vaiaroa, who had been swallowed
by the monster when they were out fishing.
Nganaoa then took one of the two sticks
from the the animal’s gullet — the other was
sufficient to prevent the whale from closing
its jaws — and broke it in two. He told his
father to hold one piece firmly below, while
he himself manipulated the other until the
fire began to smoulder. Then blowing them
into a flame, he began to burn the fatty
parts inside the belly. Writhing with pain,
the monster sought relief by swimming to
shore. As soon as it reached the sand bank,
the hero and his father and his mother
stepped ashore.
This is a charming little story which has
been repeated over and over again in many
different languages. The symbolic lesson in
it brings us to the title of my talk. It is in
the dark that a person gains enlightenment.
To find what he is really seeking, a creative
person must plunge into the darkness of the
depths. As you recall from the Bible, it
October, 1963
175
was in the belly of the whale when Jonah
saw the “mighty mysteries.”
III. Photoperiodism
So much for the humanities. Let us now
cross-over to the sciences and see what we
can find on this score.
Perhaps you have learned from your
biology courses that some plants, such as
wheat and barley, flower only when the
day is long and the night is short. Other
plants, such as soybean and chrysanthe-
mum, flower only when the day is short
and the night is long.
We may look upon flowering as the
plant’s expression of creativity. The ques-
tion arises whether it is the light of the day
or the darkness of the night that is crucial
for flowering — for creativity at the funda-
mental level of life. Experiments have been
completed which provide an inspiring an-
swer.
When the light period was interrupted by
darkness, the flowering response of the plant
remained unaffected. When the dark period
was interrupted by so much as a minute of
light, however, flowering ceased. So you
see, it is the darkness that is essential for
flowering, for creativity. And again the
symbolism of the laboratory confirms the
symbolism of mythology.
IV. The Great Whales
Men in general, however, have always
been fearful of the darkness of the un-
known. They have felt much more com-
fortable in the light of a clearly defined
objective, in the beacon of a tried and
proven path, in the sunshine of bandwag-
ons, and in the spotlight of publicity and
the cliche. This is understandable. It is
also understandable why most men in re-
search and development, being all too
human, also reflect the same fears and pref-
erences. The bright surface is much safer.
I believe it may well be for the good of
society that most people have tendencies in
this direction. Otherwise social order may
degenerate into chaos.
But I am not talking today about most
men to such a select group. I believe you
would like to hear about the characteristics
of the most creative of the creative men.
These are the men whom the novelist, Her-
man Melville, admired when he said, “I like
all men who dive. Any fish can swim near
the surface, but it takes a great whale to go
down five miles or more.” These are the
men who know the meaning behind the
historian, Charles A. Beard, when he said,
“When it is dark enough, you can see the
stars.” These are the men who agree with
the entomologist, J. H. Fabre, when he
said, “The darkness is light enough.”
I am sure you have read about such men
of capacity and conviction: Galileo during
his ostracism from conventional thinking,
and Darwin in his search along the tropical
islands.
V. The Three Temptations
These men have known the loneliness of
the dark. But they have come through with
the brilliance of their creative power. They
were not, of course, the first of their kind.
And I am sure they will not be the last.
More will follow, perhaps from this very
luncheon group.
I believe, however, that in some respects
there are more obstacles standing in the
way of a potentially creative young genius
today than during Galileo’s and Darwin’s
time. I am not saying that it was easy to be
great during their days. It is difficult —
extremely difficult — for anybody to be great
at any time. What 1 mean to infer is the
presence of several fascinating temptations
that have appeared with our present scien-
tific affluence. There are three temptations,
in particular, of which I would like to
speak.
The first is the fascination with gadgets.
The second is the worship of bigness.
The third is the comfort of methodology.
VI. Gadgetry
Let us say a few words about the first
temptation.
Two months ago, I visited a well-known
electronic manufacturing company. The
manager of one of the departments showed
me an expensive piece of apparatus under
176
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
construction. I was surprised at the willing-
ness of the customer to pay the rather
high price. The manager replied, “Well,
you know the way it is with many research
people nowadays. Whenever they think
about doing research, they think about
buying some new gadget, which can make
some measurements.” What the manager
said typifies one of the common tempta-
tions of the times. It is to boast of some
newfangled, very expensive apparatus,
which can make many, many measure-
ments very, very rapidly, and indeed keep
many, many people busy for many, many
years. There is nothing wrong about having
complex apparatus, per se. It is very useful
in the pursuit of an idea, and frequently
essential. The danger comes from the
subordination of the hard and lonely work
on the part of the researcher, in reaching
into the farthest depths of his own mind
for the nebulous clues of the dimly lit
secrets of nature, and its replacement by
the visibly impressive work of making in-
genious measurements by means of ma-
chines. The most debilitating danger arises
when the original purpose of an expensive
apparatus has been served. But because of
the cost of the machine, the staff feels com-
pelled to keep it operating for fear of ad-
verse criticism. In this case, the experi-
mental scientist is no longer the master of
the research that is to be done. The gadget
has become the master. And the scientist
has forfeited his intellectual soul.
So much for temptation Number One.
Actually, this is not too formidable a temp-
tation to overcome. One needs only to be
alert and attentive to the measure of his
objective.
VII. Bigness
A far more seductive temptation to the
modern researcher is that of bigness. I
should make it clear that BIG SCIENCE,
with its billion-dollar budgets, massive
teams, and spectacular laboratories is nec-
essary for modern technological progress.
Many problems can only be solved by a
massive attack. BIG SCIENCE has become
part of the fabric of our culture and, if used
wisely, can contribute greatly. Yet it is
because of this very necessity that it is hard
to resist.
The facets of this temptation are alluring
indeed. For one thing, there is no faster and
easier way to become well-known in scien-
tific and international circles than by be-
coming a member of the BIG SCIENCE
fraternity. This is a consequence of its very
nature. To assure the financial support it
requires, BIG SCIENCE must have con-
tinued publicity. Its members must remain
in the spotlight of public acclaim. It must
adopt some of the drama of the theater and
the press.
But as Ralph Emerson has said, “Nature
never gives anything to anyone. Every-
thing is sold.” So we ask ourselves, “What
is the price that an individual has to pay to
be part of BIG SCIENCE?” The answer is
straightforward: “Give up part of your
lonely search in the farthest reaches of
your personal innermost thinking, grap-
pling with the really basic issues of the
mind, which shun the marketplace of
public clamor. In other words, do not
plunge into the darkness of the unknown.”
So much for Temptation Number Two.
It is a very difficult one to overcome.
VIII. Methodology
But the most subtle and deceiving temp-
tation, which is almost impossible to avoid,
is the ritualization of methodology.
The distinguished philosopher Alfred
North Whitehead has reminded us that
“Some of the major disasters of mankind
have been produced by the narrowness of
men with a good methodology.” Men of
stature have always been able to decide
when it is appropriate to use the techniques
in which they are expert, when they should
be discarded, and when new methodologies
should be developed.
1 should like to discuss just one example
which is close to our hearts. It is the
methodology of basic research in the scien-
tific laboratory.
Although it is fashionable to talk about
basic research nowadays, it is not an inven-
October, 1963
177
tion of modern days. If we look at its
essence, basic research is nothing more than
inquiries at the prevailing boundaries of
human knowledge. There has always been
a prevailing boundary and man has always
been curious.
Let us look at the basic research taking
place during the period just before the
birth of the scientific era. During that
time, basic research in philosophy had as
one of its prime objectives the support of
applied philosophy, orthodox theology, and
the ruling social order. It sought answers,
consistent with traditions, that have been
built up by the philosophical techniques. It
attempted to strengthen medieval philoso-
phy as a tool for understanding nature.
As these basic researchers delved deeper
into the ways of nature, however, they be-
gan to find that the methods available were
no longer capable of providing satisfying
answers. If their intellectual integrity was
to be satisfied, new methodologies were re-
quired. In the search for these new ap-
proaches, imperceptible step by impercep-
tible step, they began to undermine the very
methodology they were supporting as the
dominant means of enlightenment. As a
matter of fact, many of them, such as
Descartes, recognized what was happening
and were never fully at ease with their lot
in breaking away from tradition. Others,
such as Galileo, experienced an even more
difficult time.
I wonder whether or not the truly pio-
neering researcher in the scientific labora-
tory today is being confronted with a com-
parable problem. He is trying to grapple
with problems of formidable proportions —
the origin of life, the infinity of the cosmos,
and the nature of time. The tools of science
appear so puny in contrast. Thus we ob-
serve the modern biochemist resorting to
circular explanations in trying to under-
stand the nature of life — just like the med-
ieval philosophers used to do in trying to
explain the nature of the soul. We find the
modern physicist resorting to the creation
of matter out of nothing to explain the
heavens — just like the medieval philoso-
phers used to do in trying to explain the
earth.
So we ask ourselves: Can the modern
scientist find the answers to the questions
he poses by means of the scientific method
as we know it? The concern becomes more
acute in cases involving human behavior
and decision, such as in the fields of opera-
tions research, psychiatry, and other inter-
faces between the sciences and the hu-
manities.
Science, as we know her today, cannot
furnish what the philosopher F. S. C. Nor-
throp calls the “immediate apprehension of
the totality,” so that man can act now, at
every instant, with an enlightened strategic
understanding of nature. It cannot provide
the keen awareness of living that has so far
defied explicit description. It may well be
that the most significant movement of the
twentieth century will begin with the fore-
most scientist breaking away from the
methodology of science itself and formulat-
ing a new approach to knowledge.
The new way of thinking may be as dif-
ferent from the scientific method as the
scientific method is from scholastic philoso-
phy. It will only come, however, from the
pioneer who is not bound by the rituals of
accepted methods.
IX. Concluding Remarks
We come now to the final question: Who
will be the new Galileo, the new Darwin,
with the creative spark within himself, and
the fortitude to withstand the three tempta-
tions of gadgetry, of bigness, and of meth-
odology? Who will plunge into the dark-
ness and bring new light to blaze our
further advance into the unknown?
If your generation succeeds in producing
just one such individual, history will judge
this act to be your greatest achievement in
creativity.
178
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Studies on Epidemic Typhus Vaccines
Elizabeth B. Jackson
Laboratory of Virology and Rickettsiology, Division of Biologies Standards ,
National Institutes of Health
Citizens of the United States are well
aware of the new vaccines for poliomyelitis
and measles which have been developed,
licensed, and launched during the last dec-
ade. But even veteran travellers know
little about the “shots” which they receive
before departing on trips to areas of the
world where diseases no longer known to
us are endemic. Continuing studies to main-
tain or improve the efficacy of established
vaccines, and to develop new vaccines, are
being conducted in many countries. In the
United States, one of these organizations
is the Division of Biologies Standards, NIH.
As a member of the DBS staff, I have been
engaged in studies on vaccines against epi-
demic typhus, a disease which has not
occurred in this country in several decades,
but one which is endemic in a number of
areas of the world to which our troops, and
now our Peace Corps, are being sent.
Epidemic, classical, or louse-borne typhus
is an acute febrile disease characterized by
severe headache, chills, general aches, and
a rash. Prior to the advent of the broad
spectrum antibiotics, the mortality rate
varied from 10 to 40 percent in different
epidemics. The disease has a world-wide
distribution, occurring in colder regions
(including mountainous portions of the
tropics) where groups of persons living in
unsanitary conditions are louse infested.
Typhus fever has been intimately asso-
ciated with the history of man, occurring
in epidemic form during wars, famines,
and other catastrophic events.
* Presented at the annual dinner of the Society
of the Sigma Xi, District of Columbia Chapter,
on May 6, 1963.
During the years encompassed by the
two World Wars, numerous attempts were
made to develop anti-typhus vaccines. These
efforts followed two quite different ap-
proaches. Some, notably Blanc and his
colleagues in North Africa, tried to produce
a mild infection and resultant immunity
by means of living attenuated rickettsiae,
while others attempted to immunize with
inactive or killed rickettsiae. The latter at-
tempts were hampered by inability to grow
the infectious agent in large amounts.
Weigl vaccine, prepared from the phenol-
ized intestines of artifically infected human
lice, was used in Poland and Russia. Cas-
taneda’s rodent lung vaccine, which is
theoretically satisfactory for mass produc-
tion, has not been widely used.
In 1938 Cox demonstrated that rickettsiae
multiplied well in the yolk sac of the chick
embryo, and subsequently showed that
formalinized vaccines prepared from such
material were effective in protecting guinea
pigs. This ended the search for a source
of abundant rickettsiae for the preparation
of vaccines. Millions of doses of Cox-type
yolk sac vaccines were produced in this
country during World War II, and vaccines
of this type are now used throughout the
world.
Why then are we, as rickettsiologists and
members of the staff of the DBS, concerned
with further work on an established vaccine
for a disease which does not occur in our
country? In these days of cold war, when
our military forces must be ready to go at
short notice to any part of the world, they
must be immunized, if vaccines are avail-
able, against the diseases which they may
encounter. Hence, it behooves us to make
October, 1963
179
certain that these vaccines are properly
prepared and will produce the desired
immunity.
Some years ago a number of incidental
observations accumulated to suggest that
the then currently produced commercial
typhus vaccines, although meeting the re-
quired standards of potency, were not as
immunogenic as those produced at the end
of the War. It is not unusual for such
complaints to arise from time to time with
any established product. There are a num-
ber of reasons for this. One of these is to
be found in the commercial organization.
When a product advances from the research
stage to the production stage and stays
there for a number of years, it is no longer
in the hands of a specialist who understands
the complexities of the problem and has
a personal, scientific interest in the high
quality of the material produced. Over a
period of years, various minor changes may
be introduced into the production procedure
which, in sum, alter the antigenic composi-
tion of the product to the point where it is
no longer capable of dieting the desired
response. Another arises in the research
laboratory, where the young investigator,
new to the field, may not be thoroughly
familiar with the background information
(much of which remains unwritten) and
the complex techniques employed. At times
his criticisms are based on a few insignifi-
cant observations.
Because of the various complaints, we
reviewed production protocols of the vac-
cine manufacturers and reassayed a num-
ber of vaccines both by animal potency tests
and by in vitro serological tests. The results
indicated that all the vaccines were of ade-
quate potency but that some were well
above the minimum acceptable level. Fur-
thermore, vaccines which appeared turbid
or contained a sediment had a higher pro-
tective capacity in animals, while the more
attractive, clear, opalescent products barely
passed the standard assay. Hence, it was
suggested that the steps introduced to
clarify the products be deleted from the
procedure. A further review last spring of
the potency assays of all typhus vaccines
released within the previous four years in-
dicated that the majority of the preparations
had an immunogenic capacity well above
the minimum required.
These observations were borne out by the
results of a cooperative vaccination study
conducted in 1961-62 by the Bureau of
Medicine, the Walter Reed Army Institute
of Research, and the Division of Biologies
Standards. Marine recruits at Parris Island
were vaccinated with commercial vaccine
obtained from military supplies. They re-
ceived either the standard dose in use for
many years or smaller doses. Serological
tests, performed at appropriate times, indi-
cated a much better response than had been
anticipated. This led to a reduction in the
amount of typhus vaccine to be adminis-
tered to military personnel and to a change
in the philosophy of immunization against
typhus. The present idea is to give each
military recruit one dose of vaccine shortly
after he arrives in the Service. This induces
demonstrable protective antibody in the
majority of persons and “prepares” all of
the recipients immunologically so that they
will subsequently respond in a booster fash-
ion when given another dose of vaccine.
Those soldiers who remain in this country,
where they are not exposed to typhus, may
serve out their tour of duty without ever
receiving a second dose of typhus vaccine.
On the other hand, those persons who are
subsequently assigned to overseas duty will
immediately receive another dose of vac-
cine, which will render them solidly im-
mune. These studies are being continued.
Another aspect of our continuing studies
on typhus vaccine deals with assay of po-
tency. The guinea pig potency assay for
typhus vaccine came into use when the
vaccine was developed. Although cumber-
some, time-consuming, and indirect, this
method has had 20 years of usage, and a
body of information has been built up
which correlates the serological responses
of guinea pigs and man. During World
War II, investigators in Canada employed
a simple mouse protection test for assaying
180
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
typhus vaccine, and this was subsequently
used by the Japanese. In contrast to the in-
direct guinea pig assay, which takes 28 days
to perform, the direct mouse test can be
completed in one week. In our vaccine
studies over the past several years, we have
run the mouse protection test concurrently
with the standard guinea pig assay. In our
hands, the results of the mouse test corre-
late well with those obtained by older
methods. We hope that this test can be
introduced as an alternate procedure for
the potency assay of typhus vaccines.
As stated earlier, there is little demand in
this country for a vaccine against typhus
except for the immunization of military
personnel and the irregular needs of tourists
bound for endemic areas of the world.
Nevertheless, stocks of vaccine must be kept
available in the event of some catastrophe
such as the recent earthquakes of Chile,
North Africa, and Iran, or even a nuclear
holocaust. The presently available liquid
vaccines have a shelf life of 18 months at
5°C. It would be helpful if highly stable
typhus vaccines were available, which if
kept in a cool place would retain their po-
tency for 5 to 10 years. Since freeze-drying
improves the keeping qualities of many
biological materials, studies were under-
taken on the qualities of dried concentrated
partially-purified typhus vaccines. Such
preparations were found to be highly im-
munogenic in both animals and man and
have remained stable for more than three
years.
A second and perhaps preferable way to
produce immunity to a disease is to induce
a mild infection either with a closely related
infectious agent or with an attenuated strain
of the virulent agent. An example of the
first type is cowpox, or vaccinia, used since
1798 to induce resistance to smallpox.
Sabin-type oral poliomyelitis vaccine and
live attenuated measles vaccine, both li-
censed within the last two years, are
examples of the second type. Early investi-
gations employing living typhus vaccines
were carried out primarily in North Africa.
In these studies, a number of unmodified,
and sometimes fatal infections followed in-
noculation with some of the early materials,
indicating that a truly attenuated strain of
rickettsiae of low pathogenicity for man had
not yet been attained.
A more attenuated strain, designated E
for Espana, was isolated in 1941 by Spanish
investigators while studying an outbreak of
typhus in Madrid. They noted the decreased
virulence of this strain for animals and
reported the results of preliminary tests in
man which indicated that it might be suit-
able for human immunization. Subsequent
work by Fox in prison volunteers over a
period of years served to establish the
optimal dose which would produce a good
serological response and an immunity to
challenge with virulent rickettsiae without
inducing an undue number of undesirable
side reactions. He showed that the immunity
lasted for at least 5% years.
We have conducted studies with Strain
E in order to develop procedures for the
production and lyophilization of stable high
titer vaccine and to develop an acceptable
reliable infectivity assay to serve in bio-
logies control. Our observations indicated
that the avirulent Strain E of Rickettsia
prowazeki has growth characteristics in
embryonated eggs similar to those of the
highly virulent Breinl strain. Hence, living
avirulent vaccines can be prepared by em-
ploying some of the techniques already de-
veloped and used in the production of killed
epidemic typhus vaccine. Using these pro-
cedures and in collaboration with our col-
leagues at Walter Reed, we have produced a
commercial size lot of freeze-dried vaccine.
This lot has been shown to be highly potent
and stable under conditions of refrigera-
tion. Furthermore, even when kept at 35 °C.
for four weeks, it still had a sufficiently high
infectivity to be usable. Hence, the vaccine
could be transported without refrigeration
for use in some remote areas of the moun-
tainous tropics. Titration of this lot of vac-
cine in human volunteers has recently been
carried out by C. L. Wisseman, Jr., of the
University of Maryland Medical School, in
order to establish the proper dilution to use.
October, 1963
181
It is hoped that a field trial with this
vaccine can be conducted in some area of
the world where louse-borne typhus occurs.
1 shall draw no conclusions from the
material presented except to point out that
even the old problems and biological prod-
ucts require continuous scrutiny and study.
Such tasks are as important to the Division
of Biologies Standards as the development
and monitoring of new vaccines.
Academy Proceedings
November Meeting
(476tli Meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences)
SPEAKER: IRVIN E. WALLEN
Assistant Director for Oceanography
U. S. National Museum
SUBJECT: INTERNATIONAL INDIAN OCEAN
EXPEDITION
TIME: THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 21, 1963
8:15 P.M.
PLACE: JOHN WESLEY POWELL AUDITORIUM,
COSMOS CLUB
2170 Florida Avenue, N.W.
Abstract of Address — The International Indian Ocean Expedition resulted from the
first meeting of the Special Committee for Oceanic Research of the International
Council of Scientific Unions in 1958. Thirteen ship-operating nations and seven other
participating nations have been involved. Four major areas of research will be under-
taken: A geophysical and geological description of the Indian Ocean basin; a chemical
and physical description of the water and the study of its motions; a description of the
biological components; and the interaction betwen the atmosphere and the oceans.
Dr. Wallen will talk primarily about the biological program. For the U. S. Biology
Program, two oceanographic vessels — the R/V Anton Bruun and the R/V TeVega —
have been converted. Land facilities for the study of oceanic problems are available
at Bombay, Mandapam Camp, and Cochin, India; at Nossi Be, Madagascar; and on
many islands in the area. Arrangements are being made for maximum procurement
of biological collections for future study. An international sorting center for the han-
dling of standard plankton samples was established in Cochin, India. Most of the bio-
logical collections taken on the R/V Anton Bruun will be processed at the existing
Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center. The IIOE will end approximately at the
end of calendar year 1964; however, some activity and the production of publications
based on experience in the Indian Ocean will probably continue for the next several
years.
The Speaker — Irvin E. Wallen is a marine biologist whose work has carried him from
a small pond in his native state of Oklahoma to the depths of the Indian Ocean. From
1948 to 1956 he taught at his undergraduate alma mater , Oklahoma State University.
182
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
finding time to obtain the Ph.D. degree at the University of Michigan in 1950. At the
time he left Oklahoma State he was associate professor of zoology and chairman of bio-
logical science courses. After a year in the Science Teaching Improvement Program
of the American Association for the Advancement of Science in Washington, he joined
the Atomic Energy Commission, first as a foreign training officer in the division of
International Affairs, then as a marine biologist in the Division of Biology and Medi-
cine. In August, 1962, he accepted his present position of assistant director for ocean-
ography at the National Museum. In this capacity he is responsible, among other things,
for coordinating all activities in the Museum relating to oceanography. In two summer
seasons (1960 and 1963) he merged his academic and international interests by serv-
ing as visiting professor of zoology in Pakistan.
ACHIEVEMENT AWARD
NOMINATIONS REQUESTED
Chairman Robert W. Berliner of the
WAS Committee on Awards for Scientific
Achievement has called attention of the
membership to the Academy’s annual sci-
entific achievement awards program.
Each year the Academy gives awards
for outstanding achievement in five areas —
biological sciences, engineering sciences,
physical sciences, mathematics, and teach-
ing of science. The 1963 winners of these
awards will be honored at the annual dinner
meeting of the Academy in January 1964.
Academy members are invited to submit
nominations for the awards, in accordance
with the following procedures.
Eligibility. Candidates for the first four
awards must have been born in 1923 or
later; there is no age limit on the teaching
of science award. All candidates must re-
side within a radius of 25 miles from the
zero milestone behind the White House.
It is not necessary that a candidate be a
member of a society affiliated with the
Washington Academy of Sciences.
Recommendation. Sponsor’s recommen-
dation should include (1) general bi-
ography of candidate, including date of
birth, residence address, academic experi-
ence with degrees and dates, post-academic
experience with particular detailed refer-
ence to work for which an award is recom-
mended; and (2) list of publications with
reprints, particularly of that work for
which recognition is suggested. If reprints
are not available, complete references to
publications must be included. It would
be helpful to the Awards Committee, in
reviewing the nominations, if duplicate
copies of the recommendation could be
submitted.
Citation. Particular attention should be
given to preparation of a citation of 80
typewriter spaces or less, which summarizes
the candidate’s specific accomplishments
and which would be used in connection
with presentation of the award to the suc-
cessful candidate.
Re-nomination. Previous nominees may
be renominated, with or without additional
evidence, provided sponsors make known
their desires by letter to Chairman Ber-
liner.
Initial compliance with the foregoing
desiderata will facilitate prompt evaluation
of the nominations. Further information
may be obtained from Dr. Berliner or the
various subcommittee chairmen, as follows:
Robert W. Berliner (general chairman), Na-
tional Heart Institute, NIH, 496-2116.
Louis Baron (biological sciences), Walter
Reed Army Institute of Research, 576-2230.
Frank A. Butrico (engineering sciences) , Pub-
lic Health Service, OL 4-9310, Ext. 231.
William Koch (physical sciences), National
Bureau of Standards, EM 2-4040, Ext. 7888.
David Nelson (mathematics), George Washing-
ton University, FE 8-0250, Ext. 388.
Lewis Slack (teaching of science) , National
Academy of Sciences, 961-1238.
BYLAWS CHANGES, NEW
AFFILIATION RATIFIED
In mail balloting conducted during
September, the Academy’s membership
October, 1963
183
ratified previous actions of the Board of
Managers, concerned with revision of Arti-
cle IV of the Bylaws, and with affiliation of
the Washington-Baltimore Section of the
Electrochemical Society.
By a vote of 402 for and 4 against , the
membership accepted proposed Bylaws
changes designed to reflect current Acad-
emy practice concerning elective and ap-
pointive offices. Previously, the Bylaws had
recognized eight officers — president, presi-
dent-elect, secretary, treasurer, editor of the
Journal, managing editor of the Journal,
archivist, and custodian of publications —
of which the first four were elected by the
membership and the last four were ap-
pointed. According to the present revised
Bylaws, only the first four of these positions
are recognized as officers of the Academy.
As concerns the appointive positions, the
posts of editor and managing editor have
been consolidated into one position; the
post of archivist has been made permissive
rather than mandatory; and the post of
custodian of publications has been
abolished.
The revised Bylaws will appear in the
November issue of the Journal.
By a vote of 402 for and 2 against , the
membership accepted the Washington-
Baltimore Section of the Electrochemical
Society as the Academy’s 30th affiliate.
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
May Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 556th
meeting on May 15 at the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, with President Van Evera
presiding.
The minutes of the 555th meeting were
approved with minor corrections.
Membership. In the absence of Chairman
Hobbs, the secretary presented the names
of six candidates for resident fellowship,
for First Reading.
Encouragement of Science Talent. In the
absence of Chairman Heyden, Dr. Van
Evera reported on the recent award dinner
at Georgetown University for high school
students, at which certificates of merit were
awarded. The banquet speaker was Robert
Page of Naval Research Laboratory, who
spoke on “Man and Machines in the World
Today.” At the meeting after the banquet,
the speaker was Hans Green, professor of
physics at the University of Maryland, who
spoke on an aspect of astronomy under the
title, “The Old Becomes the New.”
Election of Fellows. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of their names by the secre-
tary (in the absence of Dr. Hobbs), the
following persons were elected to fellowship
in the Academy: T. C. Byerly, C. H. Cheek,
R. Gary, T. B. Hoover, and V. J. Linnen-
bom.
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson re-
ported the following current balances:
Senior Academy, $2,171.85 -f- $5,000;
Junior Academy, $1,094.37 -f- $1,539.92.
Editor. Editor Detwiler reported that the
May issue of the Journal had been mailed
on May 9. He indicated that he expected
to consult with the secretary and treasurer
concerning a master list of members for
the September (directory) issue of the
Journal.
Dr. Van Evera announced receipt of a
letter from Frank Campbell, resigning his
position as associate editor of the Journal.
It was suggested by several that Dr. Camp-
bell and the editor might find ways and
means for continuing informal collabora-
tive relationships.
Grants -in -Aid. Chairman McPherson re-
ported that he had received a request for
grant-in-aid to Hunter Woodward, but that
supporting papers had not yet been re-
ceived. The Board empowered the Execu-
tive Committee to approve a grant in an
amount not exceeding $200, upon receipt
of suitable justification.
New Business. Dr. Van Evera called the
Board’s attention to Engineers, Scientists,
and Architects Day, held annually in Wash-
ington and devoted to a program which
includes speakers, a luncheon, and recogni-
tion of outstanding secondary school
teachers and young scientists. For many
years this activity has been supported and
184
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
arranged almost entirely by the engineers
of the area. The Board felt that the Acad-
emy could and should play a more active
part in this affair, and authorized Dr. Van
Evera to appoint Academy members to
work with the people responsible for this
program.
The question of bonding the treasurer
was discussed and tabled pending receipt
of a reply from a bonding company, con-
cerning the cost and provisions of bonding.
The question of a joint directory for the
scientific societies of Washington was dis-
cussed. Dr. Van Evera indicated that the
Chemical Society of Washington had ex-
pressed a lack of interest in being included
in such a directory. The potential interest
of the Botanical Society and the Interna-
tional Association for Dental Research was
then discussed. It was suggested that Editor
Detwiler might wish to incorporate several
of the smaller affiliated societies in the
directory at minimum or no expense, to
determine the feasibility of a joint directory
on a larger scale.
The question of a joint journal for the
various scientific societies in the Washing-
ton area was discussed. Suggestions in-
cluded the publication of a newsletter for
wide, frequent distribution, together with
less frequent issues of the Journal proper.
No definite conclusions were reached.
Old Business. Attention was called to a
proposal at the April Board meeting, that
the Academy sponsor an annual symposium
particularly appropriate to Washington
and not suitable for individual scientific
societies. Dr. Van Evera indicated that he
would move forward on this idea.
June Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 557th
meeting on June 11 at the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, with President Van Evera
presiding.
The minutes of the 556th meeting were
approved with minor corrections.
Grants-in-Aid. Chairman McPherson in-
dicated that the balance available at the
beginning of the present year was $970,
consisting of $53 of unexpended 1961
funds, $460 of unexpended 1962 funds,
and $457 of new 1963 funds. So far
this year, the Board has approved obliga-
tion of only $50. Since the funds are avail-
able for expenditure only over a two-year
period, the 1961 funds will be forfeited if
they are not spent in 1963.
On Dr. McPherson’s recommendation,
the Board approved a grant of $250 to
Hunter Woodward, for utilization of
acoustic vibrations to destroy boundary
layers in electrodialysis; and a grant of
$100 to Daniel Peacock, for a study of the
distribution of small mammals in the Mid-
dle Peninsula of Virginia.
Membership. There were no candidates
for fellowship to present for First Reading.
Chairman Hobbs reported that the Mem-
bership Committee had approved two ap-
plications for membership, as follows:
Clarence W. Travis and Rudolph Hugh.
Encouragement of Science Talent. Chair-
man Heyden announced that he was revis-
ing for publication the red book of the
Junior Academy. His Committee roster is
now complete except for one individual. He
reported that (1) he planned to meet with
Junior Academy officers several times dur-
ing the summer to organize plans for next
year; (2) Junior Academy elections were
held at the end of May; and (3) he ex-
pected to suggest changes in the absentee
ballot provisions of the Junior Academy’s
Bylaws to clarify the use of proxies in
elections.
Election of Fellows. Following the Sec-
ond Reading of their names by Dr. Hobbs,
the following persons were elected to
fellowship in the Academy: Donald B.
Brooks, Lawrence E. Payne, William H.
Pell, Joseph W. Pitts, Joseph C. Richmond,
and Lewis Slack.
Science Education. Chairman Taylor re-
ported that he was currently preparing his
annual report, and that he expected soon
to begin developing plans for next year.
The Joint Board now has an Advisory
Committe, with William F. Sager as chair-
man. The newly-elected officers of the Joint
October, 1963
185
Board are Churchill Eisenhart, chairman;
Harold E. Finley, vice-chairman; William
F. Sager, secretary; and Joseph H. Broome,
treasurer. Dr. Taylor plans to have his
guidance counselor programs, formerly
held on Saturdays, on a day of the school
week this year.
Old Business. Further discussion of the
bonding of the treasurer revealed that the
cost would be $2.50 per thousand per year.
The bonding company had suggested that
the president as well as the treasurer be
bonded. A motion to bond the treasurer to
the extent of the Academy’s fluid assets (not
to exceed $10,000) failed for lack of a
second.
The Board reviewed the membership
status of Frank M. Setzler, a former presi-
dent of the Academy, who has been trans-
ferred to emeritus status and was eligible
for such status two years ago. It was agreed
that he should not be charged for back
dues.
The Board agreed that the Journal should
be sent gratis to all past presidents
emeritus.
Dr. Stevens suggested that uncertainties
concerning arrival at eligibility for emeri-
tus status might be eliminated by incor-
porating in the regular dues notice a state-
ment of the rules with respect to emeritus
status, and a request that members inform
the treasurer when transfer to emeritus
status is requested.
Dr. Stevens initiated a brief discussion
on activities of the Academy that would be
of interest to, and better serve, the affiliated
societies. Dr. Weil expressed the opinion
that, contrary to the belief of some, most
of the affiliated societies do more than
“hold technical meetings once a month.”
Dr. Brauer suggested that the Academy
Journal each month might contain an
article about one or more of the affiliated
societies. Dr. Taylor suggested that the
Academy consider a general meeting once
a year, including presentation of papers, in
which all affiliated societies would be in-
vited to participate. Dr. Stevens agreed to
accumulate more information about the
specific activities of the affiliated societies,
and report subsequently to the Board.
Dr. Stevens indicated that the Botanical
Society had agreed to participate in the
1963 Academy directory to be published
in the September Journal.
Secretary Irving reported for Treasurer
Henderson, who could not be present, that
the latter was expecting to prepare letters
to 35 members who had been delinquent in
dues over the past two years, indicating
that if dues were not paid up within the
next two months, they would be dropped
from the rolls. The Board approved Dr.
Henderson’s proposed action.
Dr. McPherson proposed that the Acad-
emy take steps to establish a planetarium
in Washington. At Dr. Van Evera’s request,
the subject was discussed by Father Hey-
den, who is president of a corporation set
up to plan, and solicit funds for, the con-
struction of a planetarium in Washington.
Depending on the response to a drive for
funds that will be launched in the near
future, a planetarium costing between $2
and $5 million is visualized. It would be
erected on Daingerfield Island near Na-
tional Airport. Dr. Van Evera is vice-
chairman of the group, and Edward Teller
is a key member of the Advisory Board. If
funds were available, it is anticipated that
building could be started some time in
1964.
JOINT BOARD ON
SCIENCE EDUCATION
The Joint Board has announced election
of the following officers for the 1963-64
season :
Chairman : Churchill Eisenhart of the
National Bureau of Standards.
Vice-chairman: Harold E. Finley, pro-
fessor of zoology at Howard University.
Secretary: Wiliam F. Sager, professor of
chemistry at George Washington Uni-
versity.
Treasurer: Joseph H. Broome of the
Bureau of Business and Defense Services,
Department of Commerce.
186
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
WASHINGTON JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Report for 1962-63
During the past year, the Washington
junior Academy of Sciences has both
planned and taken part in many varied
activities to inspire scientific drive and in-
terest in members and nonmembers. Octo-
ber was highlighted by the fall organiza-
tional meeting, at which Marie Taylor
spoke on “The Effortless Achievements of
Plants.” In addition, the first of five trips
to Philadelphia was conducted.
Science club officers and members
benefited by the Science Club Conference
in November. Later, in December, alumni,
members, and their guests met at the An-
nual Christmas Convention, which con-
sisted essentially of a luncheon and pres-
entation of papers.
Calendar year 1963 was started off with
the Summer Research Opportunities Meet-
ing; and in February, WJAS and the
Chemical Society of Washington heard a
lecture by James Bonner on “Chemistry
and Biology of the Chromosome.” A special
lecture was given in March by Jerome
Wiesner, on “Opportunities for Young
Scientists of the Future.” At this time of
year, the area science fairs and the West-
inghouse Science Talent Search Fair took
place.
May was marked by a meeting with the
Senior Academy; and on May 3, a tele-
scopic tour of the moon was arranged with
the National Capital Astronomers.
The year came to a close with the election
meeting on May 25. In addition to election
of new officers, the National Science Fair
finalists of the Washington area presented
papers dealing with their projects.
— Randall C. Zisler,
President of WJAS, 1963-64
Staff for 1963-64
Officers: President, Randall C. Zisler
(OT 4-9494) ; vice-president, Kristin Wil-
son (JO 1-0571) ; secretary, Tessa Orellana
(384-9270) ; treasurer, Glen Smoak (KE
8-6761).
Membership Councilors: Fred Leon-
berger (Montgomery) ; Margaret Howell
(District of Columbia) ; Bruce Andrews
(Prince Georges) ; Susan Hill (Alexandria-
Fairfax) ; Pat Evans ( Arlington) ; John
Jelen (Independent).
Committees: Karen Walker (Trips);
Bob Epstein (Publications) ; Cathy Gody
(Program) ; Virginia Fano (Member-
ship) ; John Liebesny (Convention).
Adult Advisors: Francis J. Heyden
(liaison WAS) ; Stephen Hopkins (execu-
tive secretary) ; Phoebe Knipling (member-
ship) ; James McCullough (program) ;
Howard Owens (trips) ; Keith Johnson
(Science Fair) ; Charles Davis (advisor) ;
Edmund Burke (advisor) ; Berenice G.
Lamberton (secretary) ; David Frome and
Grover W. Sherlin (alumni).
October, 1963
137
Science in Washington
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
November 12 — Washington Asoeia-
tion of Scientists
Study group on “Outer Space and Na-
tional Policy,” led by John Toll.
Institute for Policy Studies, 1900 Florida
Ave., N.W., 8:30 p.m.
November 13 — American Society for
Quality Control
Grant T. Wernimount, Eastman Kodak
Company, “Sticky Statistics, or How to
Make Good Fudge.”
Arnold’s Hofbrau, 1724 Pennsylvania
Ave., N.W. Refreshments at 6:30 p.m.,
dinner at 7:00, lecture at 8:00.
November 13 — Geological Society of
Washington
Regular meeting. Speaker to be an-
nounced.
Powell Auditorium, Cosmos Club, 8:00
p.m.
November 14 — American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
Talk and discussion on “Fuels.” Speaker
to be announced.
Pepco Auditorium, 10th & E Sts., N.W.,
8:00 p.m.
November 18 — Society of Photo-
graphic Scientists and Engineers
Robert Murche, Patrick Air Force Base,
Florida, “Photo Instrumentation at Cape
Canaveral.”
Dinner at 6:30 p.m., Blackie’s House of
Beef. Lecture at 8:15, National Academy of
Sciences.
November 18-24 — American Rocket
Society
Annual meeting of American Rocket
Society and Space Flight Exposition, in
Washington.
November 18-20 — Institute of Electri-
cal and Electronics Engineers
Sixteenth Annual Conference on Engi-
neering in Medicine and Biology, spon-
sored by IEEE and Instrument Society of
America.
Lord Baltimore Hotel, Baltimore.
November 20 — Washington Society
of Engineers
Fifty-eighth Annual Stag Banquet. Eric
A. Walker, president of Pennsylvania State
University and of Engineers Joint Council,
“The Engineer and His Responsibility to
Society.”
Grand ballroom, Mayflower Hotel. Re-
freshments at 6:00 p.m., dinner at 7:00,
address thereafter.
November 23 — Society of American
Foresters
Dinner and meeting. Program to be an-
nounced.
Southgate Motel. Time to be announced.
November 27 — Geological Society of
Washington
Regular meeting. Speaker to be an-
nounced.
Powell Auditorium, Cosmos Club, 8:00
p.m.
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addresed to Harold T. Cook, Associate
Editor, c/o U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Fed-
eral Center Building, Hyattsville, Md.
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT
Wilbur T. Pentzer, director of the
Market Quality Research Division, Agri-
cultural Marketing Service, received the
Department’s Distinguished Service Award
last May for outstanding direction and
leadership of a national research program
on measurement, maintenance, and im-
provement in quality of agricultural com-
modities. At the same ceremonies, Superior
Service Awards were given to Karl H.
Norris, also of the Market Quality Re-
search Division, for contributions in the
area of quality measurement in agricultural
commodities by nondestructive physical
methods: to Frank P. Cullinan, associate
188
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
director of the Crops Research Division,
Agricultural Research Service, for inspira-
tional leadership and stimulation of re-
search in horticulture; and to John H.
Martin, also of the Crops Research Di-
vision, for outstanding scientific and re-
search leadership contributions to wheat
and grain sorghum improvement.
Warren L. Butler, head of biophysical
research in the Market Quality Research
Division, AMS, is one of 10 scientists to
receive the first Charles F. Kettering
Award, established to foster basic and
pioneering research in biophysics.
Paul R. Miller attended the Third In-
ternational Biometeorological Congress
held in Pau, France, September 1-13. Dr.
Miller served as chairman of the forecast-
ing section of a Symposium on Biometeor-
ology and Epidemiology of Fungal Diseases
of Plants, held in conjunction with the
Congress. While in Europe, Dr. Miller also
evaluated the program and facilities for
forecasting potato late blight in England,
Scotland, and Ireland, and investigated
tobacco blue mold in Italy, Germany, and
France. Tobacco blue mold, only recently
introduced in Europe, has become very
destructive throughout the entire tobacco
producing area.
Stanley A. Hall gave a talk on “Future
Methods of Insect Control” at the national
meeting of the American Institute of Chem-
ical Engineers, held in San Juan, P. R..
September 30-October 3.
W. B. Ennis, Jr., attended the 5th In-
ternational Pesticides Congress in London,
July 17-23, and presented a paper, on
“Selective Toxicity of Herbicides.” Dr.
Ennis also visited various laboratories on
the European continent.
Lawrence Zeleny recently attended an
international meeting in Geneva, Switzer-
land, called by the Committee on Agricul-
tural Problems of the Economic Commis-
sion for Europe. Purpose of the meeting
was to attempt to obtain a degree of inter-
national standardization of methods of
sampling and evaluating the quality of
grain moving in international trade. It was
attended by delegates from Czechoslovakia,
West Germany, France, Italy, Poland,
Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, the United
States, USSR, and Yugoslavia.
Wilbur T. Pentzer attended the 11th
International Congress of Refrigeration in
Munich, August 27-September 4, presiding
at a Plenary Session on Time-temperature
Tolerance of Frozen Foods and a session
of Commission 4 on Food Refrigeration.
The Congress was attended by approxi-
mately 1,800 persons from 35 countries.
Mr. Pentzer was elected vice-president of
the Executive Committee of the Interna-
tional Institute of Refrigeration for the
next four years. The next Congress will be
held in Madrid, in 1967.
Edson J. Hamhleton was guest
speaker at a meeting of the American
Entomological Society, held in Philadelphia
September 26. Mr. Hambleton spoke on
foreign technical assistance in plant pro-
tection, with special emphasis on the work
of the Regional Insect Control Project in
the Near East and Africa.
Justus C. Ward gave a talk on “The
Latest from Washington” before the As-
sociation of American Pesticide Control
Officials in Salt Lake City, August 14.
Harold T. Cook participated in the
Symposium, on Biometeorology and Epi-
demiology of Fungal Diseases of Plants,
which was held in conjunction with the
Third International Biometeorological Con-
gress in Pau, France, September 1-13.
Afterwards Dr. Cook reviewed progress in
P.L. 480 research projects in Italy and
the Netherlands, and visited laboratories
in Munich.
Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., assistant to
the administrator of the Agricultural Re-
search Service, received the 1963 Honor
Award of the Washington Chapter of the
American Institute of Chemists, at a dinner
meeting on May 14. The award was given
for “selfless devotion and untiring services
to scientific societies and their publications,
and his ability and accomplishments as a
research scientists in agricultural chem-
istry.”
October, 1963
189
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF
WASHINGTON
M. A. T live, director of the Department
of Terrestrial Magnetism, has been ap-
pointed to the recently-established Latin
Science Board, which will advise the U.S.
coordinator of the Alliance for Progress on
programs in science and technology.
COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY
Charles A. Whitten has been appointed
deputy assistant director, Office of Physical
Sciences: Leroy Alldredge has been ap-
pointed chief of the Division of Geomag-
netism; and Leonard M. Murphy has
been appointed chief of the Division of
Seismology.
Charles N. Claire retired from the
Survey on August 31 after 35 years of
service.
Donald A. Rice was re-elected presi-
dent of the Gravimetry Section, Interna-
tional Association of Geodesy, at the 13th
General Assembly of IUGG, held last
August at Berkeley, Calif. Others attending
the IUGG General Assembly were C. A.
Whitten, B. K. Meade, James B. Small,
Norman F. Braaten, Dean S. Carder,
David G. Knapp, J. L. Stearn, and
Leonard M. Murphy. Mr. Small pre-
sented a paper entitled, “Interim Report on
Vertical Crustal Movement in the United
States.” Mr. Braaten presented a paper,
“Mean Sea Level Variations as Indicated
by a 1963 Adjustment of First-order Level-
ing in the United States,” by himself and
Charles E. McCombs. Dr. Carder presented
a paper entitled, “Improved Seismic Wave
Travel Times from Surface Foci.” Dr.
Knapp presented “Some Notes on Field
Patterns in Relation to Dip Poles” and
“Position Parameters in the Rise of Geo-
magnetic Cartography, Specifically Dip
Versus Latitude.”
Joseph L. Stearn presented a paper
entitled, “Accuracies of Super-design Geo-
detic Networks,” before the 44th annual
meeting of the American Geophysical
Union, in Washington on April 18.
FOOD & DRUG ADMINISTRATION
Oral L. Kline was recently named as-
sistant commissioner for science for FDA.
Philip L. Harris, formerly of NIH, has
succeeded Dr. Kline as director of the
FDA Division of Nutrition.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
Several Geological Survey people appear
as authors in Special Paper No. 1, the
first of a new publication series of the
Mineralogical Society of America, appear-
ing in October. The volume contains the
papers and proceeding of the Third General
Meeting of the International Mineralogical
Asociation. Thomas P. Thayer is the
author of “Flow-layering in Alpine Perido-
tite-gabro Complexes”; Priestley Toul-
min, III, is co-author of “Equilibrium in
Ore Deposits” and of “Thermodynamic
Study of Pyrrhotite and Pyrite”; and Ed-
win Roedder is author of “The Composi-
tion of Quartz-forming Fluids in Nature.”
George T. Faust, who is chairman of
the Nomenclature Committee of the Min-
eralogical Society of America, attended
the 1963 International Clay Conference
(CIPEA) in Stockholm, August 12-16. He
took part in a field trip to Bornholm Island,
and later visited mineralogical laboratories
at Copenhagen, Heidelberg, Gottingen, and
Cambridge.
Edwin Roedder attended a meeting of
the International Union of Geodesy and
Geophysics in San Francisco, August 26-30.
He also was a delegate of the Geological
Survey to the Prague Symposium on Prob-
lems of Post-magnetic Ore Deposition,
September 16-21, and participated in both
pre- and post-meeting field trips to many
of the classic mining localities in Czecho-
slovakia. He also was an invited speaker
at the joint meeting of the German and
Austrian Mineralogical Societies, held in
Vienna in September, and afterwards
visited laboratories in Gottingen, Karlsruhe,
Tubingen, Leyden, and Paris.
Clarence S. Ross, Roebling medalist
of the Mineralogical Society of America,
was awarded an honorary degree of Doctor
190
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
of Science by his alma mater, the Univer-
sity of Illinois, on June 15, in recognition
of his pioneering work and achievements
in clay mineralogy and volcanology.
Waldemar T. Schaller, 81, often called
the dean of world mineralogists, observed
his 60th year with the Geological Survey
on October 1. Dr. Schaller is credited with
the discovery or description of more than
40 minerals and he has written more than
200 professional papers on minerals,
geology, and chemistry. The veteran gov-
ernment scientist began his service with
the Geological Survey soon after his gradu-
ation from the University of California in
1903. Dr. Schaller retired in 1953, but was
recalled to duty in the Survey’s Branch
of Geochemistry and Petrology, Geologic
Division, to permit him to continue import-
ant investigations begun years ago.
GEORGE WASHINGTON
UNIVERSITY
Benjamin D. Van Evera, dean of
sponsored research, spent a month in the
western states during August and Septem-
ber. He attended the 17th National Con-
ference on the Administration of Research,
visited the Air Force Missile Center at
Cheyenne, Wyo., and visited the chemistry
departments of a number of universities.
On October 10-11 Dean Van Evera served
as member of a team representing the Mid-
dle States Association of Colleges and Sec-
ondary Schools at St. John’s University,
Jamaica, L. I.
Minoru Sakaguclii of the University
of Electro-Communications, Tokyo, has
joined the Statistics Department to under-
take teaching and research under an NSF
foreign scientist fellowship.
GEORGETOWN UNIVERSITY
Theodore Koppanyi, chairman of the
Pharmacology Department, is co-author of
a newly-revised third edition of “Experi-
mental Pharmacodynamics.” Alexander G.
Karczmar of Loyola University collabo-
rated in preparation of this combined text
and manual.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Harris Research Laboratories again
participated this year in the summer in-
stitute for high school science teachers
sponsored by the National Science Founda-
tion; this was the eighth year of URL par-
ticipation. Eleven outstanding science
teachers from various parts of the country
spent half of their time on research investi-
gation at HRL, to broaden their science
background; the remainder of their time
involved course work at American Uni-
versity.
Milton Harris has been appointed to
the Advisory Committee to the American
Chemical Society president for 1964. Dr.
Harris also has been made a member of the
American Management Association’s Re-
search and Development Planning Council.
Norman R. S. Hollies presented a
paper, “Visualization and Meaning of Air-
flow Patterns over Fabric Surfaces and in
Clothing Spaces,” at the Gordon Research
Conference on Textiles on July 11.
Milton Harris recently attended a meet-
ing of directors of industrial research at
the IBM Watson Research Center in Tarry-
town, N. Y. Dr. Harris also testified before
Senator Hubert Humphrey’s Senate Small
Business Committee, on barriers to the
development of civilian industrial tech-
nology and possible Government action.
Arnold M. Sookne spoke before a
meeting of the Society of Plastics Engi-
neers, on “The Use of Plastics in the Textile
Industry,” on September 17. The meeting
was held at College Park, Md.
Lyman E. Fourt and Edmund M.
Buras, Jr., presented talks at the 145th
ACS National Meeting in New York on
September 9. Both papers were contribu-
tions to the Symposium on Searching the
Literature of Specialized Fields.
HOWARD UNIVERSITY
Lloyd N. Ferguson is author of a text-
book published last July, on “The Modern
Structural Theory of Organic Chemistry.”
Dr. Ferguson served as a visiting profes-
October, 1963
191
sor of chemistry at the University of Ore-
gon during the 1963 summer session.
Martin R. Feldman has been ap-
pointed assistant professor of chemistry.
He received the Ph.D. degree from UCLA
under Saul Winstein, and spent a post-
doctoral year under Andrew Streitwieser
at the LTniversity of California at Berkeley.
J. Leon Shereshefsky served on the
physical chemistry panel which selected
the recipient of the Pure Chemistry Award
of the American Chemical Society for 1963.
George C. Turrell presented a paper
entitled. “On the Vibrational Spectra of
Impurities in Crystals,” at the Annual
Symposium on Molecular Structure and
Spectroscopy held last June at Ohio State
University, Columbus.
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS &
SPACE ADMINISTRATION
Hugh L. Dryden, deputy administra-
tor, was elected last April to a third four-
year term as home secretary of the National
Academy of Sciences.
NATIONAL BUREAU OF
STANDARDS
Director Allen V. Astin has announced
staff appointments and related organiza-
tional changes aimed at giving greater
emphasis to Bureau programs that support
directly the Commerce Department’s re-
sponsibilities for promoting economic
growth through science and technology.
Robert D. Huntoon, formerly deputy
director, has been assigned responsibility
for managing the Standard Rerefence Data
Program, and has been redesignated deputy
director for basic standards and services.
Dr. Huntoon will continue to manage NBS
programs associated with the development
of basic measurement standards and cali-
bration services associated with dissemina-
tion of the basic measurement standards.
Irl C. Schoonover, formerly associate
director, has been appointed to the newly-
created position of deputy director for
technological standards and services. He
will have responsibility for all programs
192
involving the development of industrial
standards and test methods which provide
a common basis for the exchange of tech-
nological products and services in industry
and commerce.
A. T. McPherson, formerly an associ-
ate director of NBS and more recently
associate director of the Office of Technical
Services, is returning to the Bureau as
special assistant to the director for inter-
national standards.
Harry Burnett and his wife recently
returned from Europe, where he visited
the National Engineering Laboratories in
Scotland and attended the AGARD Con-
ference on Refractory Materials in Oslo.
He also traveled through the USSR, visiting
laboratories in Moscow, Leningrad, and
Kiev.
Churchill Eisenhart has been made a
senior research fellow on the director’s
staff. Prior to this appointment, Dr. Eisen-
hart had served as chief of the Statistical
Engineering Section, Applied Mathematics
Division.
M. S. Green left on June 16 for Mexico
City, to undertake a program of teaching
and research consultation at the Instituto
Polytechnico Nacional of Mexico. Dr.
Green returned to NBS in September.
Walter J. Hamer, a section chief in the
Electricity Division, has been elected
president of the Electrochemical Society,
an international association of 3700 mem-
bers. Dr. Hamer was installed in office at
the association’s spring meeting in Pitts-
burgh.
Julius Jackson sailed on August 16
for the Netherlands, to study at the Uni-
versity of Leiden under a Fulbright fellow-
ship until June 1964. He will then go to
the Weizmann Institute in Israel for three <]
months, and will return to NBS in Septem-
ber 1964.
William F. Meggers, former chief of
the Spectroscopy Section, received the
1963 Award of the Spectroscopy Society of
Pittsburgh for his contributions to the field
of emission spectroscopy.
Herbert F. Seliiefer, consultant on
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
textiles, was awarded an honorary doctorate
of science by Ferris Institute of Big Rapids.
Mich., at its commencement on June 9.
Douglas E. Parsons, consultant to the
director, retired from NBS on August 3,
after approximately 40 years of service.
F. C. Breckenridge, engineering
physicist in the field of signal lighting,
recently retired from the Photometry and
Colorimetry Section after 43 years of
service.
Earle K. Plyer retired from NBS on
October 8, to become head of the Physics
Department at Florida State University,
Tallahassee.
Herbert C. Vacher, chief of the
Microscopy and Diffraction Section, re-
tired from NBS in March after a 37-year
career in metallurgical research.
Talks by NBS Washington Personnel
S. N. Alexander: “The Current Status of
Graphic Storage Techniques: Their Potential Ap-
plication to Library Mechanization” — Library of
Congress, Warrenton, Va.
J. A. Bennett: “Effect of Reactions with At-
mosphere During Fatigue of Metals” — Army Ma-
terials Research Agency, Sagamore Lake, N.Y.
G. Brauer: “A Proposed New Anterior Filling
Material” — New York State Dental Society, Syra-
cuse. N.Y.
C. Eisenhart: “The Background and Evolution
of the Method of Least Squares” — International
Statistical Institute, Carleton University, Ottawa,
Canada. “On the Early History of Least Squares”
— Section on Physical and Engineering Sciences,
American Statistical Association, Cleveland.
R. E. Florin : “Crosslinking by Radiation” —
Division of Rubber Chemistry of the American
Chemical Society, Toronto.
A. Chaffari: “On a New Approximation
Method for Nonlinear Nonautonomous Differen-
tial Equations” — Applied Mathematics Research
Laboratory, Aerospace Research Laboratories, U.S.
Air Force, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base.
J. L. Hague: “The Role of Chelating Agents
in Ferrous Analysis” — American Chemical Society,
Division of Analytical Chemistry, and University
of Arizona, Tucson.
W. J. Hamer: “Electrode Potentials in Molten
Salts” — Gordon Research Conference, Kimball
Union Academy, Meriden, N. H.
R. D. Huntoon: “Present Status of the Na-
tional Standards for the Basic Physical Quanti-
ties”— Dedication of Stations WWVL and WWVB;
also, VLF Symposium, Ft. Collins, Colo.
H. S. Isbell: “Oxidation of Myo-inositol and
Aromatization of Cyclohexitols” -Starch Round
Table Conference, Melvin Village, N. H.
D. P. Johnson: “Stable Table Control Sys-
tems”— Gordon Research Conference on Instru-
mentation, Colby Junior College, New London.
G. M. Kline: “Polymer Research at the Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, 1962-1963”— XV
International Plastics Congress and Elastomers
Symposium, Turin, Italy.
J. Kruger: “Optical Studies of Thin Oxide
Films” — 12th Annual AEC Corrosion Symposium,
Pleasanton, Calif.
J. Mandel: “A New Look at an Old Experi-
ment”— American Society for Quality Control,
Louisville Section, Louisville, Ky.
D. E. Mann: “The Structure and Vibrational
Spectrum of S02 F2: A Case History” — Chemistry
Department, Ohio State University, Columbus.
R. S. Marvin : “Relations Between Molecular
Motions Involved in Shearing and Dilatational
Deformations in Polymers” — Polymer Research
Institute, University of Massachusetts, Amherst,
Mass.
A. G. McNish: “Quantum Mechanical Processes
for Frequency and Length Standards” — Seminar,
Lebedev Institute, Moscow. “Use of Optical
Masers as Length Standards” — Mendeleev Insti-
tute, Leningrad. “Standards for Contact Lenses”
— National Eye Research Foundation, Chicago, 111.
S. B. Newman: “Resinography with 8A
X-rays” — American Society for Testing Materials,
Atlantic City.
G. C. Paffenbarger: “New Knowledge of
Amalgams: How You Can Use Them in the
Office,” “Clinical and Laboratory Testing of Den-
ture Base Resins,” and “Silicate Cements and
Direct Filling Resins” — Hawaii State Dental As-
sociation, Honolulu, Hawaii; “Acceptance of the
Alfred C. Fones Award” — Connecticut State Den-
tal Association, New London; and “Current Re-
search on Dental Materials at the National Bureau
of Standards” — Main Line Dental Society, Ard-
more, Pa.
C. M. Sitterly: “The Present State of Ultra-
violet Laboratory and Solar Spectroscopy” and
“Diatomic Molecules in Cometary Spectra” — Max
Planck-Institut fur Astrophysik, Munich.
C. M. Tchen : “Kinetic Problems in Plasma” —
Plasma Physics Institute, Garching, Germany;
“Kinetic Equation and Landau Damping” — Insti-
tute for High Temperature Research, Technical
University, Stuttgart; “Interaction of Plasma
Flows with Magnetic Fields” — Laboratory for the
Structure of Materials, University of Amsterdam;
“Kinetic Theories of Plasmas” — Institute Battelle,
Centre de Recherche de Geneve; and “Plasma
Oscillations with Collective Correlations” — Inter-
national Symposium on Ionization Phenomena in
Gases, Paris.
W. J. Youden: “Precision and Accuracy in
Spectrochemical Analysis” — Society for Applied
October, 1963
193
Spectroscopy, Western Reserve University, Cleve-
land ; "Sampling and Statistical Design” — Sym-
posium on Environmental Measurements, spon-
sored by the U.S. Public Health Service, Cin-
cinnati.
F. E. Washer: “Optical T-Bench Method for
Measurement of Optical Path Difference” — So-
ciety of Photographic Instrumentation Engineers,
Los Angeles.
The following talks were presented before the
I8th Annual Instrument Society of America Instru-
ment Automation Conference and Exhibit, Chi-
cago :
A. G. McNish: “Resume of Trip to the Soviet
Union.”
H. S. Peiser and J. Wachtman, Jr.: “Space
Groups and Structures of Strained Crystals.”
The following talks were presented before the
145th National American Chemical Society Meet-
ing, New York City:
H. L. Isbell: “Utilization of Isotope Effects for
Study of Reaction Mechanisms. Oxidation of Alde-
hydes with Chlorous Acid.”
D. R. Lide: “Microwave Spectra of High-
Temperature Species.”
R. Schaffer: “D-gluco-L-glycero-3-octulose
Derivatives and Two Derived 2-octuloses.”
M. D. Scheer: “Desorption Kinetics of Alkali
Ions on Rhenium.”
NATIONAL INSTITUTES
OF HEALTH
Marshall Nirenberg, head of the Sec-
tion on Biochemical Genetics in the Na-
tional Heart Institute, has won the Ameri-
can Chemical Society’s $1,000 Pfizer Paul-
Lewis Award in Enzyme Chemistry, accord-
ing to announcement at the Society 145th
national meeting in New York City on
September 10. The “cracking of the genetic
code” has been Dr. Nirenberg’s most not-
able achievement; he and his collaborators
were the first to identify one “word” in
the message that a living cell uses to direct
the synthesis of proteins. Last year he re-
ceived the National Academy of Sciences
award for distinguished research in molec-
ular biology and the Washington Academy
of Sciences award in the biological sciences.
G. Robert Coatney, chief of the Lab-
oratory of Parasite Chemotherapy, National
Institute of Allergy and Infectious Dis-
eases, visited Pakistan in June to complete
arrangements for field testing of the new
long-acting antimalarial drug 0501.
Kenneth S. Cole, chief of the Labora-
tory of Biophysics, National Institute of
Neurological Diseases and Blindness, is
spending the fall of 1963 at the University
of California, Berkeley, as regents profes-
sor of medical physics.
Paul H. Keyes, Laboratory of History
and Pathology, National Institute of Dental
Research, lectured to the students and staffs
of dental schools in Denmark, Linland,
Norway, and Sweden during September.
Dr. Keyes discussed NIDR research find-
ings on biological and bacteriological fac-
tors in dental caries and periodontal disease
in hamsters.
Francis A. Arnold, director of the
National Institute of Dental Research, has
received the 1963 Callahan Award of the
Ohio State Dental Association.
Roman Kulwich has been appointed
scientist administrator with responsibilities
in the operation of Institute research sup-
port programs. For the past year Dr. Kul-
wich has been an NIH grants associate in
the Division of Research Grants.
John E. Lane has been appointed ex-
ecutive secretary of the Toxicology Study
Section, Division of Research Grants.
NAVAL ORDNANCE LABORATORY
Curtis J. Humphreys, scientist at the
NOL laboratories in Corona, Calif., re-
ceived the Navy Award for Distinguished
Achievement in Science on June 21. The
award, which consists of a certificate, a
medal, and a monetary grant of $5,000,
was given in recognition of Dr. Humphreys’
outstanding and pioneering research in the
field of atomic line emission spectroscopy.
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Victor J. Linnenbom, Radiation Divi-
sion, attended a recent meeting of the Inter-
national Electrotechnical Commission in
Venice, Italy, as a U.S. delegate.
Conrad H. Cheek and Dr. Linnenbom
attended the first meeting of the Faraday
Society in the United States, on radiation
chemistry, held at the University of Notre
Dame on September 2-4.
194
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Alan C. Kolb attended the Sixth Inter-
national Conference on Ionization Phenom-
ena in Gases at Paris in July, where he pre-
sented a paper entitled, “Radiation from
High Temperature Plasmas.” He also at-
tended a Conference on Atomic Collision
Phenomena held in London in July.
George R. Irvin gave a lecture, “Struc-
tural Aspects of Brittle Fracture,” at a
meeting of the Structures and Materials
Panel of AGARD in London on September
2. He remained in England for the balance
of the month to work at the British Welding
Research Association Laboratory near
Cambridge.
Maurice M. Shapiro, superintendent of
the Nucleonics Division and head of the
Cosmic Ray Branch, has returned to his
duties following a year’s study and lec-
turing at the Weizmann Institute of Science
at Rehovoth, Israel. Dr. Shapiro’s fellow-
ship provided for studies of the primary
cosmic radiation and recent developments
in the theory of nuclear structure. While at
the Institute, he served as visiting professor
of physics and lectured at Hebrew Univer-
sity, Jerusalem, and at the Israel Institute
of Technology in Haifa. Dr. Shapiro was
sponsored in his research work by a Gug-
genheim fellowship and assistance from
NRL.
Robert G. Glasser recently returned
to the Cosmic Ray Branch of NRL after a
year of research at CERN, Switzerland,
where he worked in the field of high energy
physics. Dr. Glasser was the recipient of a
senior postdoctoral National Science Foun-
dation fellowship.
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
The following scientists have recently
joined the staff of the Museum of Natural
History :
Wallace R. Ernst, formerly botanist at
the Harvard University Herbaria, as asso-
ciate curator, Division of Phanerogams.
Richard C. Froeschner, formerly asso-
ciate professor of zoology at Montana State
University, as associate curator in charge
of the new Division of Hemiptera.
David B. Lellinger, a graduate student
of the University of Michigan about to
receive his doctoral degree, as associate
curator, Division of Ferns.
Richard L. Zusi, formerly assistant
professor of zoology at the University of
Maine, as associate curator, Division of
Birds.
Robert H. Gibbs, Jr,, formerly assist-
ant professor of biology at Boston Univer-
sity, as associate curator, Division of Fishes.
Marion H. Pettibone, formerly asso-
ciate professor of zoology at the University
of New Hampshire, as associate curator,
Division of Marine Invertebrates.
WASHINGTON POST
Nate Haseltine has won the American
Chemical Society’s $1,000 James T. Grady
Award for outstanding reporting of chem-
ical progress to the public, according to
announcement at the Society’s 145th na-
tional meeting in New York City on Sep-
tember 10. A newspaperman for 32 years
and the Post’s science writer for the last
14 years, Mr. Haseltine was honored “for
his versatile contributions to public knowl-
edge and understanding of chemistry, chem-
ical engineering, and related fields.” The
medalist is immediate past president of the
National Association of Science Writers.
Previously he had won the AAAS-George
Westinghouse Award as the outstanding
science writer of 1953, and the 1956 How-
ard Blakeslee-American Heart Association
Award for a series entitled, “Within a
Child’s Heart.”
WEATHER BUREAU
Francis W. Reiclieblerfer retired in
July after 25 years as chief of the Weather
Bureau. At the time of his retirement he
received a letter from the Secretary of
Commerce, commending him for his leader-
ship in raising the Bureau to its present
status as the largest and most sophisticated
weather system in the world, and for intro-
ducing new forecasting techniques.
October, 1963
195
UNCLASSIFIED
Roger Revelle was awarded the Agassiz
Medal for outstanding achievement in
oceanography at the National Academy of
Sciences meeting in April. Dr. Revelle re-
cently assumed new duties as dean of re-
search at the University of California, after
serving for a year and a half as science
adviser to the Secretary of the Interior.
Emanuel R. Piore, vice president for
research and engineering at International
Business Machines Corporation, was elected
to the National Academy of Sciences at its
April meeting.
Bernard Frank, professor of watershed
management in the Forestry Department of
Colorado State University and a nonresident
member of the Academy, has received the
degree of fellow in the Soil Conservation
Society of America. This degree, the high-
est honor the Society bestows, is awarded
to the professional members of the Society
in recognition of exceptionally outstanding
service and leadership in the field of soil
and water conservation. It was presented on
August 28 during the Society’s three-day
meeting at Logan, Utah.
DEATHS
Michael X. Sullivan, former head of
the Chemistry Department at Georgetown
University, died of cancer on May 3 at the
age of 87. Dr. Sullivan was a native of
Fall River, Mass. He received the bachelor’s
degree from Harvard University in 1899
and the master’s and Ph.D. degrees from
Brown University. He held the honorary
Doctor of Science degree from Georgetown
University. Dr. Sullivan was well known
for his work on the chemistry of cancer. He
received the Hillebrand Prize from the
Chemical Society of Washington in 1941,
and the Ernst Bischoff Award from the
American Association of Clinical Chemists
in 1955.
Harold Dorn, chief of Biometrics Re-
search Branch, National Heart Institute,
died May 9 at the age of 56. Dr. Dorn was
a native of Tompkins County, N. Y. He
received the B.S. and M.S. degrees from
Cornell University and the Ph.D. degree
from Wisconsin in 1933. Dr. Dorn was
recognized internationally as a leader in the
field of biometrics research. His statistical
study in 1959 of the death rate from lung
cancer and from cardiovascular, respira-
tory, and other diseases among men who
have used tobacco and those who have never
smoked, was instrumental in determining
the PHS stand in the tobacco and lung
cancer controversy.
Francis M. Defandorf died August 18
at the age of 66. Dr. Defandorf had been
head of the Electrical Instruments Section
of the National Bureau of Standards for the
last 17 years. He was a native of Garrett
Park, Md., and received the bachelor’s,
master’s, and doctor’s degrees from Johns
Hopkins University. The 2-million-volt
high-voltage laboratory at the Bureau was
planned and directed by Dr. Defandorf.
He was president of the Philosophical So-
ciety of Washington in 1946. and of the
Washington Academy of Sciences in 1954.
Virginia F. Griffing, 46, professor of
chemistry at Catholic University since 1957,
died September 5 of a hemorrhage while
on vacation in Nova Scotia. She was an
expert on ultrasonics and the structure of
molecules. A native of Lexington, Ky., she
taught in public schools there before coming
to Catholic University in 1943: she received
the Ph.D. degree in physics from the Uni-
versity in 1947. Burial services were held
in Lexington.
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
Total water supply in the United
States is not decreasing. But water re-
quirements have increased greatly, accord-
ing to an article by Charles J. Robinove of
the Geological Survey, in the annual report
of the Smithsonian Institution. Water is
used today for numerous purposes, many
of which were not anticipated 50 years ago.
Each area has water problems that may
differ greatly from those in other areas of
the country. The ultimate solution will re-
quire comprehensive planning and develop-
ment of an area’s water resources to provide
196
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
the greatest benefit for all. The principles
of water management are based on the
physical and chemical regimen of water
and are modified as required by economic,
legal, and sociological factors.
An 1800-meter taped base line to
aid in research on distance measuring
instruments has been established in the
Washington area by the Coast and Geodetic
Survey. It is located at the Agricultural
Research Center airport near Beltsville, Md.
The first measurements were completed in
August with a precision of 1 part in 2,000,-
000 probable error.
Application of lasers to problem
areas in mapping and geodesy is being
investigated by the Army Engineers’ Geo-
desy, Intelligence, and Mapping R&D
Agency at Fort Belvoir. One potential appli-
cation in geodesy is for ultra-precise dis-
tance and angle measurements between
points on the earth’s surface, between
ground and aircraft, and between earth and
satellite. Another is for monitoring baseline
shift, shifts of the earth’s surface, and
earthquakes. Lasers may also be used as
gyroscope and rotation sensors, and as part
of a gravity measuring system. In mapping
and photogrammetry, lasers may be applied
to height measuring, and to extremely fine
resolution of lines and points on photo-
graphic plates, as well as to measurement
of distances between these lines and points.
Floating platforms would be used
for mine detection, according to plans of
the Army Engineer R&D Laboratories. The
group has let a contract for development of
a mine detector mounted on an air-cushion
carrier, using a multi-blade fan to support
the assembly at least six inches above the
ground. The assembly would be attached
to the front of a truck by means of a 20-foot
hinged boom.
Potted azaleas in bloom will be
available any time of the year, accord-
ing to predictions of Department of Agri-
culture scientists. These popular shrubs,
which normally flower in the spring, can be
induced to flower out of season by chemical
treatments and regulating the duration of
light in each 24-hour period. This will make
it possible for homeowners to buy potted
azaleas in flower for special occasions such
as Christmas.
A camera that takes 8 million pic-
tures per second is being used by Army
engineers to study the physical forces that
interact within explosives as they detonate
under various conditions. Key to the de-
velopment is a complex synchronization
system for coordinating lighting with the
detonation of the explosive. Two 5,000-volt
pulsers are timed to fire at a precise instant
during rotation of a turbine that spins an
optical mirror at 5,500 revolutions per
second. The turbine is run by high-pressure
nitrogen gas, and brilliant illumination is
obtained by detonating an auxiliary explo-
sive charge in a 3-foot tube of argon gas.
The shutter is closed by another explosive
charge that shatters the glass lenses, stop-
ping the passage of light.
As part of its 175th anniversary celebra-
tion, Georgetown University has an-
nounced the James Curley Lectures
in Science, honoring the Reverend James
Curley, S.J. (1796-1889), who founded
Georgetown Observatory. The lectures be-
gan in October, and will extend into next
May. Schedule for the nine remaining
lectures is as follows: November 19, “Bio-
logical Evolution, with Special Reference
to Man and His Culture,” by Theodosius
Dobzhansky, Rockefeller Institute; Decem-
ber 17, “The Limitations of Science,” by
Rev. Ernan McMullin of Notre Dame; Jan-
uary 14, “Life in Space,” by C. C. Kiess,
Georgetown Observatory; February 18,
“The Socialization of Science,” by Gen.
James McCormack, MIT; March 10, “Prac-
tical Uses of Atomic Energy,” by Arthur
Ruark, AEC; April 7, “Population Trends
and Population Control,” by Ansley J.
Coale, Princeton University; April 21, “The
Impact of New Materials and New Instru-
mentation on Our Foreseeable Technology,”
by E. R. Piore, IBM; May 1, “Design for a
Brain,” by Phillip Morse, MIT ; and May
19, “The Revolution in Biology and Medi-
cine,” by Bentley Glass, Johns Hopkins
October, 1963
197
University. All lectures will start in Gaston
Hall at 8:30 p.m. Complimentary tickets
are available from Anniversary House at
GU, 3610 0 St., N.W.
Catholic University lias established
a Division of Space Science and Ap-
plied Physics in its School of Engineering
and Architecture. C. C. Chang is chairman
of the Division, which is believed to be the
first of its kind to concentrate in the area
of both space science and applied physics.
The curriculum includes about 40 courses
in the disciplines of space science, applied
physics, fluid mechanics, and aerospace en-
gineering, leading to the master’s and
doctor’s degrees.
A National Standard Reference Data
System has been established by the Federal
Council for Science and Technology, and
responsibility for its administration has
been assigned to the National Bureau of
Standards. The system will provide critical-
ly evaluated data in the physical sciences
on a national basis, centralizing a large
part of the present data-compiling activities
of a number of Government agencies.
NSRDS will be conducted as a decentral-
ized operation across the country, with
central coordination by NBS. As presently
planned, the program will consist of three
parts: an input from scientists in many
different locations, a central source of the
evaluated data at NBS, and an output sys-
tem geared to the needs of the country’s
scientists and engineers.
Development of a robot typesetter
for scientific publications will be one
object of research by the American Chemi-
cal Society under a recent grant from the
National Science Foundation. Use of auto-
mation to speed up the exchange of scientific
information also will be explored. Purpose
of the project is to develop a computer
system for automatic typesetting of complex
scientific material. A key feature will be
the transfer by computer of scientific in-
formation onto tapes.
198
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
Electrochemical S’ociety
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzfeld
John L. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fowells
Martin A. Mason
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
George Dickson
Francois N. Frenkiel
J. Murray Mitchell, Jr.
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
J. J. Diamond
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
OCTOBER 1963
No. 7
CONTENTS
The Plunge Into Darkness 175
Studies on Epidemic Typhus Vaccines 179
Academy Proceedings
November Meeting 182
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 184
Joint Board on Science Education 186
Washington Junior Academy of Sciences 187
Science in Washington
Calendar of Events 188
Scientists in the News 188
Science and Development 196
Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
1530— P St., N.W. Paid at
Washington, D. C. Washington, D.C.
Return Requested
LIBRARY OF ARNQL D
ARBORETUM
2 2 DIVINITY A V £
CAMgR I DG £ ZQ MASS
J
WAS
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 8
NOVEMBER
1963
i
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate Editors
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
Frank A. Biberstein, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Marjorie Hooker, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (prior to Volume 51) can be purchased
direct from the Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 5th Avenue, New York 3, N.Y. This firm also
handles the sale of the Proceedings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910) , the Index, and
the Monograph.
Current issues of the Journal (past two calendar years) may still be obtained directly
from the Academy office at 1530 P Street, N.W., Washington 5, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
Second class postage paid at Washington, D.C.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
Research — A Vital Factor in
A Food Regulatory Program*
Oral L. Kline
Assistant Commissioner for Science, Food and Drug Administration
It is a privilege to have a part in paying
tribute to the National Canners Association
Laboratories on this 50th anniversary. We
note with pride that the organization at
this advanced age is in good health, and
one wonders whether or not this state of
optimum nutrition is the result of associa-
tion with the right kinds of foods. In any
case, this organization has flourished and
has been extremely useful, not only to the
canning industry but also to those organi-
zations with which it has developed an
admirable state of cooperation.
The keynote of this cooperation, of
course, is scientific research. In our com-
plex age, with advancements in science,
and with the application of new scientific
developments in the food and drug in-
dustries, it is essential that we learn to
deal with these complex problems not only
from the standpoint of production and
utilization, but also from the standpoint of
evaluation of safety, utility, and effective-
ness in the interest of the consumers of food
and drug products. It is clear that an effec-
tive research program is a vital factor in
the enforcement of regulations that pertain
to the production, standardization, and
distribution of foods.
I should like to take particular note here
of the fine cooperation that has existed
between the canning industry and its As-
sociation and the Food and Drug Adminis-
tration. This began even before there was a
National Canners Association Laboratory.
In a large cooperative experiment begun
* An address presented at the 50th anniversary
celebration of the National Canners Association
Research Laboratories on May 22, 1963, in Wash-
ington.
about 1910 to answer the question of
whether tin and iron in canned foods were
hazards, we had a unification of effort on
the part of the can manufacturers, the food
canners, and the old Bureau of Chemistry
of the Department of Agriculture. In this
cooperative effort, large numbers of packs
of a variety of foods were prepared and
examined annually over a period of several
years to produce information that culmi-
nated in a report demonstrating clearly
that tin and iron in canned foods were not
poisonous and that this was not a serious
problem. During this extensive cooperative
effort, it became quite apparent to the
canned foods industry that well-equipped
laboratories capable of carrying out the
kinds of complex methodology involved in
the demonstration of safety, and in working
out the details of improvement of tech-
nology and quality of canned foods, were
essential to the service of the canning in-
dustry. This was an important factor. I am
sure, in the formation of this laboratory
service.
Cooperation with the old Bureau of
Chemistry, which at that time was responsi-
ble for enforcement of the Pure Food and
Drug Law, was further in evidence in the
appointment of Dr. Bigelow, then assistant
chief of the Bureau of Chemistry, as the
first director of the laboratory. Further
example of the cooperation at the scientific
and investigational level between this
laboratory and the Food and Drug Admin-
istration was related to the development of
acceptable standards of quality under the
McNary-Mapes Amendment of 1930. The
NCA was the first to overcome an obstruc-
tionist attitude in the application of this
November, 1963
199
Amendment to standards of quality, and it
was soon learned that the required labeling
of foods as substandard eliminated such
foods from the market and improved the
general quality of the canned food supply.
In the investigational effort to provide ob-
jective tests to determine quality, the
chemists of the National Canners Associa-
tion Laboratories and of the Food and Drug
Administration joined forces in their broad
inspection program. Through this coopera-
tion, standards of acceptable quality were
formulated.
What are the problems that we face today
that are directly related to the food canning
process? Perhaps the most immediate has
to do with the concern over pesticide resi-
due contamination of our food supply. You
are all aware of the report to the President
submitted in recent days by a special com-
mittee assigned to evaluate the pesticide
contamination from a total environmental
standpoint. Recommendations for further
research suggest that additional research
needs to be accomplished in several areas.
With respect to food pesticide residues, we
have established approximately 2500 toler-
ances on 130 chemicals. These tolerances
have been based on some knowledge of the
toxicity of each of these compounds learned
from pharmacological experimentation. In
the preparation of food for canning, there
is a legal requirement that such foods be
treated in a manner to reduce residues so
far as possible. In a very preliminary evalu-
ation of the residue content of canned
foods, it is quite clear that in the prepara-
tion for canning, considerable reduction of
the pesticide residue content can be and is
being accomplished. Although more infor-
mation is desirable, the indications are that
canned foods contribute only to a very
small degree to the pesticide residue con-
tent of our food supply.
The Food and Drug Administration has,
as a program for this fiscal year, the
analysis of 25,000 food samples for pesti-
cide residue content. This constitutes a
sampling of approximately 1 percent of the
raw agricultural product shipments that
move across State lines each year. As of
the first of May, our program of examina-
tion of this large sampling is on schedule.
Nearly 200 of our chemists are spending
full time on this analytical program. The
results of these analyses will give us a
basis for determining whether the coverage
should be increased, and will tell us whether
there are certain geographical areas or
certain classes of foods that may be of
lesser importance in the program.
Also, we have developed considerable
improvement in methodology during this
extensive effort to the point that, in the
continuation of the program next year, our
analytical data will provide more quantita-
tive information. Research and method-
ology pertaining to pesticide residues have
developed rapidly in many laboratories in
this country. It has been through the best
kind of cooperation that we have been able
to establish to such a remarkable degree
the chemistry, and in some cases the meta-
bolic fate, of these compounds, and methods
of extraction and identification in their
measurement. The newer instrumentation
has given us the tools for the rapid ad-
vances that have been made.
In other studies, the ultimate goal of a
long-range FDA research program on
staphylococcal food poisoning has been the
detection of the agent in food products.
The problem has been attacked successfully
using serological methods, and has resulted
in: (1) the identification of two types of
enterotoxin, one of which predominates in
food poisoning outbreaks in the United
States; (2) simplified procedures for de-
termining the ability of staphylococci to
produce these poisons; and (3) methods
for the detection of trace amounts of the
enterotoxins in foods. The serological pro-
cedure used in these studies is a modifica-
tion of a gel diffusion test, in which the
toxin and its antibody form precipitates
which can be identified by comparison with
reference lines of precipitation. The reac-
tion takes place in a thin film of agar in
which lines of precipitation are formed as
a result of diffusion of toxin and antibody
200
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
toward each other from localized sites. The
most recent development in this research is
our ability to prepare extracts from meat
containing the enterotoxin, which are
further purified in ion exchange columns
to give a solution that can be tested by the
diffusion technique. Application of the
test to other food materials is still under
study.
For a long time, the food industry has
been alert to contamination of foods with
molds. Such contamination is regarded as
an indication of an inferior quality that
is not suitable for food use. Recent events
have emphasized the importance of atten-
tion to mold contamination of our food
supply. About a year and a half ago, we
were informed by the Department of Agri-
culture of an outbreak of a disease affecting
young turkeys in England. At that time we
thought there was a connection between this
disease and the “chick edema factor” which
our laboratories have been studying for a
number of years. The British soon dis-
covered, however, that the causative factor
was a metabolite of a mold, Aspergillus
flavus Link, which had grown on peanuts
imported from Africa. Arrangements were
made to obtain some of the cultures, which
we grew under our conditions. We were
able to reproduce the disease syndromes
described by the British, as well as to grow
the molds on a number of different strains
as substrates.
The cultures grown on wheat were found
to produce rather potent material, readily
purified by our capable chemists, who then
were able to make a preparation shown by
biological test to contain about 50 percent
of crude aflatoxin. We learned that workers
at Massachusetts Institute of Technology
also were attempting to isolate the com-
ponents of aflatoxin to determine their
structure. They had obtained only milli-
gram amounts, and we had available gram
quantities. We furnished this group ap-
proximately 200 milligrams of our rela-
tively potent preparation, and after about
six weeks of concerted effort, utilizing
nuclear magnetic resonance and a few
check syntheses, the MIT group was able
to announce the structure of aflatoxin B
and G as difuranocoumarin compounds.
We think this demonstrates remarkable
cooperation among laboratories: the Cen-
tral Veterinary Laboratory at Weybridge,
which furnished the culture; Food and
Drug Administration laboratory at Wash-
ington, which performed the preliminary
isolation; and Department of Nutrition and
Food Science of MIT at Cambridge, which
did the final purification and identification.
During this time we also initiated a sur-
vey of the low-grade peanuts utilized for
animal feed in this country, and collected
samples of moldy grains that our inspectors
might encounter. We are pleased to note
that of several dozen samples so far ex-
amined, we have not yet encountered the
presence of the toxin. We are continuing
our analysis of samples, as well as research
into the development of relatively rapid
chemical methods for the identification of
aflatoxin.
This work also suggests an entirely new
area of investigation of other potential
toxic agents produced by molds. Perhaps a
number of unexplained epidemics among
animals may be attributed to this type of
contamination.
Limited time does not permit me to de-
velop further examples of our research
projects which are developing in several
subject areas. In nutrition, for example,
studies of trace minerals that have nutritive
value reveal interrelationships and antag-
onisms. These are studied in model systems,
using the red blood cell of humans and
animals to determine the conditions of ab-
sorption through cell membranes. Results
are used in designing further animal
studies. In pharmacology we have the
development of new methods for measuring
safety of food additives by determining
effects of a specific compound injected into
the incubating chick embryo and noting
effects upon its development. In food re-
search there are studies of changes in the
composition of fats resulting from pro-
longed heating. These go to the isolation
November, 1963
201
and measurement of the urea filtrate fatty
acids and their effects in animal metabolism.
In pharmaceutical chemistry we are con-
cerned with the identification and structure
of known compounds through comparison
of their spectral absorption curves with
standard curves of known compounds.
Mechanized procedures permit a large num-
ber of comparisons to be made in a few min-
utes. It is important that our research pro-
gram be broad in scope in view of the
great variety of enforcement problems with
which we must deal.
The status of the research program of
the Food and Drug Administration has
been markedly improved in recent years
with an increase in financial support for
this purpose. Although in its beginnings the
Food and Drug Administration was an en-
forcement organization with attached ana-
lytical laboratories, it was soon recognized
that scientific development and method-
ology were essential to the enforcement
process. Over the years we have been striv-
ing for an integrated operation in which
the research and control scientists, working
side by side, contribute to each others’
effectiveness.
Last fall a Citizens Advisory Committee,
after a lengthy review of the structure and
function of the Food and Drug Administra-
tion, submitted a report in which the sci-
entific aspects were evaluated. This also
emphasized the need for a strong research
program which would be effective in pro-
viding leadership in methodology and in
the determination of safety and effective-
ness of the great variety of compounds that
come within the purview of the Food, Drug,
and Cosmetic Act. Such a scientific organi-
zation has been developed, and is being en-
larged. In it, long term projects are carried
out with continuity to a final conclusion.
We also have a group of scientists involved
in development and improvement of
methodology on a relatively short-term
project basis, who can be called upon for
assistance when emergency situations and
outbreaks occur that require immediate
scientific staff attention. We must have
sufficient staff to apply new methods in a
program of validation by application of
procedures to a variety of sample situations.
The knowledge derived from this pro-
gram is then put to use in the major part
of our analytical effort throughout our 18
district laboratories. Such a scientific
organization must be closely associated
with, and must be an integral part of, the
enforcement program. Knowledge of new
problems must flow freely from the grass
roots experience in the day-to-day sample
analyses, and from the experience and
knowledge of the enforcement officers. Sci-
entific information produced must be made
available and useful to the enforcement
officers who deal daily with the industry
and the public. Our scientific organization
has been developed from the application of
these aims, and provides the basis for an-
ticipating new scientific developments and
for determining the hazards that may result
from new technology. It also provides the
scientific progress needed in maintaining
an up-to-date analytical program for our
enforcement purposes.
We have learned well that research is
truly a vital factor in a food regulatory
program. The National Canners Associa-
tion Laboratories have clearly demon-
strated that research is a vital factor in the
development of sound food production and
processing programs. We look forward with
interest and satisfaction to another 50 years
of effectively working together.
202
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
On the Vagrancy
Of Scientific Information
Woodrow C. Jacobs
Director, National Oceanographic Data Center
This evening I shall give attention to the
ever-increasing magnitude of the problems
that confront all those of us who are in-
volved in one way or another with the ac-
quisition, storage, processing, and dissemi-
nation of scientific information. I feel that
most of our problems have a common base,
no matter what scientific discipline we rep-
resent and regardless of whether the orga-
nization with which we are associated calls
itself a science library, a scientific informa-
tion center, or a data center. In the latter
case, I am not quite certain in my own
mind that there is really any basic differ-
ence between these three types of facilities
as far as the user is concerned.
The commodity we are dealing with is
scientific information; and when the scien-
tist wants this information, he wants it pre-
sented in the form most efficient and most
economical for his use. In some cases the
format is the printed page bound in hard-
backed cover ; in other cases it is a series of
reports or manuscripts. In still other cases
the format is a graph, map, a series of
photographs, a tabulation sheet, or a com-
puter tape. In some of the sciences, where
the quantitative approach has so far been
defined, the scientific information may even
take the form of an actual specimen of some
sort. In the cases of these sciences, the pri-
mary information center may actually be a
museum of some type.
The point I am trying to make here is
the fact that the distinction between a sci-
ence library, a scientific information center,
a data center, and, in some cases, a collec-
tion of scientific objects, is a distinction
* Speech before the Hydrographic Branch of the
Research Society of America, June 7. 1962.
affected largely by the people who have
created and who maintain the facilities and
not by the scientist who uses them.
I hasten to emphasize that as far as libra-
ries are concerned, I am referring only to
the scientific and technical library and not
to the libraries of the world’s literature that
are maintained, for cultural, educational,
and/ or recreational purposes. In the cases
of these collections, the hard-backed volume
certainly has the right to exist on its own
literary merits and should not be forced to
justify itself on the basis of the “bits” of
information contained between its covers.
In recent years we have heard a great
deal about the growing crisis in commu-
nication between scientists and engineers —
abandonment of long-accustomed habits in
the handling and dissemination of scientific
information. The crisis results from the
simple fact that the results of research and
development are being produced in such
volume that the traditional information
systems cannot cope with it. Even the most
optimistic admit that the information loss
due to inadequate communication is tre-
mendous and that the excess research costs,
represented by duplication of research
efforts, run into hundreds of millions of
dollars per year; the most pessimistic even
forcast an almost complete breakdown of
our national scientific research effort if the
communication problem is not solved with-
in the very near future.
I am not implying by any means that
nothing is being done to attempt to solve
the problem. An increasing number of
scientific and engineering societies, indus-
trial organizations, university groups, and
Government agencies are devoting attention
November, 1963
203
to science information matters. The study
of scientific information retrieval and com-
munication systems has become so impor-
tant. in fact, that the field has become re-
cognized as one of the established scientific
disciplines in its own right. Some idea of
the national prominence that has been
acquired by the activity is provided by the
fact that one of the Senate subcommittees,
under the able chairmanship of one of our
most prominent Senators, is devoting
vigorous attention to the subject. This sub-
committee expects to “launch a series of
Federal legislative and administrative ac-
tions of a far reaching nature” to help
strengthen our information, documenta-
tion, and communication programs.
Nevertheless, as I examine unselected
samples of the exceedingly extensive litera-
ture that deals with the problem of the
collection, retrieval, and communication of
scientific information, I become somewhat
concerned — concerned not with the fact
that the literature on the subject is not
extensive enough — but concerned more
with the fact that so little of it seems
to lead anywhere. I have the uneasy feel-
ing, almost a subconscious feeling, that
perhaps the whole point of the problem is
being missed.
Most of the attempts at solution that I
have examined have concerned themselves
with improving the speed and efficiency
with which the published results of re-
search can be abstracted, retrieved from
the library files, and delivered to the scien-
tist for his perusal. As I view the problem,
there are two things missing from this
picture. In the first place, they all appear
to assume that the scientist will be able to
read or at least personally examine the
information that is communicated to him.
I feel obliged to point out in this connec-
tion that our systems for the rapid and
efficient retrieval and transmission of in-
formation already possess a capacity that
exceeds by many, many orders of magni-
tude the personal digestive capacity of the
scientist, even if the information is pre-
sented to him in the most highly condensed
form possible (and here I am using the
word “scientist” in the collective sense).
We have systems in daily household use
that are capable of retrieving, transmitting,
and displaying an amount of information
corresponding to that contained in the cur-
rent edition of the Encyclopedia Brittanica
in approximately 2% minutes. An example
of such device is the ordinary color TV set
in your living room. Since this device is
able to receive and display about 70 million
bits of information per second, it means
that your TV set could display non-repeti-
tive information at a rate so fast that you
would not even see it, let alone read or
examine it.
The second factor that seems to be miss-
ing from the picture of the information
problem, as it is most often presented, has
to do with the apparent narrow definition
of the phrase, “scientific information.” The
usual connotation is that scientific informa-
tion is the published results of scientific
research. But what about the vast quanti-
ties of unpublished, unorganized scientific
facts that result from observation or ex-
periment and which are the raw products
that go into and make up scientific re-
search? And what about the basic scientific
experimental or observational data that
have already contributed in part to re-
search but have, themselves, never been
published? I would suspect that the largest
fraction of the scientific information that
exists today falls into one or the other of
these categories. And this fraction is only
destined to become larger — never smaller.
According to the language of informa-
tion theory, the basic unit of measure for
information is the “bit” (short for binary
digit) which is, in reality, a unit of choice,
such as yes or no. The measure of total
information, therefore, is the minimum
number of binary digits that are necessary
to distinguish the transmitted information
from all other possible messages. Scientific
knowledge results only when these “bits”
of information are organized in some in-
telligent fashion. In this sense, a data
center might therefore be defined as the
204
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
basic or primitive form of a scientific
library or information center — or we
might facetiously reverse the line of
reasoning and simply state that a data
center is a library or information center
that has been “torn to bits.”
It is my personal conviction that if sci-
ence is to survive and prosper, it must pay
increasing attention to the concepts con-
tained in information theory. In place of
devoting our primary effort toward devel-
oping systems for the abstracting and rapid
retrieval of published scientific informa-
tion, let us attempt to introduce system,
logic, and efficiency into our information-
producing effort as well. The only long-
term solution to this tremendous problem
is to begin to take some steps that are long
ovedue — to approach the problem in the
total scientific sense rather than as a prob-
lem simply for the scientific information
retrieval and processing experts. This will
mean the bringing together of the research
scientist, the observational instrument de-
signer, the experimental equipment fabri-
cator, the information specialist, the data
processing and communication expert, and
perhaps others, for the purpose of develop-
ing an economical and efficient scientific in-
formation-producing as well as informa-
tion-using system. And lest this statement
be misconstrued, let me emphasize that I
am not proposing that the system be one to
be covered by law, agreement, or legis-
lation; it will of necessity be of the type
that would be considered a major scientific
development itself if it were ever accom-
plished. But the total scientific information
problem will not be solved unless we direct
a significant research and development
effort toward it.
THE RROWNSTONE TOWER
An interesting
human custom,
common to scien-
tists and laymen
everywhere, is the
celebration of an-
niversaries, as if
mere survival of a
person or organi-
zation for one or
more years were
unexpected and worthy of notice and con-
gratulations. Anniversary years divisible
by five are regarded as more significant
than the others, and the old boys are ex-
pected to return to their alma maters for
class reunions every fifth year. The signifi-
cance increases by multiples of five — 2, 5,
10, 15; and when 20 x 5, or 100, is reached
the celebrators are inclined to knock them-
selves out in their eagerness to magnify the
name of their institution. So it was before
and during the celebration of the centennial
of the National Academy of Sciences here
in Washington, which took place October
21-24.
The director of the celebration was Det-
lev W. Bronk, past-president of the Acad-
emy. The general manager of the staff
effort to realize Dr. Bronk’s plans was
John S. Coleman, who distributed respon-
sibility for parts of the program to the
younger professional members of the staff.
Mr. Coleman is a fellow of the Washington
Academy of Sciences.
The celebration was staged primarily for
the members of the National Academy of
Sciences, but to make it extraordinarily
significant many scientific organizations at
home and abroad were invited to send
delegates as guests of the Academy. The
Washington Academy of Sciences was not
overlooked and was represented by Presi-
dent Van Evera, who wrote the following
greetings from WAS to President Frederick
Seitz, of NAS.
November, 1963
205
Dear Dr. Seitz:
On behalf of the Fellows and Members of the
Washington Academy of Sciences, I would like to
extend our best wishes to the National Academy
of Sciences on the occasion of its Hundredth
Anniversary Celebration.
Living as most of us do in the environs of the
home of the Academy, we are in a unique position
to know of the good works of the Academy and of
the many fine qualities of its members.
For these reasons, we take particular pleasure
in extending our congratulations and in expressing
the hope that the next hundred years will see
an exponential growth in the esteem in which the
Academy is held by the people of America.
Sincerely,
B. D. Van Evera
During the celebration Dr. Van Evera
was accompanied by Mrs. Van Evera.
Francois Frenkiel, president-elect of WAS
and current president of the Philosophical
Society of Washington, represented the
latter. He was accompanied by Mrs.
Frenkiel.
The plans called for an invitational
scientific program, a convocation in Con-
stitution Hall, an Academy dinner, a
special program for the ladies, trips to
scientific institutions and other places of
interest, and various receptions. It was
desired that the members, delegates, and
guests, who might have numbered up to
1,000, should have comfortable facilities
to meet one another and to eat lunch in the
Academy’s building. Therefore more space
was needed than is normally available here.
It was provided by clearing the rooms on
the first floor surrounding the Great Hall
and by removing the stage from the latter.
This made it possible for people to move
freely into the room behind the Great Hall
and out of the building through the back
door. In order to serve lunch to the visitors,
a colorful tent was erected in the parking
lot behind the building and was connected
to the latter by means of a covered ramp.
This solved the space problem, making it
possible to use the rooms within for regis-
tration, exhibits, lounges, etc.
Most of the registration took place on
Monday morning, October 21. The dele-
gates were escorted to the foyer in the
west wing, where they met Dr. Seitz and
Dr. Bronk and presented the greetings of
the organizations they represented. The
scientific sessions began on Monday after-
noon in the auditorium of the Department
of State, about two blocks from the Acad-
emy. These sessions were not open to the
public, but were well attended. On Monday
evening there was a black tie reception in
the Academy building, followed by a buffet
supper. Food was served in the tent, Great
Hall, and Lecture Room. It was possible
to circulate and talk without discomfort,
and in the tent one could sit down at tables
around the periphery. All through the cen-
tennial celebration the weather was warm,
calm, and generally sunny. It was not nec-
essary to use the space heater that was
installed to warm the tent. After supper at
the Academy the crowd was taken in buses
to the National Gallery of Art, where the
members, delegates, and guests had an op-
portunity to meet Chief Justice Warren,
chairman of the Board of Trustees, John
Walker, director of the Gallery, and
Leonard Carmichael, secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution. These three, with
their wives, formed a receiving line in the
East Garden Court. Meanwhile, the color-
ful Marine Band Orchestra was playing in
the rotunda, and a small instrumental en-
semble was playing in the Garden Court.
The visitors had an opportunity to see the
exhibits on the main floor in relative pri-
vacy.
On Tuesday a scientific session was held
in the morning, lunch was served in the
tent, or pavilion, and in the afternoon the
convocation was held in Constitution Hall.
It was arranged for the members of the
Academy, delegates, and guests to wear
their academic robes and to march into
Constitution Hall while the large audience,
already present, stood at attention. The
Air Force Band played a processional
march until all were seated. On the stage
were certain officers and members of the
Council of the Academy: Roger Revelle.
Kenneth B. Raper, Harrison Brown. Father
Hesburgh, Detlev W. Bronk. Frederick
Seitz, J. A. Stratton, A. N. Richards (presi-
206
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
dent of the Academy preceding Dr. Bronk) ,
George B. Kistiakowsky, W. Barry Wood,
Jr., and Tracy M. Sonneborn. At 4 o’clock
President Kennedy entered from the stage
door, bringing with him Jerome Wiesner
and President Paz of Bolivia, all three in
academic robes. The President finished his
speech at 4:30. At the end of the convoca-
tion those who were invited walked over to
the Pan American Union, where more food
and refreshments were provided. The re-
ception by Secretary of State and Mrs. Rusk
was limited to foreign delegates and their
American escorts.
On Wednesday there was a scientific
session in the morning and another in the
afternoon, with a donors’ luncheon in the
tent, in honor of those individuals and
corporations that had contributed to the
building fund of the Academy. At the same
time, the ladies attended a luncheon spon-
sored by Mrs. Seitz in the Benjamin Frank-
lin room of the Department of State. That
evening, the big event was the centennial
banquet at the Statler-Hilton Hotel. A seat-
ing list both alphabetical and by numbered
tables, together with a diagram, had been
printed and was distributed to the mem-
bers and guests preceding the dinner, which
was attended by more than 750 persons.
Dr. Bronk, the toastmaster, called upon
four leaders of science and education to
speak on behalf of the academies of science,
the universities, the learned societies of the
United States, and international organiza-
tions of science.
On Thursday, members of the Academy,
delegates, and guests were given opportun-
ity to visit the scientific institutions of their
choice in the Washington area, and in the
late afternoon to visit Mount Vernon after
the tourists had departed. The Mount
Vernon trip was taken by 75 people, who
watched President Seitz place a wreath in
the tomb of George Washington and met in
the mansion the regent of the Mount Ver-
non Ladies Association, which is responsi-
ble for the care and management of the es-
tate.
A tremendous effort was made by some
of the younger members of the staff to
cause the events described above to run
smoothly and pleasantly. I should like to
mention particularly the transformation of
the first floor of the Academy into a beauti-
ful reception area. The floor of the Great
Hall was sanded and thoroughly cleaned,
oriental rugs were laid in the hall, and com-
fortable furniture was installed. Flowers
were placed in suitable locations. The Lec-
ture Room was converted into a coffee
lounge with tables where people could sit
and talk at any time. The Board Room be-
came a center for the ladies and their activ-
ities. The Library was devoted to the exhi-
bition of greetings brought by the dele-
gates, and to other exhibits significant in
the development of science during the past
century. In the Reading Room was a fine
display of s e 1 e ct e d publications of the
Academy-Research Council. The charter of
the Academy and its medals were at last
displayed with adequate illumination. In
the halls and elsewhere were display cases
showing holograph selections of notes and
letters of famous scientists. At night the
Academy building was illuminated by flood-
lights.
After the event, I felt happy to have
played a small part in it, both as host and
as guest. When the Washington Academy
of Sciences holds its centennial in 1998, I
shall not be here.
- — Frank L. Campbell
November, 1963
207
Academy Proceedings
BYLAWS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Last Revised in September 1963)
Article I — Purposes
Section 1. The purposes of the Washington Academy of Sciences shall be: (a) to stimulate in-
terest in the sciences, both pure and applied, and (b) to promote their advancement and the develop-
ment of their philosophical aspects by the Academy membership and through cooperative action by
the affiliated societies.
Section 2. These objectives may be attained by, but are not limited to:
(a) Publication of a periodical and of occasional scientific monographs and such other publica-
tions as may be deemed desirable.
(b) Public lectures of broad scope and interest in the fields of science.
(c) Sponsoring a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences.
(d) Promoting science education and a professional interest in science among people of high
school and college age.
(e) Accepting or making grants of funds to aid special research projects.
(f) Symposia, both formal and small informal, on any aspects of science.
(g) Scientific conferences.
(h) Organization of, or assistance in, scientific expeditions.
(i) Cooperation with other Academies and scientific organizations.
(j) Awards of prizes and citations for special merit in science.
(k) Maintaining an office and staff to aid in carrying out the purposes of the Academy.
Article II— Membership
Section 1. The membership shall consist of three general classes: members, fellows and patrons.
Section 2. Members shall be persons who are interested in and will support the objectives of
the Academy and who are otherwise acceptable to at least two thirds of the Committee on Member-
ship. A letter or application form requesting membership and signed by the applicant may suffice for
action by the Committee; approval by the Committee constitutes election to membership.
Section 3. Fellows shall be persons who by reason of original research or other outstanding
service to the sciences, mathematics, or engineering are deemed worthy of the honor of election to
Academy fellowship, which may be attained only through nomination as provided in Section 4.
Section 4. Nominations of fellows shall be presented to the Committee on Membership on a form
approved by the Committee. The form shall be signed by the sponsor, a fellow who has knowledge of
the nominee’s field, and shall be endorsed by at least one other fellow. An explanatory letter from the
sponsor and a bibliography of the nominee’s publications shall accompany the completed nomination
form.
Section 5. Election to fellowship shall be by vote of the Board of Managers upon recommenda-
tion of the Committee on Membership. Final action on nominations shall be deferred at least one
week after presentation to the Board, and two-thirds of the vote cast shall be necessary to elect.
Section 6. Persons who have given to the Academy not less than one thousand (1,000) dollars
or its equivalent in property shall be eligible for election by the Board of Managers as patrons (for
life) of the Academy.
Section 7. Life members or fellows shall be those individuals who have made a single payment
in accordance with Article III, Section 2, in lieu of annual dues.
Section 8. Members or fellows in good standing who have attained the age of 65 and are retired,
or are retired before the age of 65 because of disability, may become emeritus. Upon request to the
treasurer for transfer to this status, they shall be relieved of the further payment of dues, beginning
208
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
with the following January first; shall receive notices of meetings without charge; and, at their re-
quest, shall be entitled to receive the Academy periodical at cost.
Section 9. Members or fellows living more than 50 miles from the White House, Washington,
D. C., shall be classed as nonresident members or fellows.
Section 10. An election to any dues-paying class of membership shall be void if the candidate
does not within three months thereafter pay his dues or satisfactorily explain his failure to do so.
Section 11. Former members or fellows who resigned in good standing may be reinstated upon
application to the Secretary and approval by the Board of Managers. No reconsideration of the appli-
cant’s qualifications need be made by the Membership Committee in these cases.
Article III — Dues
Section 1. The annual dues of resident fellows shall be $10.00 per year. The annual dues of
members and of nonresident fellows shall be $7.50 per year. Dues for fractional parts of the year
shall be at the monthly rate of one-twelfth the annual rate. No dues shall be paid by emeritus mem-
bers and fellows, life members and fellows, and patrons.
Section 2. Members and fellows in good standing may be relieved of further payment of dues
by making a single payment to provide an annuity equal to their annual dues. (See Article II, Sec-
tion 7). The amount of the single payment shall be computed on the basis of an interest rate to be
determined by the Board of Managers.
Section 3. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for one year shall not be entitled to
receive Academy publications.
Section 4. Members or fellows whose dues are in arrears for more than two years shall be
dropped from the rolls of the Academy, upon notice to the Board of Managers, unless the Board shall
otherwise direct. Persons who have been dropped from membership for nonpayment of dues may be
reinstated upon approval of the Board and upon payment of back dues for two years together with
dues for the year of reinstatement.
Article IV — Officers
Section 1. The officers of the Academy shall be a President, a President-elect, a Secretary, and a
Treasurer. All shall be chosen from resident fellows of the Academy.
Section 2. The President shall appoint all committees and such non-elective officers as are
needed unless otherwise directed by the Board of Managers or provided in the Bylaws. He (or his
substitute — the President-elect, the Secretary, or the Treasurer, in that order) shall preside at all
meetings of the Academy and of the Board of Managers.
Section 3. The Secretary shall act as secretary to the Board of Managers and to the Academy
at large. He shall conduct all correspondence relating thereto, except as otherwise provided, and shall
be the custodian of the corporate seal of the Academy. He shall arrange for the publication in the
Academy periodical of the names and professional connections of new members, and also of such pro-
ceedings of the Academy, including meetings of the Board of Managers, as may appropriately be of
interest to the membership. He shall be responsible for keeping a register of the membership, show-
ing such information as qualifications, elections, acceptances, changes of residence, lapses of member-
ship, resignations and deaths, and for informing the Treasurer of changes affecting the status of mem-
bers. He shall act as secretary to the Nominating Committee (see Art. VI, Sect. 2).
Section 4. The Treasurer shall be responsible for keeping an accurate account of all receipts and
disbursements, shall select a suitable depository for current funds which shall be approved by the
Executive Committee, and shall invest the permanent funds of the Academy as directed by that Com-
mittee. He shall prepare a budget at the beginning of each year which shall be reviewed by the
Executive Committee for presentation to and acceptance by the Board of Managers. He shall notify
the Secretary of the date when each new member qualifies by payment of dues. He shall act as busi-
ness adviser to the Editor and shall keep necessary records pertaining to the subscription list. In view
of his position as Treasurer, however, he shall not be required to sign contracts. He shall pay no
bill until it has been approved in writing by the chairman of the committee or other persons author-
ized to incur it. The fiscal year of the Academy shall be the same as the calendar year.
Section 5. The President and the Treasurer, as directed by the Board of Managers, shall jointly
assign securities belonging to the Academy and indorse financial and legal papers necessary for the
uses of the Academy, except those relating to current expenditures authorized by the Board. In case
of disability or absence of the President or Treasurer, the Board of Managers may designate the Presi-
November, 1963
209
dent-elect or a qualified Delegate as Acting President or an officer of the Academy as Acting Treas-
urer. who shall perform the duties of these officers during such disability or absence.
Section 6. An Editor shall be in charge of all activities connected with the Academy’s publica-
tions. He shall be nominated by the Executive Committee and appointed by the President for an in-
definite term subject to annual review by the Board of Managers. The Editor shall serve as a member
of the Board.
Section 7. An Archivist may be appointed by the President. If appointed, he shall maintain the
permanent records of the Academy, including important records which are no longer in current use
by the Secretary, Treasurer, or other officer, and such other documents and material as the Board of
Managers may direct.
Section 8. All officers and chairmen of standing committees shall submit annual reports at the
January meting of the Board of Managers.
Section 9. Prior to November 1 of each year the Nominating Committee (Art. VI, Sect. 2),
having been notified by the Secretary, shall meet and nominate by preferential ballot, in the manner
prescribed by the Board of Managers, one person for each of the offices of President-elect, of Secre-
tary and of Treasurer, and four persons for the two Managers-at-large whose terms expire each year.
It shall, at the same time and in like manner, make nominations to fill any vacancy in the foregoing.
Not later than November 15, the Secretary shall forward to each Academy member a printed notice
of these nominations, with a list of incumbents. Independent nominations may be made in writing by
any ten active members. In order to be considered, such nominations must be received by the Secre-
tary before December 1.
Section 10. Not later than December 15, the Secretary shall prepare and mail ballots to members
and fellows. Independent nominations shall be included on the ballot, and the names of the nominees
shall be arranged in alphabetical order. When more than two candidates are nominated for the
same office the voting shall be by preferential ballot in the manner prescribed by the Board of
Managers. The ballot shall contain also a notice to the effect that votes not received by the Secretary
before the first Thursday of January, and votes of individuals whose dues are in arrears for one year
or more, will not be counted. The Committee of Tellers shall count the votes and report the results
at the annual meeting of the Academy.
Section 11. The newly elected officers shall take office at the close of the annual meeting, the
President-elect of the previous year automatically becoming President.
Article V — Board of Managers
Section 1. The activities of the Academy shall be guided by the Board of Managers, consisting
of the President, the President-elect, one Delegate from each of the affiliated societies, the Secretary,
the Treasurer, six elected Managers-at-large, and the Editor. The elected officers of the Academy shall
hold like offices on the Board of Managers.
Section 2. One Delegate shall be selected by each affiliated society (see Art. VIII, Sect. 3). He
shall serve until replaced by his society. Each Delegate is expected to participate in the meetings of
the Board of Managers and vote on behalf of his society.
Section 3. The Board of Managers shall transact all business of the Academy not otherwise pro-
vided for. A quorum of the Board shall be nine of its members.
Section 4. The Board of Managers may provide for such standing and special committees as it
deems necessary.
Section 5. The Board shall have power to fill vacancies in its own membership until the next an-
nual election. This does not apply to the offices of President and Treasurer (see Art. IV, Sect. 5),
nor to Delegates (see Art. V, Sect. 2).
Article VI — Committees
Section 1. An Executive Committee shall have general supervision of Academy finances, approve
the selection of a depository for the current funds, and direct the investment of the permanent funds.
At the beginning of the year it shall present to the Board of Managers an itemized statement of
receipts and expenditures of the preceding year and a budget based on the estimated receipts and
disbursements of the coming year, with such recommendations as may seem desirable. It shall be
charged with the duty of considering all activities of the Academy which may tend to maintain and
promote relations with the affiliated societies, and with any other business which may be assigned to it
by the Board. The Executive Committee shall consist of the President, the President-elect, the Secre-
tary and the Treasurer (or Acting Treasurer) ex officio, as well as two members appointed annually
by the President from the membership of the Board
210
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Section 2. The Delegates shall constitute a Nominating Committee (see Art. IV, Sect. 9). The
Delegate from the Philosopical Society shall be chairman of the Committee, or, in his absence, the
Delegate from another society in the order of seniority as given in Article VIII, Section 1.
Section 3. The President shall appoint in advance of the annual meeting an Auditing Committee
consisting of three persons, none of whom is an officer, to audit the accounts of the Treasurer (Art.
VII, Sect. 1).
Section 4. On or before the last Thursday of each year the President shall appoint a commit-
tee of three Tellers whose duty it shall be to canvass the ballots (Art. IV, Sect. 10, Art. VII, Sect. 1).
Section 5. The President shall appoint from the Academy membership such committees as are
authorized by the Board of Managers and such special committees as necessary to carry out his func-
tions. Committee appointments shall be staggered as to term whenever it is determined by the Board
to be in the interest of continuity of committee affairs.
Article VII — Meetings
Section 1. The annual meeting shall be held each year in January. It shall be held on the
third Thursday of the month unless otherwise directed by the Board of Managers. At this meeting
the reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Auditing Committee (see Art. VI, Sect. 3), and Committee
of Tellers shall be presented.
Section 2. Other meetings may be held at such time and place as the Board of Managers may
determine.
S’ection 3. The rules contained in “Robert’s Rules of Order Revised” shall govern the Academy
in all cases to which they are applicable, and in which they are not inconsistent with the bylaws or
the special rules of order of the Academy.
Article VIII — Cooperation
Section 1. The term “affiliated societies” in their order of seniority (see Art. VI, Sect. 2) shall
be held to cover the:
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological S'ociety of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Washington Section of Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
Washington Section of American Institute of Electrical Engineers
Washington Section of American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
Washington Branch of American S'ociety for Microbiology
Washington Post of Society of American Military Engineers
Washington Section of Institute of Radio Engineers
District of Columbia Section of American Society of Civil Engineers
District of Columbia Section of Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
Washington Chapter of American S’ociety for Metals
Washington Section of the International Association for Dental Research
Washington Section of Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
D. C. Branch of American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Washington Branch of the Acoustical Society of America
Washington S'ection of the American Nuclear Society
Washington Section of Institute of Food Technologists
Baltimore- Washington Section of the American Ceramic Society
Washington-Baltimore Section of the Electrochemical Society
November, 1963
211
and such others as may be hereafter recommended by the Board and elected by two-thirds of the
members of the Academy voting, the vote being taken by correspondence. A society may be released
from affiliation on recommendation of the Board of Managers, and the concurrence of two-thirds of
the members of the Academy voting.
Section 2. The Academy may assist the affiliated scientific societies of Washington in any matter
of common interest, as in joint meetings, or the publication of a joint directory: Provided, it shall not
have power to incur for or in the name of one or more of these societies any expense or liability not
previously authorized by said society or societies, nor shall it without action of the Board of Managers
be responsible for any expenses incurred by one or more of the affiliated societies.
Section 3. Each affiliated society shall select one of its members as Delegate to the Academy who
is a resident member or fellow of the Academy.
Section 4. The Academy may establish and assist a Washington Junior Academy of Sciences for
the encouragement of interest in science among students in the Washington area of high school and
college age.
Article IX— Awards and Grants-in-aid
Section 1. The Academy may award medals and prizes, or otherwise express its recognition and
commendation of scientific work of high merit and distinction in the Washington area. Such recog-
nition shall be given only on approval by the Board of Managers of a recommendation by a com-
mittee on awards for scientific achievement.
Section 2. The Academy may receive or make grants to aid scientific research in the Washington
area. Grants shall be received or made only on approval by the Board of Managers of a recommen-
dation by a committee on grants-in-aid for scientific research.
Article X — Amendments
Section 1. Amendments to these bylaws shall be proposed by the Board of Managers and sub-
mitted to the members of the Academy in the form of a mail ballot accompanied by a statement of
the reasons for the proposed amendment. A two- thirds majority of those members voting is required
for adoption. At least two weeks shall be allowed for the ballots to be returned.
Section 2. Any affiliated society or any group of ten or more members may propose an amend-
ment to the Board of Managers in writing. The action of the Board in accepting or rejecting this
proposal to amend the bylaws shall be by a vote on roll call, and the complete roll call shall be entered
in the minutes of the meeting.
ACT OF INCORPORATION OF THE WASHINGTON
academy of sciences
We, the undersigned, persons of full age and citizens of the United States, and a majority being
citizens of the District of Columbia, pursuant to and and in conformity with sections 545 to 552, in-
clusive, of the Revised Statutes of the United States relating to the District of Columbia, as amended
by an Act of Congress entitled “An Act to amend the Revised Statutes of the United States relating
to the District of Columbia and for other purposes,” approved April 23, 1884, hereby associate our-
selves together as a society or body corporate and certify in writing:
1. That the name of the society is the Washington Academy of Sciences.
2. That the term for which it is organized is nine hundred and ninety-nine years.
3. That its particular business and objects are the promotion of science, with power:
a. To acquire, hold, and convey real estate and other property and to establish general and
special funds.
b. To hold meetings.
c. To publish and distribute documents.
d. To conduct lectures.
e. To conduct, endow, or assist investigation in any department of science.
f. To acquire and maintain a library.
g. And, in general, to transact any business pertinent to an academy of sciences.
212
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
4. That the affairs, funds, and property of the corporation shall be in general charge of a
Board of Managers, the number of whose members for the first year shall be nineteen, all of whom
shall be chosen from among the members of the Academy.
Witness our hands and seals this 18th day of
(Signed) J. R. Eastman
F. W. Clarke
G. K. Gilbert
Arnold Hague
L. 0. Howard
W. J. McGee
C. Hart Merriam
BOARD OF MANAGERS
MEETING NOTES
October Meeting
The Board of Managers held its 558th
meeting on October 8 at the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, with President Van Evera
presiding.
The minutes of the 557th meeting were
approved with minor corrections.
Announcements. Dr. Van Evera intro-
duced J. Murray Mitchell, who is replacing
Morris Tepper as delegate from the Ameri-
can Meteorological Society, and George
Dickson, who is replacing Gerhard M.
Brauer as delegate from the International
Association for Dental Research. He also
announced that Martin A. Mason would
replace Carl I. Aslakson as representative
of the Washington Society of Engineers.
Dr. Van Evera announced that in recent
mail balloting, the membership had ratified
the proposed revision of Article IV of the
ByLaws, by a vote of 402 for and 4 against;
also, that affiliation of the Washington-Bal-
timore Section of the Electrochemical Soci-
ty had been approved by a vote of 402 for
and 2 against.
Meetings. Chairman Robbins reported
that the program for the regular meeting of
October 17 would consist of a debate on
the subject, “The Nature of the Lunar Ma-
ria,” between Ralph B. Baldwin and John
A. O’Keefe, at the Carnegie Institution au-
ditorium. On November 21, in the Cosmos
Club assembly hall, I. E. Wallen, assistant
director for oceanography at the National
Museum, would speak on the International
February, 1898:
J. W. Powell
Geo. M. Sternberg
H. N. Stokes
Charles D. Walcott
Lester F. Ward
Frank Baker
Bernard R. Green
Indian Ocean Expedition. And on Decem-
ber 19, at the Naval Observatory, William
Markowitz would discuss “Timekeeping:
Two Centuries after Harrison,” preceded
by an open house to view Harrison’s Time-
keeper No. 4 and modern timekeepers.
Membership. In the absence of Chair-
man Hobbs, Dr. McPherson announced
that the Committee had one application for
fellowship and eight for membership,
which would be presented at the November
meeting of the Board.
Grants -in-aid. Chairman McPherson pre-
sented two proposals for grants-in-aid, as
follows: Howard Ozer, $131.90 for a study
of t h e effects of pesticides on fish; and
James Steakley, $38.30 for continuation of
an investigation on salamanders. Both
grants were approved by the Board.
Treasurer. Treasurer Henderson report-
ed (1) balances of $6,171.83 for the Acad-
emy, $1,171.83 (plus savings) for the Jun-
ior Academy, and $6,256.20 for the Joint
Board; (2) that he would consider with
the Executive Committee a culling of the
list of those who receive the Journal free,
including some out-of-town emeritus mem-
bers; (3) that the Academy office had been
moved from the first floor of the Carnegie
Institution to larger quarters on an upper
floor; and (4) that forms had been pre-
pared for presentation to the Internal Reve-
nue Service, to establish income tax exemp-
tion status for the Academy.
Editor. Editor Detwiler announced that
the September (directory) issue of the
Journal had been printed and was in the
mail. He distributed advance copies to the
November, 1963
213
Board, and discussed the features of the
directory. He explained that the directory
was not intended to answer all questions
concerning members and fellows, but only
to indicate where each works and his field
of scientific interest. Also, this issue should
be considered a pilot issue to determine the
practicability of issuing a joint directory
at a reasonable cost. Cost figures would not
be available until the November Board
meeting, at which time it should be possible
to consider what contributions to the cost
would be appropriate from the Academy’s
four affiliates whose membership director-
ies were included in this issue (Entomolog-
ical Society of Washington, Botanical Soci-
ety of Washington, International Associa-
tion for Dental Research, and Institute of
Food Technologists).
Mr. Detwiler also stated that the revised
Bylaws would be printed in the October
issue of the Journal. The secretary and
treasurer indicated an interest in having a
supply of reprints of the Bylaws.
New business. Dr. Van Evera indicated
that he would discuss with the Executive
Committee the idea of holding the monthly
Board meetings on the same night as the
general Academy meetings, before dinner.
Secretary Irving brought up the case of
Leo Friedman, who was elected a fellow of
the Academy on June 4, 1962, but because
of unusual circumstances did not pay his
dues until recently, well after the three-
month deadline mentioned in the Bylaws.
The Board agreed that under the circum-
stances, Dr. Friedman should be considered
as fully elected to fellowship.
214
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53
NOVEMBER 1963
No. 8
CONTENTS
Research — A Vital Factor in a Food Regulatory Program 199
On the Vagrancy of Scientific Information 203
The Brownstone Tower 205
Academy Proceedings
Bylaws of the Academy 208
Act of Incorporation of the Academy 212
Board of Managers Meeting Notes 213
L I B 8 A R Y OF ARNOLD
ARBORETUM
22 DIVINITY AVE j
cams* I DGE ZB MASS ^ AS
JOURNAL
of the
WASHINGTON
ACADEMY
of
SCIENCES
Vol. 53 • No. 9
DECEMBER
1963
JOURNAL OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
Editor: Samuel B. Detwiler, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Associate
Frank L. Campbell, National Academy of
Sciences
Harold T. Cook, Department of Agriculture
Richard P. Farrow, National Canners Asso-
ciation
Editors
Russell B. Stevens, George Washington
University
John K. Taylor, National Bureau of Standards
Lawrence A. Wood, National Bureau of
Standards
Contributors
Albert M. Stone, Applied Physics Laboratory
Frank A. Biberstein, Jr., Catholic University
Charles A. Whitten, Coast & Geodetic Survey
Marjorie Hooker, Geological Survey
Reuben E. Wood, George Washington Univer-
sity
Joseph B. Morris, Howard University
Frank L. Campbell, NAS-NRC
Gerhard M. Brauer, National Bureau of
Standards
Howard W. Bond, National Institutes of Health
Ileen E. Stewart, National Science Foundation
Allen L. Alexander, Naval Research Laboratory
Victor R. Boswell, USDA, Beltsville
Harold T. Cook, USDA, Washington
William J. Bailey, University of Maryland
This Journal, the official organ of the Washington Academy of Sciences, publishes historical
articles, critical reviews, and scholarly scientific articles; notices of meetings and abstract proceed-
ings of meetings of the Academy and its affiliated societies; and regional news items, including
personal news, of interest to the entire membership. The Journal appears nine times a year, in
January to May and September to December.
Subscription rate: $7.50 per year (U.S.) or $1.00 per copy; foreign postage extra. Subscrip-
tion orders should be sent to the Washington Academy of Sciences, 1530 P St., N.W., Washington,
D.C. Remittances should be made payable to “Washington Academy of Sciences.”
Back issues, volumes, and sets of the Journal (prior to Volume 51) can be purchased
direct from the Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 5th Avenue, New York 3, N.Y. This firm also
handles the sale of the Proceedings of the Academy (Volumes 1-13, 1898-1910), the Index, and
the Monograph.
Current issues of the Journal (past two calendar years) may still be obtained directly
from the Academy office at 1530 P S’treet, N.W., Washington 5, D.C.
Claims for missing numbers will not be allowed if received more than 60 days after date of
mailing plus time normally required for postal delivery and claim. No claims will be allowed
because of failure to notify the Academy of a change of address.
Changes of address should be sent promptly to the Academy Office, 1530 P St., N.W.,
Washington, D.C. Such notification should include both old and new addresses and postal zone
number, if any.
Second class postage paid at Washington, D.C.
OFFICERS OF THE WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
President: Benjamin D. Van Evera, George Washington University
President-Elect: Francois N. Frenkiel, David Taylor Model Basin
Secretary: George W. Irving, Jr., Department of Agriculture
Treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson, Catholic University
New Values for the Physical Constants*
Recommended by NAS-NRC
A new, consistent set of values for the
physical constants has been recommended
by the Committee on Fundamental Con-
stants of the National Academy of Sciences-
National Research Council. The work of
this committee is a continuation of the
work of an earlier NAS-NRC committee.
The National Bureau of Standards has
adopted these values for use in all NBS
publications, except where for some special
reason the author is required to use others.
No doubt these constants will have addi-
tional wide use. It is anticipated that the
International Union of Pure and Applied
Chemistry and the International Union of
Pure and Applied Physics will encourage
their employment on an international basis.
Previous to this action of the NAS-NRC
Committee, several lists of “best values” for
the physical constants were available. The
current issue of the Smithsonian physical
tables, for example, lists three separate sets
of values. The individual research worker
is then forced to make a choice as to which
list he is going to follow.
Uniformity and consistency in the use of
such values are necessary for an adequate
exchange of information among scientists.
For example, the Faraday constant is given
by F = Nac. Different values for all three
of these constants appear in the various
tables, but in order to satisfy the equation
it is necessary that all values be taken from
the same consistent set.
The members of the NAS-NRC Commit-
tee are J. A. Bearden, E. R. Cohen, J. W. M.
* A Summary Technical Report (STR-2927) of
the National Bureau of Standards, prepared as
a preprint of an article in the October 1963
issue of the NBS Technical News Bulletin.
DuMond, L. P. McCullough, N. Ramsey,
F. D. Rossini, J. S. Thomsen, G. Wadding-
ton, and Alvin G. McNish, chairman. Many
of these individuals have been very active
in the development of consistent sets of
constants over the past few years.
The Committee reports: “In arriving at
these values the Committee had available
a large amount of experimental informa-
tion not all of which appeared to be of
consistent reliability and accuracy. In some
cases where experiments were suspected of
having significant errors and the results
were discrepant with other experimental
results believed to be of greater reliability,
the data were rejected. Inclusion of these
rejected data would have altered the values
in the table somewhat but not greatly.”
The results of several recent experimental
researches of the National Bureau of
Standards have been of great importance
in establishing the new values. These were
the new determinations of the gyromagnetic
ratio, of the electrochemical equivalent of
silver, the relative abundance of the isotopes
of silver, and the value of the absolute
ampere. A full report of the calculations
and considerations entering into this new
set of values was discussed by J. W. M.
DuMond and E. R. Cohen at the Second
International Conference on Nuclidic
Masses in Vienna, in July 1963 (to be pub-
lished in the Conference Proceedings) .
The new values of the constants are given
in Table 2. The uncertainties assigned rep-
resent established limits of eror; namely,
three standard errors based on standard
deviations assigned to the data retained
for input to the least-squares adjustment.
Those calculated from the residuals of the
December, 1963
215
final least-square adjustment are even
smaller. It is therefore unlikely that the
true value of any of the constants differs
from the value given in the table by as
much as the stated uncertainty. The uncer-
tainties in constants computed from ele-
mental ones may be either greater or less
than is obtained by a simple combination
of the elemental uncertainties because of
the correlation among the elemental con-
stants introduced by the least-squares ad-
justment (see ref. DuMond and Cohen).
The values are based upon the assumption
that the acceleration of gravity is correctly
given by adding -0.013 gal to the value
of g given in the Potsdam system. All the
values unified where pertinent are referred
to the system of atomic masses in which
the atomic mass of the atom of the nuclide
12C is assigned the numerical value 12
exactly. Symbols recommended by the Com-
mission on Symbols, Units, and Nomencla-
ture (SUN Commission) of the Interna-
tional Union of Pure and Applied Physics
are employed. (See June 1962 Physics
Today.)
Table 1. Defined values and equivalents
Meter
Kilogram
Second
Degree Kelvin
Unified atomic mass unit
Mole
Standard acceleration of free fall .
Normal atmospheric pressure. . . .
Thermochemical calorie
International Steam Table calorie
Liter
Inch
Pound (avdp.)
(m)
(kg)
00
(°K)
(«D
(mol)
(go)
(atm)
(calth)
(cal, T)
(1)
(in.)
Ob)
1 650 763.73 wavelengths in vacuo of the unperturbed transition
2pl0—5ds in MKr
mass of the international kilogram at Sevres, France
1/31 556925.974 7 of the tropical year at 12h ET, 0 January 1900
defined in the thermodynamic scale by assigning 273.16 °K to the
triple point of water (freezing point, 273.15 °K=0 °C)
1/12 the mass of an atom of the 12C nuclide
amount of substance containing the same number of atoms as 12g of
pure 12C
9.80665 m s"*, 980.665 cm s"*
101 325 N m-*, 1 013 250 dyn cm"2
4.1840 J, 4.1840 X107 erg
4.1868 J, 4.1868X 107 erg
0.001 000 028 m3, 1 000.028 cm3 (recommended by CIPM, 1950)
0.0254 m, 2.54 cm
0.453 592 37 kg, 453.592 37 g
Table 3. Energy contersion factors
216
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Table 2. Adjusted values of constants
t Based on 3 std. devj applied to last digits in preceding column. ‘Electromagnetic system. fElectrostatic system.
C — coulomb J — joule Hz — hertz W — watt N — newton T — tesla G — gauss
Note: In Table 2, the MKSA unit for the first radiation constant (fifth line from bottom)
should read 3x10' 16 instead of 3x10 ~ 8.
December, 1963
217
Enough Life in the Life Sciences?*
Harve J . Carlson
Assistant Director for the Biological and Medical Sciences, National Science
Foundation
I am honored that you have asked a
scientist-administrator to address you this
evening. It has been observed that scien-
tists sometimes view scientist-administrators
as intellectually second-class citizens, a
classification that such people as a group
accept with some diffidence. At least, 1
believe I am safe in saying the majority
of this group came up through the ranks of
working scientists before they added the
administrative duties. True scientist-admin-
istrators, however, shortly begin to fall
behind in the race to keep abreast of the
sweeping advances in even their own spe-
cial fields of scientific competence, and
they freely admit it.
Scientist-administrators in a Federal
granting agency have the privilege of view-
ing a rather broad segment of the on-going
scientific activity from a comparative point
of view. Perhaps they are looking at the
scientific structure from the outside in,
whereas the working scientist is looking at
it from the inside out. From any angle it
is difficult to see any considerable portion
of it, of course. As a scientist-administra-
tor myself, let me call attention to a miscel-
lany of the problems that apply particularly
to the biological segment of the scientific
community — problems that most of us here
have to face in one way or another to
some degree.
Communication in Science
Warren Weaver, in a notable essay in
Goals for Americans , writes, “We are just
* An after-dinner address at the annual meeting
of the Division of Biology and Agriculture, Na-
tional Academy of Sciences — National Research
Council, in the Assembly Hall of the Cosmos
Club, Washington, on April 9, 1963.
in the process of gaining a scientific picture
of the total ascent of life. By far more
vast and significant than the Darwinian
view, this modern evolutionary doctrine
begins with the elementary particles of the
nuclear physicist and moves through the
whole range of the atomic and molecular
world up to the nucleic acids which, in
their capacity to reproduce pattern and to
pass on coded information, seem capable of
forming the primitive basis for a living
organism. From this point it is conceivable
to move on to the gene, the chromosome,
the cell, and ultimately human life. Whether
or not man is the present climax of this
ascent is itself now under question: for
we have radar-listening devices, directed
at inconceivably distant parts of the cos-
mos, seeking to determine whether there
are other and possibly more advanced
beings there, trying to communicate with
earth-bound man.
“When the sights are set as high as this,
the view transcends all the compartments of
science. This is not, in any exclusive
sense, physics or biology or chemistry or
astronomy. This is the whole of science,
engaged with a problem of majestic di-
mensions.
“The sweep and the depth of such a view
of matter, man, and the universe fairly
suggest what science really is — not a trivial
business of tricky hardware, not the phony
bubbling retorts of the advertisements, not
strange men with white coats or beards,
but the response, at once poetic and ana-
lytical, of man’s creative mind to the chal-
lenge of the mystery of matter and life.”
We live in the Golden Age of Science,
and the impact of the unprecedented world-
wide scientific research effort is evident all
218
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
about us, from the expanded public aware-
ness of its role in our lives as learned from
the daily press and other news media, with
their dramatically stepped-up reporting in
this field, to the wider sector occupied by
science in most phases of human activity,
from politics to business, from production
to education. The general public often
finds it difficult to distinguish between so-
called “basic research” and so-called “ap-
plied research” or even between basic re-
search and development. A number of peo-
ple have trouble distinguishing between
science and technology. For them the sci-
entist is a man on a laboratory somewhere,
most familiarly in a college or university.
But to most people the scientist is a less
familiar figure than a merchant or banker
or lawyer, and to that extent he is less
understood. When a person does meet a
scientist it is too often difficult to under-
stand the nature of his work in any detail
because the language of the scientist is un-
familiar. Too many scientists have failed
to learn how to communicate lucidly with
the layman on scientific topics. This is
regrettable, but still more harm results to
science from the fact that scientists do a
poor job of communicating clearly with
each other.
The communication problem among sci-
entists becomes the more critical as the
volume of publication steadily mounts. To
keep abreast of the tide calls for vast
amounts of reading and intercommunica-
tion. Much of what the scientist takes in
is in abstract form and much more he
misses altogether. Making the masses of
accumulating scientific data machine-re-
trievable has become the principal concern
of increasing numbers of specialists. The
difficulties in communication too often
show up in research proposals hopefully
forwarded by scientists to funding agencies.
Carefully chosen reviewers from among the
nation’s elite in the field of interest of the
applicant may find the description of the
proposed research unclear or inadequate.
One is tempted to question whether a scien-
tist who offers a rather hazy account of
the research program he wishes to pursue
can possibly be a good risk for support in
the hope that important research results
and ideas may follow.
The scientist-administrator has his share
of difficulties with this communication
problem because he is exposed to a samp-
ling of the intricacies of first one area of
science, then another, and then still an-
other not only within successive days, but
more frequently within the hours of a
single day. He never has time to get onto
a plane of complete familiarity with many
of these, and yet he must do his best to
grasp the subject matter sufficiently to be
able to make informed judgments on the
relative merits of projects and the relative
worthiness of investigators as well. He is
somewhat in the position of a chief buyer
for a large, top-quality department store.
He must carry a complete stock of goods,
not just a few popular lines, and he makes
his selection with a view to satisfying the
needs of a varied clientele who demand
the best. He knows that certain kinds of
goods will command a solid sale season
after season, others will be highly popular
for a short time. A good buyer takes a
number of flyers in novel items that en-
compass worthwhile novel features in the
expectation of a favorable public response,
and he must keep on his shelves the out-
sizes and extreme designs that will be de-
manded by only a small fraction of his
clientele. Furthermore, he must do all
this on a budget, too.
I should like to speak from the point of
view of one of the biologist-administrators
at the National Science Foundation, show-
ing you how the life sciences look to us at
present and how the Biological and Medi-
cal Sciences Division of the Foundation
contributes to the furtherance of this field.
Since we know you share our aims, we
should like to see how our assessment
agrees with yours, and determine how we
can work together to keep the basic re-
search portion of the biological front as a
whole moving steadily forward. The bio-
logical sciences, even as all the others, are
December, 1963
219
so completely interconnected and inter-
dependent it is essential that the entire
front advance. We should be defeating our
own purposes to encourage, or indeed to
permit, narrow sub-fields of biology far
ahead of all the rest. The biologist-adminis-
trator in a Federal granting agency is more
than vaguely aware of some responsibilities
of this kind that fall to him.
Biology as a Science
The original, now completely outmoded,
concept of biology was that it is a purely
descriptive science — descriptive, for ex-
ample, of the kind, form, function, and
habitat of organisms. Biology has often
been taught, furthermore, as a detailed
classification of all those things directly
seen or observed through the microscope.
But before long biological data were sub-
jected to analysis and reorganization, and
they also led to theorizing. Now there ap-
peared a whole new set of life sciences.
Relating descriptive material to time led
to the theory of evolution and phylogeny;
relating it to the surrounding led to ecol-
ogy, or environmental biology. Considera-
tion of variation and the transmission of
characters led to the emergence of genetics,
and the organic changes connected with
growth, to developmental biology. As biol-
ogists began to probe the mysteries of liv-
ing materials through experiment, the hori-
zons of biology expanded appreciably. Such
a discipline as cytology, for instance, has
been immeasurably enriched by diverting
some of the sole attention from chromo-
somes and stainable inclusions in the indi-
vidual cell to the intricate chemical proc-
esses going on in vivo. The discovery of the
function of the nucleic acids, the study of
the template mechanism of heredity, the
synethesis of biologically important sub-
stances, the working out of the pathway of
carbon in photosynthesis, and now the
inclusion of space biology are among cur-
rent examples of important contributions
to the growing perspective of biology.
One is reminded here of Philip Handler’s
pertinent observation, “A living cell is a
most unlikely object.” At the stage of
development of biology we have been dis-
cussing, researchers would have agreed
willingly with Handler, for they didn’t
know at all how the structure or the salt
gradient of the cell was maintained. To
answer such questions, scientists had to
turn to the field of biochemistry, and more
particularly, metabolism.
Fortunately, the human mind’s need to
know is boundless, and things, of course
did not end here. Having lined out many
of the marvellously complicated metabolic
pathways, we had to try to find out what
intriguing structures or molecules could
carry out these reactions. Also, how is a
cell wall made up, that it can maintain
this unit of life as an entity? One of our
newer fields, molecular biology, has pro-
vided the opportunity of obtaining answers
to such questions.
Now when the fine structure of chromo-
somes became known, as well as much of
the biochemistry related thereto, the gene-
ticists took a new look at their science.
Their resultant reorientation has provided
us with some of the most exciting scientific
news of the recent past. And now the
development and regulatory researchers
are starting to apply this modern work to
their specialties. The results cannot fail to
lead to tremendous advances of our under-
standing of life itself!
Now that the biologist has demonstrated
that practically every phase of activity
within a living cell is amenable to analysis
and understanding, whether it be that of a
single-celled organism, a bird, or a spinach
leaf, the attractiveness is enhanced of study-
ing the minutiae of the life processes in
man himself. Such studies are multiplying
rapidly, and we are now able to orient
some of our experiments around new tech-
niques recently acquired from physics,
mathematics, and even engineering, thus
adding new tools to our array for explor-
ing a field of such sophistication that most
people have shied away from a real at-
tempt to conquer it. We are witnessing an
interesting phenomenon at this time, as
mathematical biophysicists, electronic engi-
220
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
neers, computer experts, and others with
backgrounds in the physical sciences seek
opportunities to apply their technical
knowledge to biological problems in the
living cell — and particularly to problems
of human biology.
Many decades of research have shown us
that the transformations of energy which
occur within the animal body follow the
laws that are applicable to the physical
world. This achievement has made it pos-
sible to understand life itself, in terms of
the physical behavior of the materials of
which living things are made. We are
better able to understand the constant input
of energy required for each cell to remain
alive, and the forces that prevent that cell,
containing macromolecules and concentra-
tions of various salts markedly different
from those of the same salts in the fluid
outside the cell, from achieving equilibrum
with its environment. And we recognize
now, in a general way, how chemical
energy (originally in carbohydrate and fat)
can be used to perform the various kinds
of useful work that takes place in the living
cell or animal.
Man’s achievement, in elucidating the
processes within living cells whereby plants
and animals work out their different com-
positions from the relatively few materials
which they take up or ingest, is remarkable.
This story is now known in its broader
outlines, and the main trend of research
appears to shift from tracing metabolic
pathways and identifying the chemical
building blocks of the cell to the complex
enzyme story, the organization of the en-
coded genetic information in DNA and
RNA, and how the various proteins that
the cell produces accomplish their func-
tions The principles of all this are becom-
ing increasingly clear. We know that the
term “life” as applied to a plant means
the same thing as “life” applied to an
animal. But though we understand in a
fundamental sense how each cell lives, we
still must determine how it performs its
special functions. The simpler life proc-
esses are becoming understood, but we
have a long way to go with something as
complex as a nervous system or indeed a
brain. Mention of the latter reminds us of
the senses and the emotions. Here the psy-
chologists or psychobiologists are very
busy, attacking the multiple problems of
this vast area from every conceivable ap-
proach. Probably the major contributions
of the behavioral sciences are still to come
far in the future.
Hybrid Disciplines
My random comments on the biological
scene lead up to the important recent
changes caused by the appearance of new
hybrid sciences such as biochemistry, bio-
physics, cybernetics, and others. It is going
to require the attention of phytobiophysi-
cists, for instance, to determine the way
in which light energy is transduced into
chemistry in the phytosynthetic process.
These hybrid sciences are built by teams
of workers who bring together an assem-
blage of talent from different disciplines to
accomplish a given task or indeed to pro-
mote a whole field. The research team is
an important scientific development essen-
tial to the solution of many of our deeper
problems. We are glad we have them. On
the other hand, we know it is equally im-
portant to preserve the freedom of the
imaginative individual worker, so that he
can move unhindered down any path where
his scientific curiosity leads him. We know
so little about the conditions of creativity,
we must be sure we do not stifle the
budding opportunities for it.
Federal Support for the Life Sciences
Now, have I given you an unbalanced
picture of basic research in the life sciences
today? By my brief mention of a few high-
lights, have I left the impression that for
biology this is essentially it? I hope not,
for if I have, the impression is of course
a false one, and this audience is not one
to whom I need to point this out. 1 want
you to know that these Washington-based
scientist-administrators do take a broader
view than that. We know that any move
to assign priorities in science or to judge
December, 1963
221
its worth on the basis of flashy results
would be most unwise. It is the advance
of science as a whole that we seek.
Biology is a subject of tremendous width
and depth and we all must do it justice. I
like the following comment from a recent
article by George Gaylord Simpson, in
which he weighs biology with the physical
sciences as follows:
“The life sciences are not only much
more complicated than the physical
sciences, they are also much broader in
significance, and they penetrate much
farther into the exploration of the universe
that is science than do the physical sciences.
They require and embrace the data and all
the explanatory principles of the physical
sciences and then go far beyond that to
embody many other data and additional
explanatory principles that are no less —
that are, in a sense, even more — scientific.”
The National Science Foundation, in its
Division of Biological and Medical Sci-
ences, reviews requests for support of basic
research over the entire gamut of the life
sciences that I have mentioned, from bio-
chemistry and biophysics to environmental
biology and systematics — from structure to
function — from distribution to social be-
havior and learning. Successful applicants
range from Nobel laureates to fledgling
Ph.D’s, and even to a rare high school
teacher.
We recognize the need on the national
level of increasing our scientific manpower.
Numerous statistics have been cited by
speakers and writers to indicate that the
nation was slipping in this regard during
the last decade. I trust that support of his
research through Federal funds has not
been a significant factor in some apparent
failure on the part of many a research
scientist to train an adequate number of
replacements of his own kind to meet the
nation’s needs!
In the National Science Foundation we
support not only all aspects of basic re-
search, including conferences, travel to
meetings, publication, supply of equipment
and assistance, but we also put substantial
amounts of money into facilities, such as
graduate laboratories, research buildings
of all sorts, substantial research tools,
oceanographic vessels for marine biology,
and other specialized biological facilities.
Other extensive programs in the Founda-
tion support training and educational
aspects of biology with which I trust you
are more or less familiar, but about which
we can easily give you more information
at another time.
Many sources of funds contribute to the
support of science — funds from individuals
or groups, private foundations, industry,
educational institutions, and local, state,
and Federal governments. All represent
investments in science — investments that
have brought to our society rich returns
many times greater than the original cost.
We believe in such investment for the
future, too, for science will continue to
yield a profitable return into the distant
future.
In a recent report of the President’s
Science Advisory Committee one reads this
statement: “But we should not emphasize
only the material returns of scientific in-
vestment. Science yields a return also in
the quality and humanity of our civiliza-
tion. Science is not merely an inducement
to progress, it is an affirmation of man’s
respect for nature and a way to the ful-
fillment of some of his highest capacities.
Science is enriching, but at its best it is
much more: it is enlarging to the spirit.
This higher value is one we should never
leave out of account in our desire to re-
assure ourselves that science ‘pays .
222
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Molecular Theory of Gas Properties*
Edward A. Mason
Professor of Physics , Institute for Molecular Physics, University of Maryland
The molecular theory of gas properties
is a very old subject, which can be traced
through the kinetic theory of gases back to
the ancient Greeks if one has a mind to
do so. Despite its age, the subject still
involves many important and interesting
problems. This is one of its great charms
— that it is still possible to do interesting
and useful things in one of the physical
sciences without fantastically expensive
equipment backed up by an army of tech-
nicians. Another great charm of the sub-
ject is that it is based on a very simple
physical picture — great hordes of mole-
cules dashing wildly in all directions and
colliding with one another, but on the
average carrying with them some quantity
of interest, such as energy, momentum, or
mass. This is the molecular picture of the
experimental quantities called respectively
heat conductivity, viscosity, and diffusion.
Although the mathematical analysis at times
becomes forbiddingly complicated, this sim-
ple physical picture is really always there,
more or less hidden by mathematics.
Recently there has been a considerable
revival of interest in the molecular theory
of gas properties, due no doubt to pressing
engineering needs. It is now all too com-
mon to encounter gases at extreme condi-
tions of temperature and pressure, and im-
portant to have some idea of their proper-
ties. Obvious examples would be the gases
* At the annual dinner meeting on February
21, 1963, Dr. Mason received the Academy’s 1962
achievement award in the physical sciences, “for
his many outstanding contributions to the molec-
ular theory of gas properties.” The present brief
statement, prepared at the Journal’s request, sum-
marizes the status of the field in which the award
was given.
in a rocket exhaust, the hot air in the shock
wave of a supersonic vehicle, and the gases
diffusing through the porous graphite of a
nuclear reactor. It is at present too diffi-
cult to measure many of the important
properties with accuracy, and so one is
forced to turn back to the molecular theory.
The key point in the understanding of
gas properties is the molecular collisions
themselves, which are controlled by the
forces between the molecules. The reason
is that the collisions force the molecular
trajectories into tortuous shapes, and so
control the rate of transport. The earliest
work pictured molecules as small, rigid
elastic billiard balls, but was unable to push
the mathematical analysis beyond the point
of giving more than rather crude answers.
The modern definitive work by Chapman
and Enskog in the second decade of this
century essentially solved the mathematical
problem, but still had to consider all mole-
cules as spherical (even though not rigid )
and without internal structure. Strictly,
this applies only to gases such as neon and
argon.
Recent work has extended this picture
in several directions. First, what happens
when the molecules are really highly re-
active fragments with free valences? These
occur in abundance in high-temperature
gases, and the forces between them turn
out to be quite complex (1). Second, what
happens when molecules have “shape”—
that is, when the forces depend on the orien-
tation of the molecules? The best example
of this behavior comes from the polar gases,
which have permanent electric moments
(water is the most famous polar mole-
cule) (2) . Third, what happens when mole-
December, 1963
223
cules can change their internal energy of
rotation and vibration on collision — that
is. when collisions are inelastic? This is
obviously closely tied to the problem of
molecular shape. The mathematical theory
involved gives truly hair-raising formulas
that not even the fastest modern com-
puter could handle; but if we fall back
on the simple physical picture of molecules
in motion and scrutinize the formulas with
this in mind, we find that much of the
complication in the formulas has no im-
portant physical consequences and can be
discarded, and the parts that are important
can be evaluated by other types of experi-
ments (3) .
Finally, it is interesting that many per-
plexing problems in the diffusion of gases
in porous media (catalyst pellets, nuclear
reactor materials) can be understood
through the kinetic theory of gases by a
simple change in the point of view. If
the porous medium is regarded as a cloud
of dust particles held fixed in space, we
can treat the dust particles as giant mole-
cules and hence just the heaviest com-
ponent in the gas mixture. This enables
the kinetic theory to be taken over whole-
sale, and provides an explanation of some
previously puzzling observations (4) .
References
(1) E. A. Mason, J. T. Vanderslice, and J. M.
Yos. Phys. Fluids 2, 688 (1959). K. S. Yun and
E. A. Mason. Phys. Fluids 5, 380 (1962).
(2) L. Monchick and E. A. Mason. J. Chem.
Phys. 35, 1676 (1961); 36, 2746 (1962).
(3) E. A. Mason and L. Monchick. J. Chem.
Phys. 36, 1622 (1962).
(4) E. A. Mason and S. Chapman. J. Chem.
Phys. 36, 627 (1962). R. B. Evans, G. M. Watson
and E. A. Mason. J. Chem. Phys. 35, 2076 (1961) ;
36, 1894 (1962).
224
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Academy Proceedings
December Meeting
(477th Meeting of the Washington Academy of Sciences)
SPEAKER:
SUBJECT:
TIME:
PLACE:
WILLIAM MARKOWITZ
Director of the Time Service Division, Naval
Observatory
FROM HARRISON NUMBER 4 TO THE
ATOMIC CLOCK: 200 YEARS OF TIME-
KEEPING
THURSDAY, DECEMBER 19, 1963
7:30 P.M.
NAVAL OBSERVATORY
Massachusetts Avenue at 34th Street, N.W.
Photograph by courtesy of U. S. Navy.
(From 7:30 to 8:00 p.m. there will he an exhibit of Harrison J\o . 4 and
modern timepieces in the Administration Building and Simon Newcomb Lab-
oratory. Dr. Markoivitz will speak in the Auditorium , beginning at 8:15.)
Abstract of Address — In 1759 John Harrison constructed a timekeeper which is per-
haps the most famous achievement in horology. Harrison No. 4, as this forerunner of
the modern marine chronometer is called, gained for its maker a prize of 20,000 pounds
offered by the British Parliament in 1714. This sum, enormous for those days, was paid
for solving the very urgent problem of finding longitude at sea. Through a generous
loan by the British Admiralty, Harrison No. 4 is on exhibition at the U. S. Naval Observ-
atory, where it is kept running and where it will remain until about February 1964. The
succeeding two centuries have seen the development of improved techniques of time
measurement, and now the most precise physical measurements that can be made are in
the field of time. The Naval Observatory determines three kinds of time — universal,
ephemeris, and atomic. The first two are obtained by astronomical observation, the last
from the atomic clock. The first precise atomic clock was constructed in 1955 in Eng-
land. Quartz-crystal clocks have been perfected. They are used along with atomic clocks
in the control of transmission of time and frequency of high precision, such as VLF
and Loran-C. Time intervals may be measured to 1 part in 1012. Nuclear clocks, such
as those derived from radioactive decay of uranium238 and carbon 14, also have been
developed. These provide time scales for dating events that occurred in the recent past
as well as those in remote cosmological eras.
The Speaker — William Markowitz was born in 1907. He studied at the University of
Chicago, receiving the B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees in astronomy in 1927, 1929, and
1931, respectively. He joined the Time Service Division of the Naval Observatory in
December, 1963
225
1936 and became its director in 1953. He designed the dual-rate moon camera used in
determining the fundamental frequency of atomic clocks. He is the author of numerous
scientific articles and of reference articles in encyclopedias. Dr. Markowitz was presi-
dent of the Commission on Time of the International Astronomical Union, 1955 to 1961,
and has been president of the Section on Astronomical and Satellite Geodesy of the In-
ternational Association of Geodesy since 1960. He is a member of the Study Group for the
Definition of the Second of the International Bureau of Weights and Measures, and of
the Study Group on Time and Frequency of the International Consultative Committee
for Radio. He serves on several study panels of the National Academy of Sciences.
JOINT BOARD ON
SCIENCE EDUCATION
Career Conference
The Joint Board’s third annual confer-
ence on careers in science and engineering
was held at the University of Maryland on
November 18. Those who attended, about
a hundred in number, considered it the
most successful of the guidance conferences
yet held by JBSE.
The morning session featured a thought-
provoking address by Robert J. Lacklen,
director of personnel at NASA, on “Factors
Affecting Career Choices in Science and
Engineering.” Mr. Lacklen described ef-
forts made by NASA to correlate both
career choice and career satisfactions of its
25,000 employees with such factors as aca-
demic records. For example, he described
a “biographical inventory” approach that
NASA has been sponsoring, that has the
highest correlation yet noted. The study
will be published in the near future.
The afternoon featured panel dicussions
on careers in engineering, physical science,
and biological science. Panelists and their
fields were:
Engineering: Ralph I. Cole, Melpar:
Leonard T. Crook, Board of Engineers;
F. T. Marvis, Maryland; L. K. Downing,
Howard.
Physical Science: W. J. Thaler, George-
town; R. W. Mebs, NBS.
Biological Science: J. P. E. Morrison,
National Museum; I. E. Wallen, National
Museum; R. Van Norman, NSF.
Biology Conference
Before this issue reaches its readers, the
Joint Board’s annual conference on the
teaching of high school biology will have
been held at Montgomery Junior College
in an all-day session on December 7. The
Biological Society of Washington served
as cosponsor for the event, and assisted in
program arrangements.
The major agenda items were directed
toward identifying local resources for bi-
ology teaching, and discussion of several
important problems of modern biology. To
these ends, the following papers were sched-
uled for presentation :
“Biology in the Smithsonian,” by Linda
S. Gordon, Smithsonian Institution Serv-
ices.
“Impact of Man’s Chemicals on Bi-
ology,” by John L. Buckley, Fish and
Wildlife Service.
“Backyard Biology,” by J. P. E. Mor-
rison, assistant curator in the National
Museum.
“Everyday Genetics: How to Present Its
Concepts to High School Pupils,” by Sum-
ner Burhoe, American University.
Local biology teachers, university in-
structors, and practicing biologists were
invited to attend. As in the case of all JBSE
science conferences, ample time was al-
lowed for discussion of the presentations.
New Film Strip Available
The Joint Board office has obtained a
film strip and tape recording of the high-
lights of the 1963 Junior Science and
Humanities Symposium. This coordinated
program contains excerpts of all addresses
presented at the Symposum, and descrip-
tions of the various activities. Running time
226
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
is about 30 minutes. It is available on free
loan.
The Board also has complete tape re-
cordings of every talk and address pre-
sented at the Symposium. While these are
not illustrated, it is believed that they will
be of interest, especially to the schools of
the student speakers.
Additional information on this material
may be obtained by calling the JBSE office
(NO 7-3661), from 9 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
New Science Supervisor
The Archdiocese of Washington recently
announced the appointment of Rev. John J.
McGarraghy as assistant director of edu-
cation for Catholic schools, with responsi-
bility for supervision of science instruction.
He replaces Rev. Francis Heidig, who had
served in this capacity since 1958.
Father McGarraghy is no newcomer to
the local scene. He was born and educated
in Washington, attending Gonzaga High
School and Georgetown University. He re-
ceived the A.B. degree from St. Mary’s
Seminary in Baltimore, and is currently a
candidate for a master’s degree at Catholic
University. He was ordained during the
past year.
Father McGarraghy brings to his new
assignment a fresh outlook and a deep ap-
preciation of current problems in science
education. Presently he is acquainting him-
self with the methods, curriculum, and
personnel of the departments of science
throughout the Archdiocese.
Although assigned to St. Francis de Sales
Parish, based at 2021 Rhode Island Ave.,
N.W., Father McGarraghy will spend most
of his time at the Diocesean Educational
Headquarters, 1721 Rhode Island Avenue,
N.W., where he will carry forward the out-
standing work in the field of science educa-
tion developed by his able predecessor,
Father Heidig.
— John K. Taylor
WASHINGTON JUNIOR
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
The WJAS Christmas Convention will be
held on December 30 at Georgetown Uni-
versity. The program will consist of con-
current lectures in physics, chemistry, bi-
ology, and mathematics; a banquet; a slide
presentation on the year’s activities; and an
address by John D. Nicolaides, special as-
sistant to the director of the Office of
Space Sciences and Applications.
Membership to Vote
On Officers for 1964
The Academy’s Nominating Committee,
headed by Ralph D. Myers as delegate from
the Philosophical Society, met on October
8 to select the following candidates for office
in 1964:
For president-elect, Leo Schubert of
American University.
For secretary: George W. Irving, Jr.
(the present incumbent), of the Agricul-
tural Research Service.
For treasurer: Malcolm C. Henderson
(the present incumbent), of Catholic Uni-
versity.
For manager-at-large, 1964-66 (two to
be elected): Allen L. Alexander (NRL),
Michael Goldberg (retired), Marion W.
Parker (USDA), and Francis Reichelderfer
(retired) .
These candidates, together with any inde-
pendent nominations that may have been
made before December 1, will be voted
upon by the membership during December,
by mail ballot as usual.
The successful candidates will take
office at the close of the annual meeting in
January. At this time, current President-
elect Francois Frenkiel will automatically
assume the presidency.
Previously-elected managers-at-large who
will continue in office during 1964 are
Russell B. Stevens and Harold H. Shepard
(class of 1962-64) and John K. Taylor and
Mary L. Robbins (class of 1963-65).
December, 1963
227
Science in Washington
CALENDAR OF EVENTS
December 10 — Washington History of
Science Club
Arthur Levine, NASA Goddard Theoreti-
cal Space Institute, “A History of U. S.
Aeronautical Research Policy, 1915-1958.”
Conference Room (105), Archives Build-
ing, 6:00 p.m.
December 11 — University of Mary-
land Zoology Colloquium
H. Hoffman, NIH, “Inheritance of Serum
Proteins in the Mouse.”
Room 405 McKeldin Library, University
of Maryland, 4:00 p.m.
December 12 — Chemical Society of
Washington
Two concurrent lectures. (1) Frank H.
Westheimer, Harvard University, “The
Mechanism of the Enzymatic Decarboxy-
lation of Acetoacetic Acid.” (2) Briggs J.
White. FBI Laboratories, “Recent Ad-
vances in the Field of Scientific Crime De-
tection.”
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research,
8:15 p.m.
December 12 — Entomological Society
of Washington
Regular meeting. Speakers: Kenneth D.
Quarterman, PHS; William M. Upholt,
PHS; and Douglas J. Gould, Walter Reed
Hospital. Subject to be announced.
Symons Hall, University of Maryland,
8:00 p.m.
December 17 — Georgetown Univer-
sity, James Curley Lectures in Sci-
ence
Rev. Ernan McMullin. University of
Notre Dame, “The Limitations of Science.”
Gaston Hall, Georgetown University,
8:30 p.m.
Annual Christmas
Lectures Announced
The Philosophical Society of Washington
has announced that the 12th annual Christ-
mas Lectures for high school and advanced
junior high school students and their
teachers will be held at Lisner Auditorium,
George Washington University, on De-
cember 17 and 18 at 8:00 p.m. Richard
B. Kershner, head of the Space Division
at the Applied Physics Laboratory of Johns
Hopkins University, will deliver the
lectures.
On December 17 Dr. Kershner will
speak on “Artificial Satellites: What Makes
Them Work?” He will discuss orbital
mechanics, electrical power systems (in-
cluding solar and nuclear power) , thermal
problems, Doppler and optical tracking
systems, and radiation problems associated
with the natural and artificial Van Allen
belts.
The second talk on December 18 is en-
titled, “Artificial Satellites: What Can
They Do for Us?” Dr. Kershner will
point out that within this decade man can
expect to benefit from a global satellite
communication system for telephony, long-
range radio communications, and world-
wide television programming; satellite
navigation systems to guide navigators on
ships and airplanes; and a network of
weather satellites to probe the vagaries of
the weather.
Prior to World War II, Dr. Kershner
was a mathematics teacher at Wisconsin
and Johns Hopkins Universities; and later
he engaged in applied research on rockets
and missiles. The Navy Department gave
him two distinguished public service
awards for his contributions to the Terrier
Guided-missile Weapon System and the
Polaris Intermediate Range Ballistic Mis-
sile System. At present he is principally
concerned with the development of a
228
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
gravity gradient satellite stabilization sys-
tem, probing the ionosphere, and deter-
mining what is the size and shape of the
earth.
Tickets for the Christmas Lectures may
be obtained free by writing to Mary E.
Warga, executive secretary of the Optical
Society of America, at 1155 16th St., N.W.,
Washington 6. A self-addressed stamped
envelope should be enclosed with the
request.
The arrangements committee for the
Christmas Lectures is composed of Albert
M. Stone of the Applied Physics Labora-
tory (chairman) ; Dr. Warga; Nelson T.
Grisamore of George Washington Uni-
versity; Elliott W. Montroll of the Institute
for Defense Analyses; and George T. Rado
of the Naval Research Laboratory.
SCIENTISTS IN THE NEWS
Contributions to this column may be
addressed to Harold T. Cook , Associate
Editor , c/o U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Agricultural Marketing Service, Fed-
eral Center Building, Hyattsville, Md.
AGRICULTURE DEPARTMENT
On October 14, C. W. Whittaker was
the principal speaker at a dinner attended
by members of a slag seminar sponsored by
U. S. Steel, and held at the Eutaw Inn near
University Park, Pa. Dr. Whittaker spoke
on the subject, “Blast Furnace Slag in
Agriculture.”
R. L. Steere reports that his oldest
daughter, Sue, has returned to Michigan
for her third year, where she is specializing
in chemistry; and that his second daughter,
Janet, is in her first year at Oberlin.
A. M. Pommer has been elected to
membership in the Royal Society of Health,
and to associate membership in the D. C.
Section of the Society of Experimental Bi-
ology and Medicine. As chairman of the
Biochemical Analysis Committee, Instru-
ment Society of America, he organized a
session on air force bio-instrumentation in
the aerospace age at the first National ISA
Biomedical Sciences Instrumentation Sym-
posium held at Los Angeles June 18. He is
the author of Geological Survey Profes-
sional Paper 386-C, “Relation Between Dual
Acidity and Structure of H-Montmoril-
lonite,” published last July.
Victor R. Boswell spent about a week
in late October, in London and other points
in southern England, as a member of a
team visiting vegetable research and test-
ing stations and participating in a series of
conferences with research and control per-
sonnel and with commercial seedsmen,
vegetable processors, and growers of the
United Kingdom on varietal and seed prob-
lems of mutual interest to the United States
and the United Kingdom.
C. H. Hoffmann, assistant director of
the Entomology Research Division, was
guest speaker at the annual meeting of the
Arizona Agricultural Chemicals Associa-
tion, held at Scottsdale, Ariz., October 14.
He spoke on “New Concepts in Insect Con-
trol.”
Edward H. Graham, who has been
serving as director of plant technology for
the Soil Conservation Service, has been ap-
pointed special assistant to the administra-
tor for international programs of SCS.
Kenneth A. Haines will be an associate
on the U. S. Delegation to an FAO Con-
ference that will be held in Rome, Novem-
ber 16 to December 5.
Erwin L. LeClerg attended the Fifth
International Biometrics Conference held
at Cambridge University, during the period
of September 9-13.
Calvin Golumbic attended the Second
National Conference on Wheat Utilization
Research in Peoria, 111., October 28-30.
L. D. Christenson is author of “Tropi-
cal Fruit-fly Menace,” one of four scientific
papers prepared especially for the appendix
to the 1962 annual report of the Smith-
sonian Institution.
CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY
In the summer of 1963, Artheme A.
Dutilly of CU’s Arctic Institute made his
December, 1963
229
31st botanical exploration in the Arctic and
Subarctic. This last trip was an exploration
along the Romaine River from Knob Lake,
Ungava, to the St. Lawrence Gulf, involving
400 miles by canoe through 70 rapids and
43 portages. Five hundred and thirty sheets
of plants were collected. This exploration
completed the traverse of Ungava Penin-
sula. from Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay, to
the St. Lawrence Gulf. Reverend Dutilly is
the author of two recent CU publications,
‘‘Exploration botanique des rivieres
Swampy Bay et Caniapiscau” and “Con-
tribution a la Flore du Versant Sud de la
Baie James, Quebec-Ontario.”
Frank A. Biberstein, professor of civil
engineering, is co-author with Associate
Professor Michael Chi of a book, “Theory
of Prestressed Concrete,” recently published
by Prentice-Hall.
Paul J. Claffey, professor of civil engi-
neering, presented a paper, “Planning
Rapid Rail Service for Intra-urban Serv-
ice,” at the Eleventh Pan American Railway
Congress in Mexico City, October 21. On
November 6 Dr. Claffey participated in a
panel discussion on “The Engineering
Characteristics of Modern Rapid Transit
Systems,” sponsored by the National Capi-
tal Section of the American Society of Civil
Engineers.
HARRIS RESEARCH
LABORATORIES
Anthony M. Schwartz, assistant direc-
tor, is the recipient of the Society of Cos-
metic Chemists Medal Award for 1963.
The award was presented to Dr. Schwartz
at the annual meeting of the Society in New
York City on December 3, for outstanding
contributions in the field of cosmetic sci-
ence.
John Menkart gave a talk on “Mor-
phology and Physical Properties of Keratin
Fibers” before the Polymer Topical Group
of the Chemical Society of Washington on
October 30.
John Krasny and John Menkart at-
tended the fall meeting of the Fiber Society
in Absecon, N. J., October 23-25.
Lyman Fourt attended the American
Society for Testing Materials meeting in
New York, October 13-15. Dr. Fourt is
chairman of the Subcommittee on Chemical
and Performance Tests.
NATIONAL BUREAU OF
STANDARDS
Recent talks by staff members have in-
cluded the following:
R. K. Cook: “The Control of Noise in
Homes” — Home Manufacturers Association, At-
lanta, Ga.
T. B. Douglas: “The Dropping-Type Calori-
meter”— Thermal Conductivity Conference, spon-
sored by Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Gatlin-
burg, Tenn.
C. Eisenhart: “Realistic Evaluation of the
Precision and Accuracy of Instrument Calibra-
tion Systems” — 9th Conference on the Design of
Experiments in Army Research, Development and
Testing, U. S. Army Missile Command, Redstone
Arsenal, Huntsville, Ala.
H. J. Keegan: “Absorption Spectra of the
First Transition Series in Phosphate Glasses”
— Optical Society of America, Chicago, 111.
J. R. McNesby: “Vacuum Ultraviolet Photo-
chemistry of Hydrocarbons” — Lehigh University,
Bethlehem, Pa.
G. A. Moore: “Direct Quantitative Analysis
of Microstructures by a Digital Computer” —
Computer Applications in Quantitative Metallog-
raphy, American Society for Metals (World Con-
gress), Cleveland, Ohio.
C. O. Muehlhause : “Proposed Experiment
to Observe n-n Scattering” — American Physical
Society, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne,
111.
G. C. Paffenbarger: “Research and the Sav-
ing of Teeth” — American Dental Association,
Atlantic City, NJ.
H. E. Robinson: “The Current Status of
Thermal Conductivity Reference Standards at
the National Bureau of Standards” — Invitational
Conference on Thermal Conductivity, Oak Ridge
National Laboratory, Gatlinburg, Tenn.
L. S. Taylor: “Radiation Protection in Medi-
cal Practice” and “Radiation Hazards in Civil
Defense”— Koontz County Civil Defense Organi-
zation, Beaumont, Tex.
W. J. Youden: “Picking Winners and
Losers” — Allied Chemical Corporation, Morris-
town, N. J., and Virginia Teachers Association;
and “The Evolution of Designed Experiments” —
Scientific Computing Symposium Statistics,
Thomas J. Watson Research Center, Yorktown
Heights, N. Y.
230
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
NATIONAL INSTITUTES
OF HEALTH
Clem O. Miller has been appointed co-
ordinator of scientific committees for the
Food and Drug Administration. Dr. Miller
had been executive secretary of the Division
of Chemistry and Chemical Technology,
NAS-NRC, for the last five years.
An annual award has been established by
Frank J. McClure, chief of the Labora-
tory of Biochemistry, National Institutes
of Dental Research, to commemorate H.
Trendley Dean’s renowned contributions in
dental research and epidemiology.
Bernard B. Brodie, chief of the Na-
tional Heart Institute’s Laboratory of Chem-
ical Pharmacology, has received the Torald
Sollman Award in Pharmacology.
Speakers at the recent Gordon Research
Conference on Toxicology and Safety
Evaluations included James A. Shannon,
Carl R. Brewer, and David P. Rail.
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL
Paul E. Johnson has been appointed by
the Department of Agriculture to the Food
Science Mission, composed of six U. S.
food scientists and public health experts.
It will study food health regulations in
Europe in November and December, and
will participate in the European-American
Symposium on Agricultural Trade at the
U. S. Food and Agricultural Exhibition in
Amsterdam.
NAVAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
Drs. Isabella and Jerome Karle at-
tended a meeting of the International Union
of Crystallography in Rome during Septem-
ber. They discussed the new symbolic addi-
tion procedure for phase determination
which has been found to be quite simple
and rapid. Jerome Karle was rapporteur
for a session on new methods for phase
determination. He is head of the Diffraction
Branch, Optics Division.
L. S. Birks is the author of a new book
entitled, “Electron Probe Microanalysis,”
published this year by Interscience Pub-
lishers. Mr. Birks is head of the X-ray
Optics Branch, Optics Division.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
J. R. Shakeshaft of Cambridge Uni-
versity is a visiting professor of astronomy
for the fall semester of 1963. He is in the
United States under the sponsorship of the
American Astronomical Society. While here
he will teach an advanced course entitled,
“Special Topics in Modern Astronomy;
Radio Sources.”
DEATHS
Frank Lee Howard died October 16
after a brief illness. He was chief of the
Pure Substances Section at the National
Bureau of Standards, and had been with the
Bureau since 1937. During World War II
he conducted research to improve aviation
gasoline. More recently he had studied jet
fuels and the phenomena of combustion.
Dr. Howard was born in Pueblo, Colo.,
but spent most of his life in Hyattsville and
Silver Spring, Md. He received the B.S.
degree from the University of Maryland in
1934 and the Ph.D. degree from the same
university in 1938. In 1949 he was given
the Department of Commerce Meritorious
Service Award.
SCIENCE AND DEVELOPMENT
An electron probe, designed by the
Geological Survey to mieroanalyze
rocks and minerals, is being used to
study a human disease. Isidore Adler,
designer of the instrument, and A. J. Tou-
sumis, a biomedical researcher at George
Washington University, used the probe to
map the distribution of copper granules in
the cornea of the eye of persons affected
with Wilson’s disease. In this disease,
copper accumulates in excess in the brain,
liver, kidney, and around the cornea. The
clinician frequently observes the early
symptoms of the disease by examining the
cornea. Since only a microscopic amount
of copper is involved, medical researchers
had no accurate method, prior to the probe,
for measuring it. Even radioactive tracers
were inadequate. The probe uses a mag-
netically focused beam only one micron
December, 1963
231
wide. When it strikes a sample surface it
causes the emission of X-rays, whose wave-
lengths characterize the elements present,
and whose intensities show the concentra-
tions. The beam is not destructive to tissue,
and samples can be analyzed in place.
A reorganization of the Food and
Drug Administration was announced
on November 2. Scientific functions were
upgraded in the reorganization. A new
position of associate commissioner, to be
filled by a scientist, was created. He will
give leadership to the programs and func-
tions concerned with medicine, science,
and research. Two new bureaus were
established in place of the present Bureau
of Biological and Physical Science. One,
the Bureau of Scientific Research, will sup-
port FDA’s basic mission of consumer pro-
tection. The other will be the Bureau of
Scientific Standards and Evaluation, which
will handle safety clearance functions in
regard to pesticides, food additives, and
colors, and develop scientific data for set-
ting standards and tolerances. Enforce-
ment activities will be consolidated in a
single Bureau of Regulatory Compliance.
Educational functions will be emphasized
by creation of a new Bureau of Education
and Voluntary Compliance. All positions
involved in the reorganization are in the
career Civil Service.
The Geological Survey reports that
the water situation in eastern United
States is not as dry as in the 1930‘,s.
Although stream flows and wells were
lower than normal in October, they were
not as low as in previous droughts. The
Potomac River above Washington’s Chain
Bridge had a flow of 890 cubic feet per
second in October. This was the lowest
October average flow since 1941 and the
third lowest for October on record. Two
of 14 wells measured in Maryland, in the
Potomac River basin, were at record lows,
but the others were not as low as in some
earlier years.
A new means of detecting staphylo-
coccal poisoning in food has been
developed by the Food and Drug Ad-
ministration. It was reported by Ezra
P. Casman and Reginald W. Bennett of
FDA’s Division of Microbiology at the
91st annual meeting of the American
Public Health Association on November 13.
The method is scientifically accurate and
more rapid and reliable than the expensive
animal tests that have been used. Minute
quantities of toxin can be detected by the
new method. The food sample is prepared
in an electric blender and the toxin is
extracted in a glass tube containing cer-
tain chemicals. The toxin is removed from
the chemical and concentrated and identi-
fied by applying it with type A antitoxin
to a gel medium. The characteristics of
the line that is formed where the two meet
make positive identification possible.
232
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
Delegates to the Washington Academy of Sciences, Representing
the Local Affiliated Societies*
Philosophical Society of Washington
Anthropological Society of Washington
Biological Society of Washington
Chemical Society of Washington
Entomological Society of Washington
National Geographic Society
Geological Society of Washington
Medical Society of the District of Columbia
Columbia Historical Society
Botanical Society of Washington
Society of American Foresters
Washington Society of Engineers
American Institute of Electrical Engineers
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Helminthological Society of Washington
American Society for Microbiology
Society of American Military Engineers
Institute of Radio Engineers
American Society of Civil Engineers
Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine
American Society for Metals
International Association for Dental Research
Institute of the Aerospace Sciences
American Meteorological Society
Insecticide Society of Washington
Acoustical Society of America
American Nuclear Society
Institute of Food Technologists
American Ceramic Society
Electrochemical Society
R. D. Myers
Regina Flannery Herzfeld
John L. Paradiso
Leo Schubert
Frank L. Campbell
Alexander Wetmore
G. Arthur Cooper
Frederick 0. Coe
U. S. Grant, III
Wilbur D. McClellan
Harry A. Fo wells
Martin A. Mason
William A. Geyger
William G. Allen
Doys A. Shorb
Howard Reynolds
Delegate not appointed
Robert D. Huntoon
Thorndike Saville, Jr.
Falconer Smith
Hugh L. Logan
George Dickson
Francois N. Frenkiel
.. J. Murray Mitchell, Jr.
Robert A. Fulton
Malcolm C. Henderson
George L. Weil
Richard P. Farrow
J. J. Diamond
Delegate not appointed
Delegates continue in office until new selections are made by the respective affiliated societies.
Volume 53 DECEMBER 1963 No. 9
CONTENTS
New Values for the Physical Constants 215
Enough Life in the Life Sciences? 218
Molecular Theory of Gas Properties 223
Academy Proceedings
December Meeting 225
Joint Board on Science Education 226
Washington Junior Academy of Sciences 227
Science in Washington
Calendar of Events 228
Scientists in the News •# 229
Science and Development 231
Washington Academy of Sciences 2nd Class Postage
1530— P St., N.W. Paid at
Washington, D. C. Washington, D.C.
Return Requested
LIBRARY Qf ARNOLD
ARBORETUM
22 DIVINITY AVE J
CAMBRIDGE 36 MASS * AS